IDE 
 
 TO THE 
 
 I Australian Ethnological 
 
 Collection 
 
 EXHIBITED IN THE 
 
 NATIONAL MUSEUM OF VICTORIA 
 
 BY 
 
 SIR BALDWIN SPENCER. 
 
 K.C.M.G.. FMS., DUtt.. MA^ DSc. 
 Hon. Director of the Miueuh.. 
 
 THIRD EDITION 
 
 ILLUSTRATED BY 33 PLATES 
 
 By Authority! 
 Albot J. Mcuxrr. Covunment Piintoi. MiLaociMr 
 
 1922 
 
LI'i'PARY 
 
 Uf-l!V H iTY OF 
 CAL'-.JRNIA 
 
 :4.TmR0P0T.0CTY LT^.RAR'? 
 
 GIFT or 
 
 Trustees of National 
 
PRESENTED 
 
 THE TRUSTEES 
 
 NATIONAL MUSEUM, 
 
 MELBOURNE. 
 
G L I D !■: 
 
 TO IHK 
 
 Australian Ethnological 
 Collection 
 
 K.XHIBITRD IN IHl 
 
 NAIIONAI. MUSEUM OF \lCiORlA 
 
 BY 
 
 SIR BALDWIN SPENCER, 
 
 K.C.M.G.. K.R.S.. D.Lirr.. M.A.. D.Sc. 
 
 //on. Diredor nf the .Museum. 
 
 TIUKD LD1JIU.\ 
 
 ILLL5IKATF.D BY 33 PI.ATF.S 
 
 Bv Ai TtioRin : 
 Albeitt j. Mtiirrr. CioviRSMisT Primir. Mhboirn». 
 
 19 2 2 
 
 3WS. 
 
V Q a sl. 
 
 
CUN ILN 1 S. 
 
 I'rrfacc to thini inlition 
 intnMiui-tiun 
 
 Shi.l.l-i. ({'««p I) .. 
 
 KtMiiiicrnnK!*- (''a!it<2) .. .. 
 
 i<<x>ii)frHni;x. (fat*' 3) 
 
 B<Miti)eran^ and Cltihs. (C'mso -I) 
 
 CltilM. ((.'nw 5) 
 
 Sfieara. (Cane «) . . 
 
 Spears, (t'aac 7) 
 
 S|n>an<. (('aiM> 8) . . 
 
 Sjx'ar throwers, (f'a.se 9) 
 
 WiMxion vessels, nets. ba<;s. baskets. (Case 10) .. 
 
 .\rtirles of riotliint;. (Ca.s(>ll) 
 
 Clolhini; an'l ornament. (Case 12) 
 
 Ciotliinj; un<l nnianient. (Case 13) 
 
 IVrsonal oniainents. (Case 14) 
 
 Personal ornaments. (Caw 15) 
 
 Human hair string. (Case W5) 
 
 .M.inufacturc of twine. (Case 17) 
 
 Fire making. (Case 18) 
 
 Ilone needlea, awls, fishing hooks. (Case 19) 
 
 Instniments us«'<l fur cuttinL' and scraping. (Case 20) 
 
 FiKid-*, de««)niting niaterial.s. nnreoticx, fixatives, &e. (Case 2! 
 
 Mm-1 iI inRtniments. (Caite 22) 
 
 l^tt.- • ur mesMage fitieks. (Casi> 23) 
 Canoes. (Casett 24, 25. 2tt. 27. 28) 
 
 Walleln. (Caae 29) . . 
 
 Stone rhiitrls or adze«. (Caac 30) 
 
 FlakiNl stone axeH. (Cane 31) 
 
 Chippeil and llaked Ht4)ne implement, (('n'to 32) 
 
 nake<l stone knives. (Case .33) 
 
 Hake'l stone knivvs. (fas*> 34) 
 
 I-laketl dJoni' knives, (('use .31) 
 (ilam upenr heads, {('am' 3<i) . . 
 Ciround Ntone axes. (Case 37) 
 (imuml stone axe*. (Caie .38) 
 Ctmund ntone axe*. (Caao 39) 
 Stone hanuner axe*. (Case 40) 
 (jmtin'l stone axes. (Case 41) 
 (iad-slia|>ed axes. Ae. (Caiie 42) 
 (ln»«ive«l axes. (Case 43) 
 
 Patfp 
 
 I 
 
 9 
 13 
 19 
 24 
 27 
 30 
 32 
 3U 
 38 
 40 
 44 
 .50 
 51 
 54 
 57 
 58 
 •SO 
 ()0 
 (il 
 02 
 t>4 
 »).■> 
 T'l 
 To 
 
 78 
 79 
 s2 
 s2 
 S3 
 H3 
 S3 
 s» 
 
 8'i 
 85 
 85 
 85 
 
COVTESTS— CDIifi »N( (I. 
 
 Page 
 
 Stone wedges. (Case 44) . . . . . . . . . . 85 
 
 Pebble axes, &c. (Case 45) . . . . . . . . . . 86 
 
 Scrapers, &c. (Case -1(1) . . . . . . . • . . 8() 
 
 " Blanks." (Case 47) . . . . . . . . . . 8() 
 
 Spokeshaves, chiiiped and Ha ked <t one knives. (Case 48) .. 87 
 
 Grinding stones. (Case 49) . . . . . . . . . . 87 
 
 Grinding and pounding stones. (Case 50) . . . . . . 88 
 
 Chipping hammers. (Case 51) .. .. .. ..88 
 
 Anvils and husking stones, &c. (Case 52) . . . . . . 88 
 
 Stones for di-essing spear-shafts, &e. (Case 53) . . . . . . 89 
 
 Large grinding stones. (Case 54) . . . . . . . . 89 
 
 Cylindrico-conical stones. (Case 54a) . . . . . . . . 89 
 
 Tasmanian stone implements. (Case 55) . . . . . . 94 
 
 Comparative stone series. (Case 56) . . . . . . . . 94 
 
 Ceremonial objects. (Case 57) . . . . . . . . 94 
 
 Ceremonial objects, Groote Island. (Case 57 \) .. .. .. 102 
 
 Ceremonial objects, Western Australia. (Case 57b) . . . . 102 
 
 Sacred sticks and stones. (Cases 58 and 59) . . . . . . 103 
 
 Churinga. (Cases 60 to 72) . . . . . . . . . . 106 
 
 Articles of magic. (Case 73) .. .. .. .. ..113 
 
 Articles of magic. (Case 74) . . . . . . . . . . 115 
 
 Articles of magic. (Case 75) . . . . . . . . ..117 
 
 Pointing sticks and bones. (Case 76) .. .. .. ..118 
 
 Shoes, &c., worn during a Kurdaitcha. (Case 77) . . . . 119 
 
 Stone knives used in certain initiation ceremonies. (Case 78) . . 121 
 
 Burial and mourning. (Case 79) . . . . . . . . 122 
 
 Burial and mourning. (Case 80) . . . . . • • • 123 
 
 Melville and Bathurst Islands graves. (Case 81) .. .. 125 
 
 Grave post. (Case 82) . . . . . . . . . . 125 
 
 Objects used by the natives of Melville and Bathuist Islands. 
 
 (Case 83) . . ■ . . . . . . • • ■ • . . 1 26 
 
 Native bark drawings. (Case 84) .. .. .. ..128 
 
 Native bark drawings. (Case 85) . . . . . . . . 133 
 
 Picture on smoked bark. (Case 86) . . . . . . . . 136 
 
 Scene ilhistrating aboriginal life. (Case 87) . . . . . . 136 
 
 Playthings. (Case 88) . . . . . . . . . • 139 
 
 Smoking inpes. (Case 89) .. .. ^ .. .. .. 140 
 
 Miscellaneous. (Case 90) . . . . " . . ■ . . . 140 
 
 Specimens illustrating tree cutting. (Case 91) .. .. ..141 
 
 Woman's dilly-bag and contents. (Case 92) . . . . . . 141 
 
 Casts of Victorian Aboriginal heads. (Case 93) .. .. ..141 
 
 Casts of Tasmanian Aboriginal heads and of skeleton of Tnisanini. 
 
 (Case 94) .. .. .. .. .. .... 142 
 
iM.A rt:s 
 
 To 1»cc I'bbu 
 
 1. CeiHTsI Viow uf the Australian Ethnulogical Oallrrv 7 
 
 2. Shii'Ida . . .. .. 13 
 
 3. BoonHTangH . . . . 2- 
 ■I. StTirs showing i»«i«..-.il>If il.vcliiiiiiniit ..f l«>oiiu rain.' fii.in uMlinnv 
 
 thruwini; stick L'T 
 
 5. I'lub* . . :i<» 
 
 6. C'lub-H . . A* 
 
 7. Spoan* . . 3S 
 
 8. Spear thruwrrs 4<t 
 fl. WtMulon v<»»«i«'lH 44 
 
 !<•. Bark baskets 4)j 
 
 11. r- 4,S 
 
 \2. I. 4«» 
 
 13. ()niaiiifiit*<. upiiidlf .. .. ."»7 
 
 14. Fin- makiuu, music, jilaytliimis lil 
 1.1. Stone implements .74 
 10. Ceremonial object ~ . i>4 
 17. Ceremonial object - .96 
 IH. Cen-monial object- J(8 
 19. Ceremonial objects ICMI 
 2<». Cen-monjal objfcts .. .. 102 
 
 21. ."<acretl sticks and stones 1(>3 
 
 22. Obji'rts of manic .. 113 
 
 23. Kurdait'ha sh<M>s .. 119 
 
 24. HuriMi and mouniin^; . . 122 
 2.5. Two Graves, Melville Island 124 
 2rt. Crmve postfl 12.) 
 27. Mouminf; armlets 126 
 2.H. Mcuminu armlets .... 127 
 2'.». .MiMiminc rinRs 12S 
 3n. Initiation objectx 12K 
 
 31. linrk .Iniwmi; .. .. .. .. ..129 
 
 32. Utrk dniMini; .. .. .. .. .. 132 
 
 .13. Native Camp Siene .. .. .. .. l.Ul 
 
Plate 1 
 
PREFACE TO IWE TI IIRD KDIIION. 
 
 Ill (■••iiscqnonpo of tlu* |M'culiar iiittri'.st wliirli attuclu's to 
 xhv Aii^traliain aborijjinals, a sinn-ial galltTV lias been devoted 
 to the t'xliihitioii of tlu'ir wi'apons, iinplcninits, and fcro- 
 iiionial obji'cts. Tlu'st' have beoii arranged so as to sliow, 
 as far as possibK-, series of objects beb)iigiiig to tribes from 
 tbe various parts of tlie eoiitiiH-iit. For exanipb', tlie forms 
 of shields used in ditfereiit tribes are shown in one case, 
 boomerangs in another, sacred and cerumonial "l>i '•'■; in 
 anotber. 
 
 Most unfortunately the opportunity was not taken in the 
 early days, before the iron tomahawk had replaced th.' 
 native stone axe, of bringing together a collection illustrative 
 of implements in daily use amongst the Victorian tribes, 
 and now, owing to the practically complete extinction of 
 the tribes, it is, of course, impossible to secure them. IIow- 
 ev. r, desi>ite this, the Australian collection is a fairly repre- 
 >entative one and is especially rich in regard to variiuw 
 arti<des connected with magic and in what are usually desig- 
 nate<I as " sacretl " objects, such as are used during initiation 
 ceremonies, and which of all things possessed by the aborigine 
 are the most ditHcult to procure, while at the same time they 
 are of the deepest interest. 
 
 Owing to the imperfect nature of the i-arly records of 
 the collection it is not possible to ascertain how many of 
 our more inten-sting exhibits connected with Victorian an*l 
 Xi'W Soutli Wales tril)es were obtained, but it appears 
 eviileiit fiiaf the institution is de ply indebte«l to the late 
 Mr. Hrougli Smyth, whose important work on 'I'lir Ahdrufina 
 of Virlorin contains nuuiy illustrations of specijuens now 
 in the collection, and thes<', without which the collei-tion 
 would i>e very imperfect, w«'re probably secjir<<l by him. 
 
 In the re-arrangement of the collection duplicates have 
 Ix'cn rigidly excliuled, .««o that each specimen has a «lefinite 
 place and meaning in the serii-s in which it occurs. The 
 du|dieate specinuMis -that is those which in <'ssential fiatures, 
 iboiigii perhaps .slightly diffen-nt in detail, are similar to 
 f.thers in the collection, an<l the exhibition of which in public 
 would lb<i« Tori- -rrvc no ndeipuife purpose are jdacid 
 
ill tlu' reserve collection which is avaihihlc for purposes of 
 study. It is earnestly to hi- desired that those wlio have 
 the opportunity of doiiii;- so will assist in the procuring of 
 specimens which will serve either to fill some of the many 
 gaps wdiich occur in the puhlic collection or to enhance the 
 value of the I'cserve collection. 
 
 Since the first issue of the guide, in 1901, very consider- 
 able additions have been made to both of the collec- 
 tions, in fact they have l)een more than doubled in size. 
 The more important ones consist of specimens collected in 
 various parts of the Northern Territory by the late Mr. F. 
 J. Gillen and myself and of a very large collection of stone 
 implements secured mainly through the co-operation of Mr. 
 A. S. Kenyon. The great majority of the specimens thus 
 secured are in the reserve collection, and are available for 
 study. Every specimen figured in The Native Tribes of 
 Central Australia, The Northern Tribes of Central Aus- 
 tralia , Across Australia, and The Native Tribes of the 
 Northern Territory, is in the Museum collection, together 
 with the whole of the material, including photographic nega- 
 tives and i^honographic records secured by Mr. Gillen and 
 myself during the progress of our work. 
 
 Though considerable additions have also been made to the 
 collection since the issue of the second gtiide, in 1915, more 
 especially in regard to stone implements of which the 
 Museum now contains a most extensive collection of some 
 15,000 specimens, limitations of space have prevented the 
 exhibition of many new acquisitions. The most important 
 additions are four series containing, respectively, a large 
 number of cylindrico-conical implements from the Darling 
 River district, in New South Wales, collected by Messrs. H. 
 S. Officer and A. S. Kenyon; a number of decorated cere- 
 monial slabs from Groote Island, presented by Mr. H. L. 
 White ; casts of the heads of a number of Victorian abori- 
 ginals, three masks of Tasmanian aboriginals, and a cast of 
 the skeleton of Truganini, the last of the Tasmanians. 
 
 By means of descriptive labels each series of objects is, it 
 is hoped, sufficiently described, and the following catalogue 
 is in the main a copy of these labels illustrated by photo- 
 graphic reproductions of some of the more important and 
 interesting objects in the collection. 
 
 BALDWIN SPENCER. 
 
 National Museum, 
 
 Melbourne, 1922. 
 
IMRODI'CIION. 
 
 Tin' Australian aboriginals art- n-garilfj as brloiigiiig to 
 one of tlu' most primitive of existing races. Tlicy are tru" 
 savages, living by Ksliing and hunting, nevt-r cultivating tli'- 
 Iniul over which they roam, nor domesticating animals. How- 
 far the fact that, with the possible exception of the dog, 
 ihere are no animals useful for domestic purposes in Aus- 
 tralia has been an element in retarding the development of 
 the race, it is impossible to say. One thing is certain, and 
 that is that for long ages they have been shut off from inter- 
 course with outside peoples. 
 
 There is still very considerable doubt as to the origin of 
 the present Australian aboriginals, but it a[)pears to bo almost 
 certain that in past times the whole of the continent, includ- 
 ing Tasmania, was occupie<l by one people. This original, 
 and probably '* I'lotrichous '' population,* was almost cer- 
 tainly at an early period widely spreail over Malaysia and 
 tlu' Australian continent, including Tasmania, winch at tl»ai 
 tim • was not completely si'parated off by liass Strait. There 
 i<j no doubt l)ut that the Tasmanians had no boats capal)le 
 of crossing tlie latter, antl must, tiierefore, have walked over 
 on land, or at most have paddled every now and then across 
 narrow arms of still water in the frailest of canoes. Subse- 
 (piently there came a time wiien what wa.s at first low-lying 
 land witli peaks, now represented l)v King Island on tlie 
 w«'st, and the Kent, Furneau.x. and Flin<lers Islan<ls on tin- 
 east, sank beneath the sea, having part of this original 
 '* riotrichous " population stranded in Tasmania, wlier*' 
 Homo lasmanlanus survived until he came in contact with 
 Kuropeans and was exterminated. The Tasmanians, isolated 
 from the mainland, may be reganh'd as having retained the 
 physical strtU'ture and the low level of culture of the old 
 " riotrichous '' stock. Tlieir liair had tiie frizzly character 
 of the negroi<l race.s, in contrast to the wavy nature of that 
 of the present Atistralians. Tln-ir weapons and implements 
 were of the simplest description; long, pointe<l, but probably 
 not barbed, spears were thrown by the hand without the In In 
 of any .spear thrower, which they had not invented; they had 
 no boomerang, no ground ax<'s, and onlv the crudest form 
 of chippe<l stones, whiidi were not .set in handles, but simply 
 ! i in the hand wlr l' used as .scrapers, k 
 
 ■ •■■ ■' •'•• On Ihr ..rivin ../ (Mf Ahorifim** of Tatmania an- .i ■■ .. .j.!.. 
 'try, 1800. A \-aluablo Mblloffrapliy rrfrrrtnit lo Ihr •uhjrrt 
 
10 
 
 axes. They wero, in fact, living represpntativos of pala'olitliie 
 man, lower in the scale .of cnltnre than any lumian beings 
 now n])on earth. It i,s a matter for the deepest regret that 
 lliey Avere allowecl to become extinct witliont onr gaining 
 anything but tlic most meagre information with regard to 
 their customs and organization.'"' 
 
 N'arioiis theories have been proposed with r.'gard to the 
 origin of the present Australian race. Sir W. II. Flower 
 and Mr. Lydekker suggested that a low type of dark-com- 
 plexioned Caucasians entered from the north and produced 
 a blend with the original inhabitants, resulting in the for- 
 mation of tlic ]n'esent Australian people, so that, according 
 to these two authors, the latter " is not a distinct race 
 at all, that is, not a homogeneous group formed by the 
 gradual modification of one of the original stocks, but rather 
 a cross between two already formed branches of these 
 stocks." f 
 
 lliere is no .doubt but that the Australian native represents 
 a higher grade of development than the Tasmanian, and, 
 whether he is or is not the result of a blend between an 
 earlier race and a later immigration, at the present day the 
 type is a remarkably uniform one over the whole of the con- 
 tinent. His average height is about 5 ft. 6 in. ; his skin is 
 dark chocolate brown in colour, never truly black; his hair 
 is wavy and not frizzly or woolly, though the beard may at 
 times be somewhat frizzly, yet it is never similar to that of 
 the Tasmanian or true negro. He lives in tribes, each of 
 which has a distinctive name and occupies and roams over 
 an area of land the limits of which are clearly known to 
 the natives. Each tribe speaks a dialect diflfering so much 
 from that of neighbouring tribes that individuals belonging 
 to distinct tribes cannot understand each others' speech, 
 though not infrequently they can communicate by means of 
 gesture language which is remarkably Avell developed. In 
 regar.d to the shape of the head, the native belongs to the 
 dolichocephalic or long-headed group of men.t With the 
 
 * For an account of the Tasmanians the student sliould consult The Ahoriginex of 
 Tasmania, by H. Ling Roth, 2nd edit, 1899. 
 
 t Mammals livinq and ertinct, p. 748. 
 
 i A dolichocephaiir skull is one in which, the length of the head being counted as 100, 
 the greatest proportional br.'adth is less than 75 ; when the latter is greater than 80 then 
 it is spoken of as brachvecphalic or broad headed. A glance at a map of the world, 
 indicating the di^triliuti(iTi of long and broad-headed races, shows that in this respect 
 there is a i;reat contrast between the northern and southern ))arts of the old world : the 
 line of separation passes east and west through the Alps and Himalayas. North of this, 
 Kurope-Asia is ocenpied bv broad-beaded peoj)les (excei)t along the western coast line, 
 where Great Britain, Scandinavia, and Denmark are oeeiipied liy long-headed men). To 
 the south, Spain, Southern Italv, Arabia, India, the African and Australian continents, 
 and Melanesia are the homes of the long-headed peoples. The ancient Dravidian in- 
 habitants of India stand like a connecting link between the African races on the west 
 and the Australian and .Melanesian on the east. It must be remembered, in connexion 
 with this, that the form of the head is an indication of race and not of intelligence. 
 
possible exception, pirhaps, of a very small number, every 
 tribe has a detiniU' orpmization, being (livitbMJ into two main 
 groups (often subtlivitled into four or right), antl the rub- is 
 that men of one group must nuirry women of another, the 
 ehiblren passing, in some eases, into the mother's half 
 (nuitenuiKleseent), in others into that of the father (pater- 
 nal th'seent). Of relationship, as it is eounte<l amongst our- 
 selves, the Australian aboriginal has littb- idea. Speaking 
 gen rally, a man not only, for exampb-, «-alls his own mother 
 by one name, but he applies the same term to all lier sister*;, 
 that is, to all tlif women whom, ami whom alone, his father 
 might lawfully have married. In the .same way he apjdirs 
 one term to his father and to all the hitter's brothers, one 
 term to his aetual brothers, and the .same to his father's 
 brothers' sons, and .<o on. That i.s, all their ideas of relation- 
 ship have referenee to the group of whieh any individua. 
 is a n>ember ratlier than to the individual himself. 
 
 In addition to this remarkaldr social organization, whieh 
 is based on group and not individual ndationship, the .sys- 
 tem whieh is eall. <1 totemism is largely developed atnongst 
 the Australian aborigines. A totem, to use the words of Sir 
 J. G. Frazi-r, is " a class of nujterial objects which a savag,- 
 regards with superstitious respect, believing that there exists 
 btween him an/1 ev»ry member of the ela.ss an intimate and 
 altogether special relation." The aboriginal calls hims<df by 
 the nanu' of his totem, .saying that he is a kangaroo, i-mu, 
 or gum-tree num, as the case may be; and in many tribs 
 the native believes that his ancestors were actually de- 
 scended from the totemic animal or plant, and will only 
 injure or »at it on very rare occasions. On the otluT hand, 
 l>e often performs ceremonies whicdi have for their obj«'cf 
 the increase of the animal or j)lant which he regards as his 
 totem. Details in r.gard to this .■system, however, vary 
 witlely, in difT«rent parts of the continent, and its origin is 
 lost in ob.sfurity. In some tribes, such as tin- Kurnai. all 
 the men have one totem, all the women anotlwr; in otlur 
 tribes, such as the Arunta, the totems are very numerous, 
 aibil each group includes both nu-n and women; in .sonu-, 
 such as the Dicri, a man of one totem may only marry a 
 woman of another, the (diiblren passing into the mother's 
 totem; in others, sucdi as the niid)inga, the >ame holds true, 
 ixcept that the child pa.s.ses into the father's totem; whilst 
 in others, such as the Artinta, tin- totem has nothing to do 
 with the regulation of marriage, and there is no ncH'cssity 
 for the children to pa.ss into either that of the father or the 
 moth«T. In all tribes the regulating of nuitters of tribal 
 interest, both internal and external, lies in the hands of the 
 
12 
 
 older men. Tlioro may be one or more wlio have special 
 iiiilueiiee owing to their age, or fighting power, or skill in 
 matters of magic, but there is never any one to whom the 
 title of chief can properly be applied. 
 
 As amongst all savage people, the aboriginal is bound 
 hand and foot by custom ; wliat his fathers did, that he must 
 do; and before a youth is admitted to the ranks of the men 
 he must submit to Avhat are often the painful rites attendant 
 upon initiation, such as the knocking out of a tooth, &c. 
 
 Every tribe has certain sacred or secret ceremonies con- 
 cerned with initiation or Avith the totems, all knowledge of 
 which is forbidden to Avomen and chiklren under severe 
 penalties, and, in connexion with these, certain objects, such 
 as sacred sticks, stones, and decorations, are used. 
 
 In regard to their weapons and implements, there is con- 
 siderable diversity in form in .different parts of the conti- 
 nent.* Xowhere is any use ever made of metal, but in the 
 manufacture of ground stone axes the Australian has 
 advanced beyond the level of the Tasmanian. 
 
 Perliajis the most characteristic Australian weapon is the 
 return boomerang, which is made so that when thrown it 
 will return to the thrower. It must be remembered, how- 
 ever, that there are large areas of the continent over Avhieh 
 this is not met with, and where only the ordinary fighting 
 boomerang is seen. His spears may be simply sharpened 
 wooden sticks, or one or more barbs may be either cut out 
 from the solid or attached near to the point, and in the 
 northern parts they may be tipped with flaked stone heads. 
 To aid him in throwing them he has the spear-thrower. The 
 use of bow and arrow is unknown to him. For making fire 
 he uses both the drill and the sawing method, a piece of 
 hard wood being either rapidly rotated, or worked up and 
 down in a groove, on a softer piece, the powder Avorn away 
 from which is ignited by the heat of the friction. 
 
 In pictorial art the Australian native is not far advanced, 
 though certain of his geometrical designs are elaborate and 
 decorative, Avhile at times he can draw Avith some spirit 
 outlines of the animals Avhich he is accustomed to hunt. 
 With rude drawings of animals and plants and geometrical 
 
 * For a list of literature dealing with the Australian aboriginals reference shoiild be 
 made to the bibliograpliy compiled by Mr. K. Etheridge, junior, Memoirs of Geological 
 Survei/, y.S. IT., Palseontological Series Xo. 8. 
 
 So far as the objects in this collection are concerned, in many cases the identical, and 
 in others similar ones are described and flg\ired in one or otlicr of the following works • — 
 The Aborigines of Victoria, by R. Brough Smytli. Ethnological Studies amongst the Sorth- 
 teest-cenlral Qm-enshind Aborigines, by AA'alter E. Roth, The Satire Tribes of Central 
 Australia, The Xorthern Tribes of Central Australia, Across Australia, by Baldwin Spencer 
 and F. J. Gillen, and The Satice Tribes of the Xorthern Ti'rritory of Australia, by Baldwin 
 Spencer. 
 
PLATE 2. 
 
 SHIELDS. 
 
designs oftfii n»ii>i>tiii^ i»t' i-om-i-iiUU' ijii-U-s tlrawii in viUow 
 uud rod ochre, white pipechiy, uiid eluireoul, he oriiaiiieiits 
 the siih's uiid roofs of Ills natural roi-k slu>ll«'r or thi* sheets 
 oi hark out of which \h- builds the mu^h ** inia-inias " which 
 serve as a protection from wind and rain. With the sharp- 
 edged tooth of an " opossum ' implanted in the jaw he can 
 incise either on wood or stone a series of concentric circles 
 or a spiral witli remarkable pri-cision, and with a flake of 
 flint will ornam«*nt the flat face of a shield with an elaborate 
 desijrn. In certain parts, as for example :ilon>; tiie shores 
 of Port .Jackson, are found rough outlines of animals, such 
 as fish and kangaroos, often of great size, which lu- has 
 chiselled out upon flat rock surfaces. 
 
 He can rarely count beyond three or four, but in the direc- 
 tion in which they can bi' of service to him his faculties are 
 wonderfully developed. In his wild state he knows at a 
 glance the tracks of any individual in his camp, and caJi 
 follow with unerring precision those of the animals upon 
 which he has to rely for his food supjtly. 
 
 He has not reached the stage of writing, and his so-call d 
 message sticks are merely bits of wood on which certain 
 marks are made to aid as a reminder to the bearer, though 
 they cannot be read except by the individual who has made 
 them or to whom they have been explained. 
 
 The Australian aboriginal nujy be regardeil as a relic of 
 the early childhood of mankind left stranded in a part of tliL' 
 world wher.- he has, without tiie impetus derived from com- 
 petition, remained in a low condition of savagery, develojjing 
 along certain special lines; there is no conclusive evidence, 
 cither in his customs, social organization, weapon.s, or imple- 
 lu nts, to show that lu- has rr'trogra<led from a higher state 
 of civilization. 
 
 SHIELDS. (Case 1.) 
 
 Tiiis series illustrates tin- mor*- important forms of shieMs 
 fouiul amongst Australian natives. The make and form 
 of the weapon varies to a very considerable degree in dif- 
 ferent parts of the continent. In the great majority of cases 
 it has a broad, more or less flat surface, while in others the 
 face may be reducetl to a mere narrow, we<lge-shaped struc- 
 ture, useful oidy for the wanling oflf of blows of clubs. The 
 wood out of which it is maile may l)e divided into two kinds 
 — (1) heavy hard wood, such as that of the " iron bark " 
 {Kucahiplus Iriiroxiflon), or of .some sjiecies of acacia; and 
 (2) .soft light wood, such as that of the "bean tree" 
 (Eri/lhrina rrspertilw), or of the " Currajong " (Sierculia 
 »pp.). 
 28«2.— 2 
 
u 
 
 The linndlo, as a general rule, forms part of the solid block 
 out of Avliicli tlie shield is out, but it uiay, in comparatively 
 few forms, br made of a separate piece of wood, which is 
 bent round and insertetl while green into holes ma(k' to 
 receive the two ends. In the first case the handle may either, 
 as in the Central Australian specimens (9-16), be level with 
 the back surface, in which case a cavity for the hand is 
 hollowed out in the bod}^ of the weapon ; or it may, as in the 
 West Australian specimens, i)roject outwards (1-7).* 
 
 The space for the hand is usually small, in accordance with 
 the size of that of the native. In some cases, when in use, 
 a strip of fur string is wound round the handle. Various 
 forms are characteristic of various parts of the continent, 
 and in this collection twelve main types may be recognised — • 
 
 A. A flat, thin, slab-like structure, from 2 to 3 feet in 
 
 length, with the handle cut out of the solid block, 
 and projecting from the surface. The front is al- 
 ways ornamented with very characteristic incised 
 zig-zag lines, the grooves being filled up with red, 
 white, and yellow pigment. This form is very dis- 
 tinctive of Western Australia (1-S). 
 
 B. A solid, elongate form with round ends, a distinctly 
 
 convex front surface, and, in transverse section, 
 concave hinder surface. The handle is cut out of 
 the block, and is level with the back surface, a small 
 space for the hand being cut out beneath it. The 
 size varies from 1^ feet to 3 feet in length. It is 
 usually made out of the light, soft wood of the 
 " bean tree," and is the characteristic shield of Cen- 
 tral Australian tribes, such as the Warramunga, 
 Kaitish, Luritja, kc. (9-16). 
 
 C. A shield similar in form to the last, but made out of 
 
 dark, heavy w^ood (17). 
 
 D. A shield similar in form and material to the last, but 
 
 devoid of the well-marked, broad, longitudinal 
 grooves on the face. It has bands of fine, rough 
 grooves (18). 
 
 E. A form with the front face similar in outline to type 
 
 B, but differing from the latter in (1) the fact that 
 the hinder surface is not distinctly concave, but 
 either flat or slightly convex; and (2) in the ab- 
 scence of the Avell-marked, broad, longitudinal 
 grooves, Avhich are always present on the former. 
 Found in Queensland (19-25). 
 
 * The numbers refer to those attached to the spechiiens iu the cases, except such as 
 Fig. 1, ifcc., wliich refer to ilhistrations in the plates. 
 
15 
 
 F. A broml. thin form, with tht* front convex and the 
 
 bai'k i'oin;avf, tht« two v\u\> taju-ring. It is nuuK' out 
 of the outer part of the wo<»«l of the limb of some 
 hanl-wood tree, sueli as a fjrm» tree. The handh; is 
 distinct, the ends k'ing inserted into two holes, 
 from which they can only be witlwlrawn with diffi- 
 culty. The front is usually dj'corated with incised 
 lines, the spaces biin>; filled up witli red ochre and 
 pi|H'clav. This form is from Virtoria and Xew 
 South Wales (L>«J-:{:J). 
 
 G. A bn)ad. Hat form, with the two ends taperinp and 
 
 terminating either in blunt points or in slight 
 swellings. The surface is often richly carved with 
 incised designs, which may represent anintal forms. 
 The whtde structure is nuule out of a solid mass of 
 hard wood, and this series represents, perhaps, the 
 ujost highly ornate of all Australian shields. It 
 was characteristic of certain parts of Victoria and 
 New South Wales, but, unfortunately, very few 
 specimens have been preserved (34-39). 
 
 H. A form commonly called Mulga and also Mulgon by 
 the natives of the Lower Murray, and Marr-aga by 
 the Gippsland natives. It is relatively narrow, 
 with the front always more or less convex, and the 
 hinder surface more or less triangular in section, 
 the handle being cut out of the solid. The fmnt is 
 always ornamented with incisfti lines, forming 
 herring-bone or chevron or lozcngi'-shaped patterns, 
 which are often extremely regular and well exe- 
 cuted. The grooves are usually filhd with red, 
 whit!-, and yellow pigment. This form was widely 
 spread over parts of the south-east of the continent. 
 The greatest length is something over 3 feet; the 
 width varies consitlerably, but is always small 
 in proportion to the length; and the whole struc- 
 ture, haivJle included, is always cut out of a solid 
 block of hard wood. The weight varies from 2i 
 to 3 J pounds (40-47). 
 
 K. An elongate form, of hard wood, with a Hattenod 
 front face and rounded end- Mugular 
 
 tion (4S.riO). 
 
 L. An elongate form, of hard wood, with distinctly con- 
 vex front surface, with a t<ii,I. ii,\ t.i l.i inm.- tri- 
 angular in section (51-53). 
 
 M. A very distinct, flatteneil, w<ml:'- h.m i'-iin. >%iiii in- 
 handle cut out of the solid, an<l the two sides of the 
 face, which are inclined at a sharp angle to each 
 
16 
 
 other, ornamented with incised paticnis. The k'ngth 
 varies from 30 to 40 inches. Tlic widlh is not more 
 tlian 3 inches, and tlie d<'pth ahoiit 5 to O inches 
 from the anterior to the posterior (vlge. The 
 weapon, which was used simply for parrying the 
 blows of clubs, was found in tiie south-east part of 
 the continent, and Avas called Drunmung by the 
 natives of the Western District of Victoria (54-60). 
 
 N. A large form met with only in certain parts of 
 Queensland. It sometimes has a curious curved 
 shape (17, 18). It is made out of a light wood, 
 the handle being cut out of the solid, and there is 
 always, but sometimes much more prominently 
 marked than at others, a central boss on the face. 
 The striking and characteristic designs in pigment 
 are totally unlike those met with in other parts, 
 and possibly point to an outside influence (61-66). 
 
 1-8. Western Australian shields, with the characteristic 
 incised zig-zag lines. In 8 the weapon is somewdiat curved, 
 and the back, as well as the front, is ornamented with in- 
 cised lines. Native name, Wunda or Wanda. (Fig. 1.) 
 
 9-16. Shields very characteristic of Central Australian 
 tribes. Made out of light, soft wood of the " bean tree " 
 (Erythrina vespertUio) . Broadly grooved and red ochred on 
 both sides, with the edge turned round so as to cause the 
 back in transverse section to be distinctly concave, the front 
 surface being convex (11, 13, 14, 15, 16). (Presented by 
 Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) (Fig. 2.) 
 
 17. A heavy hard wood shield (probably some species of 
 Eucalyptus), ornamented with grooves on each side. Said 
 to come from Northern Victoria. 
 
 18. A very hard wood shield of gum tree wood, roughly 
 grooved on each side. In form it agrees with the light soft 
 wood shields (9, <S:c.) of Central Australia, from which dis- 
 trict it also comes. 
 
 19-23. A series of shields, the front face of which is broad, 
 convex, aiid similar in outline to that of Nos. 9-16, but the 
 lateral edges are not turned round, and the hinder surface is 
 either flat or slightly convex, and there is a further regular 
 series of longitudinal grooves. 19. From Mackay, (Queens- 
 land. 20 From Mackay, Queensland. The surface, both 
 back and front, is ornamented with rows of incised lines 
 coloured red; the design in white may possibly be intended 
 to represent some form of animal. Weight, 26 ounces. 
 Native name, Goolmary. 21. Made of the light wood of the 
 
i: 
 
 ** Flaiiu' " tr»t'; (^mfii>lainl. -':,'. l* rom tin- lj.urj;uKi dis- 
 trict. Xorth-Wi'si Qnt'cnslaiul; oriiaiiuMittui with iiifisrd liiiw 
 coloiirt'il H'tl and y»'llo\v; the liaiidlf has a covrring of t-iim 
 featht-rs. 23. Fn»in Mackay. Qmx'usland; madf of thi* light 
 wood of the Ourrajong tree (Sterctilia sp.), and ornamented 
 with designs in red, yellow, black, and white pigniei!': '': 
 incise<l pattern is evidently modern. 
 
 24, 2r». Two siH'cimens closely similar in general fonu to 
 the above four, but with a style of ornament never met with 
 in the ctntral tribes. From the li.mlia ditstrict, Queensland. 
 Native name. Koguru. (Fig. 4.) 
 
 26-33. A series of specimens in which the handle is formed 
 wparately from the main body, wliich is made out of the 
 wo«jd of some gum tree (often Eucaliipiu}! leuroji/lon or E. 
 lint I lull i»). When the slab has be<Mi cho])ped awav from the 
 tree and roughly chijined to the appro.ximate shape, S(» that 
 there is a broad central part tapering off towards each end 
 (the exact nhape of whcji varies much), it is said that a 
 mound of earth some 3 feet in length and about the same width 
 as the shield is made; hot ashes are placed on the mound, 
 and the slab of green wood on top of them ; then sods of 
 grass and stones are piled above it, and by the time that the 
 ashes are cidd the shicdd has ast<umed the curve of the mound. 
 The handle has the characteristic fornj of a ]>iece of wood 
 inserted at each end, while it is yet green, into the body of 
 the shield, usually so that the two holes lie in the line corre- 
 sponding to the long a.\is of the shield. This form it? used in 
 fighting as a protection against spears. The length is usually 
 36 to 40 inches, and the greatest width 10 inches. Most 
 usually, the front face is ornamentefl with bands running in 
 variojw directions, the space between tln-ni bciiig filled in 
 with incised lines forming clu-vron. herring-boni'. lo/.enge- 
 .<!hape<l i)atterns. The lands and raised parts betwe«'n the 
 grooves are often colourerl with red ochre, and the grooves 
 filled in with pi|>eclay. This form was made principally hy 
 natives of the south-east of the continent, and was <'ommt)nly 
 calli'd (iiam or Kerrem. On the Lower Murray it was calletl 
 Karragarm; and at Lake Tyers, liamerook. 26. From (iipjn*- 
 land. 27. P'rom Victoria. (Fig. 5.) 2S. From Xr-w South 
 Wah'S. 29, 30. From the Ix)wer .Murray. One of them is 
 placed edgeways so as to show the handle and width of tho 
 slab of woml. 31. A specinjen whi«'h agnn-s with the others 
 in the characferi.''tic feature of the structure of the handle, 
 btit diffi'rs from them in the abs<Mico of the tapering ends 
 (though in this rrwpeet No, 27 approaches it), and also in 
 the absiMjce of incised lines. (32, 33 presented bv Mr. J. II. 
 Connell.) 
 
18 
 
 34-39. Six specimens of a shield formerly made in Victoria 
 and ISTew Soutli Wales. It was manufactured out of a solid 
 slab cut from the limb of a hardwood tree, the wood next to 
 the bark being used for the purpose. The handle is cut out 
 of the solid. The front surface wats ornamented with incised 
 lines, which often indicated the outlines of animals. (34 
 presented by Mr. A. A. C. Le Souef.) 35. A richly orna- 
 mented specimen, 51 inches in length, and 13 inches in width; 
 New South Wales. 36. The ornamentation is probably 
 meant to represent the outline of the body of a large lizai'd, 
 surrounded by incised lines which run parallel to the outline 
 of the body, and towards the outer edge of the shield change 
 into an irregular pattern. River i^ainoi or Peel, jSTew South 
 Wales. (Fig. 6.) 37. From Victoria. (38, 39 presented 
 by Mr. J. TT. Conncll.) 
 
 40-47. A series of shields used for warding off blows of 
 clubs. They are all made of some hard wood, such as the 
 "ironbark"' (Eucalyptus leucoxylon) or an acacia, and vary 
 in weight from 2^ to 3^ pounds. The width is small in com- 
 parison to the length. In Xo. 40, which may be taken as a 
 typical example, the length is 35 inches, and the width 
 5 inches. In transverse section the weapon is triangular, the 
 handle being hollowed out along the line which cprreeponds 
 to the apex of the triangle. It is ornamented with incised 
 lines, the pattern being usually a very definite one, composed 
 of herring-bone or chevron lines or lozenge-shaped spaces. 
 The grooves are frequently filled in with white pipeclay. The 
 name most commonly applied to this form, which was very 
 characteristic of the south-east of the continent, was Mulga; 
 on the Lower Murray it Avas called Mulgon ; and in Gipps- 
 land, Marraga. From the Western District of Victoria. 
 41. From Xew South Wales. 42. From Victoria. 43. From 
 Victoria ; turned round, so as to show the handle. 44 From 
 Victoria; showing the band of fur which was often bound 
 round the handle. (Fig. 7.) 45. From Victoria; taken in 
 1847 during a fight with the natives of the Avoca tribe, at 
 Creswick's Water-hole. 46. From Victoria; Avoca tribe. 
 47. An exceptionally narrow (specimen ; from Victoria. 
 
 48, 49, 50. Shields made of heavy wood, somewhat ap- 
 proaching in shape the Mulga, but not so distinctly triangular 
 in section. 48. From Kimberley, Western Austral" a. Orna- 
 mented with incised zig-zag lines, and covered with pijieclay 
 and red ochre. (Fig. 8) 49. From the Gnurla tribe. Western 
 Australia; native name, Kurdigi. 50. From Western Ails- 
 tralia ; ornamented Avith incised lines. 
 
."» I . A fHn'fiiiuMi iiiatif "1 'laiN, iii;i\% \\>MMi, >.iiii> »^ ii.ii 
 appruachiiig in form the Mulpi. but not so (lisiiiictly trian- 
 gular in MTtion. Ornanicnti-d all ovrr witji cliippings. 
 From Xi'W South WaK's. 
 
 52, 53. Two si)ooinu>ns madi* out of a hravv wood, closoly 
 allied to the Mulga, but shorter than the typical examples of 
 this, with a more convex front face, and with distinctly 
 rounded ends. One is doforated with a strong design in 
 black and red, and the other lias no pigment, but is irregularly 
 grooved all over, lioth are from Victoria. 
 
 .')4-6(). A scries very characteristic of Victoria, called 
 Drunmung. All of them are dosidy similar in form, each 
 being flat and wedge like. The usual length is about 3.") inches, 
 and the greatest wi<lth 4 inches. liotli the anterior and 
 posterior surfaces have the faces inclined at a sharj> angle 
 to one another. 'I'he handle is cut out of the solid, and the 
 front face ornamented with incited lines forming herring- 
 bone patterns, lozenge-shaped patches, iVc, the groovi^s b ing 
 filled in with white i>ipe<day. .'>.'»-r)7. From (iippsland. 
 CFig. 9.) 5S. From (iippsland. HO. From Now South 
 Wales. 
 
 61-66. SiK'ciniens from the Cairns aii<l ( ardwdl district, 
 Queensland. A very distinct typo of massive idiield. made 
 out of light, soft woofl (Cunagoil tree). The ])rojecting 
 central boss and bold design in pigment are characteristic 
 featuri's. In two specimens (0.'», 66) the shield han a very 
 distinct curve. Xntlve name, IJiggan or Darkur. (Fig. 3.) 
 67. A hardwood specimen, with a handle somewhat like 
 that of the Drunmung, but with a rounded front face. 
 From the Low r Murray Kivcr. 
 
 BOOMERANGS. (Case 2.) 
 
 The boomerang i.s the most distinctive of the weapons of 
 the Australian native, and its use dcn's not appear to liave 
 be<Mi known to the Tann>anians. Tlu'r«' are various forms of 
 the impleiniMit. .some large and heavy, u.sed at close quarters 
 for fighting; «)thers for throwing at enemies or game; 
 and others, which are often called piny boonu'rangs, possess 
 the charact<'ristic feattire of returning to the throwt-r. There 
 is a remarkable re.send>lance in general form between that 
 of a boomerang and the long curved leaves of many gum 
 tre«\s. Probably the return bfiomerang has not been known 
 outside the limits of .Vustralia. 
 
 The mi.Hsilf is usually more or le-js leaf shaped, and varies 
 mtich in siz«'. but always coiiriists of a tinttened blade, gene- 
 rally «piife tint on one sidi- :iiid sliL'litlv ciiiivex mi the utluT. 
 
•20 
 
 Mild always more or less curved. 'I'lic property of retunniig 
 api)ears to .be associated with a sli,<;lit twist, which is pro- 
 duced during- the manufacture, aud causes the Avoapon when 
 thrown 1o rotate during its patssage through the air. ^ A 
 skilful thrower will throw such a boomerang so that during 
 its flight it will describe first a large curve, then circle round 
 once or twice, and finally fall at his feet. 
 
 The different series exhibited are intended to illustrate the 
 various forms, and also the possible development from a 
 fitraight stick of (1) the ordinary curved, flat, fighting 
 boomerang; (2) the return boomerang; (3) the large doiible- 
 handed "sword"; and (4) the club-headed structure called 
 '^lil-lil." 
 
 The possible relationship of these various forms of missiles 
 may be illustrated by the following diagram, the actual 
 specimens illustrating which are shown in Case 3, Series L., 
 and Case 4, Series A : — 
 
 Double-handed 
 " sword." 
 
 CuiAcd I'luli-like missile 
 (Lil-lil). 
 
 Beturn Bcomeiana;. 
 
 Boonieraiif; with one end 
 modified for holding. 
 
 Boomerang with one end 
 slightly enlarged. 
 
 Ordinary Boomfriuig. 
 with one face fiat, tlie'otlier often slightly conve.'C. 
 
 Curvcil 'I'lnowing Stiek, more flattened from side to sic 
 
 Curved Throwing Stiek, elliptical in section. 
 
 Curved ThroM'ing Stick, circular in section. 
 
 Straight Throwing Stick, circular in section. 
 
21 
 
 TIh' .surfacf of thf huomeranp innv bi« oithcr quite siuootli, 
 or Ih' oniaiiK'ntiMl on om- or both sido.s with proovt-s, or may 
 havi« iiu'isi'.l pnttt-riis. tlu" hitt<'r bciiijf mom frn|m'iitly wen 
 in the ease of many QueetiKhind speeimens. 
 
 In many trilie.s, such as those of Central Australia, the use 
 of the return boomerang is quite unknown, though it is, or 
 was, found among most eastern an<l southern eoastal triln'S, 
 and ovfr large areas in Que-nsland ami Western Australia. 
 
 In till- Nortliern Territory and interior of Queensland a 
 remarkable form known as a beaked or hooked boonn-rang is 
 met with, the blade of whieh r«-sembles that of tin- (»rdinary 
 form, but is provided with a prominent beak at on«' end. 
 
 Skkies a. — Thi.s illustrat s the gradual increase in curve, 
 starting from No. 1, in which it is widely o|)en, and i)as»^ing 
 bv gradual degrees to Xo. 24, in which it is most acute. Xo. 
 2r> is swn edgeways, so as to show the characteristic twist in 
 the blade of a return boomerang. (Fig. 24.) 
 
 1. Bibaparu; from the Boulia di.strict, Queou.sland. 
 
 2. Harragan ; Xcw South "\ValtT5. 
 :?. Kylic; WesH-rn Australia. 
 
 4. .">. Harngit ; Victoria. 
 
 »)• Wonguim, or return boomerang; Victoria. 
 7. From (Queensland. 
 
 5. Kylie; "Western Australia. 
 9. It), 11. Barngit; Victoria. 
 
 12, 13, 14, l.'>, 10. Wonguim; Victoria. 
 
 17. From (Queensland. 
 
 IS, 19. Barragan; Xew South Wales. 
 
 21, '12, 23. Wr)nguini; Victoria. 
 
 24. Wonguim; Wo<'wurong tril;<'. Victoria. (Fig. 14.) 
 The ordinary 'boomerang flies from right to left. This par- 
 ticular one is .so made as to fly from left to right. The limbs 
 are nearly at right angles to one another. The side that is 
 neant^t to the ground wbiK- it is gyrating is flat and smooth, 
 th<» upper one bcinc slightly convex. 
 
 '27*. Wonguinj; Wocwnrong tribe, Victoria. 
 
 Skrikk B. — This illustrates a comparatively small number 
 of boomerangs, in which thi> two sides are unequal in length. 
 an<l in which, if the conve.x side be plai'e<l up|)ermost, there 
 is a sliglit but distin(*t upward b(>nd in the right half. 
 
 2(). Harragan; Xew South Wailes. 
 
 27. Kvlie; Western Au-fralia. 
 
 2?^. Kylie; from tli' KmI'Imlmh ftili- . Wi ••< m An-^f ralia. 
 
 20. (^U(N>iisland. 
 
 30. Kaw tribe. W. - ...-...;;... 
 
 31. Cfuurla tr'le. Western Australia. 
 
Sehies C. — 'I'liis illiistrnlcs a very <-li;ir;ir1cristic scries of 
 Western Australian hoomerauiis, in wliicli lln' t\yo halves of 
 the blade are of niieciual leiiiifh, ami in wiiii-li. if the convex 
 side be placed ii|ii)cniin<t, tlnTc is a sli,<ilit Iml (jistinct up- 
 ward bend on llic left side. All of tlir six'c'.nicus conic from 
 Western Anstralia. and arc made out of the wood of an 
 acacia tree. {:]-2A-2.) 
 
 S^vAUKs 1). — A special form of boomerang, known from its 
 shape as a beaked or hooked boomerang. (Fig. 18.) Found 
 amongst the Northern Central tribes and in the interior of 
 Queensland. It is ornamented with a close set of groovee, 
 which follow the curve of the blade on the convex side, and 
 on the other arc rough and irregular. It always has a coat- 
 ing of red ochre. There always a])pears to be a slight, but 
 clearly marked, projection below the beak on the side from 
 whieli this arises. It is used for fighting, and, it is said, that 
 instead of glancing aside when it strikes the object with 
 which the native being attacked defends himself, the beak 
 catches upon it. and, as a result, the blade swings round and 
 .strikes the num. The Aveapon is also used for fighting at 
 close quarters, and if the beak is hroken off the blade is 
 trimmed down to f(jrm an ordinary fighting boomerang. It 
 is made by natives in the northern and north-western interior, 
 and is traded down to the south of the Macdonnell Ranges. 
 49. Beak short and broad. 50. Boomerang in course of 
 manufacture. (Presented hy Professor Spencer and Mr. F. 
 J. Gillen.) 
 
 43-50. From the Warramunga tribe. Central Aui?tralia. 
 
 Skries E. — This series (together with Series D) contains 
 thirteen typical forms of boomerangs from various parts of 
 Australia. 
 
 51. A fighting boomerang, characterized by a sharp curve 
 at one end; Queensland. (Fig. 20.) 
 
 52. A Wonguim, or return boomerang; Victoria. (Fig. 21.) 
 
 53. An ornamented boomerang, showing the flat side; 
 Western Australia. (Fig. 22.) 
 
 54. A special form called Quiriang-an-wun, with one end 
 modified; used either for fighting or for throwing; Victoria. 
 (Fig. 17.) 
 
 55. A fighting boomei'ang, characteristic of C^entral Aus- 
 tralian tribes. (Fig. 12.) 
 
 56. A Barngit, or fighting boomerang, Victoria. (Fig. 13.) 
 
 57. An ornamented boomerang, with a Avide, open, sym- 
 metrical curve, and a distinct thickening in the centre. (Fig. 
 25.) 
 
PLATE 3. 
 
 r,tH)\ili< \V^> 
 
23 
 
 ;,s. ,\ .._..;..,_ :.ui;:, \V.iiif;ala. oniaiiuMitf<l witli rvd 
 
 ochre; Tort Mat-kay. QiUH-nslaml. ( Kig. 19.) 
 
 59. Kvlii\ or W«st«rii Australian rrturn hooim-rnng. (Fig. 
 
 26.) 
 
 00. A Barracan. <»r rtfuni IxtMnicran;;; .\'<\v South \\ ah'S. 
 
 (!•'»?• 11.) . , , 
 
 «)1. .V titrhtiii;; huoiiu-ranir. with rMujrh siirlacc and hotli 
 
 eiuls whitrnnl; Maiarthur Kivtr, (iulf <if ( 'ar]»cniaria. 
 62, 63. A sju'cial form of phiv lioonu'ranj; in the form of a 
 
 crons. calh'd S'alma; Northern C^in-enshmd. 
 
 Skimks F. — A series from various parts of .Vustralia. in 
 which the curve is a symmi-trical one, and in whicli tliere js 
 a Icnth-ney to a thiekeniuf: of the hhuh* in the centre, t-n as 
 to product' an angh- in the middh' of the convex edge. 
 
 64, 65, 66. From North Queen.shmd and Gulf of rarj)en- 
 taria di.strict. 
 
 67. From Queenshin<l. 
 
 OS. Wongnim; Western Distri.-t, Vii-mria. 
 
 ♦»!». From (^utH^nsland. 
 
 70. From Hurdckin Kivcr, (^iit-t-nshind. 
 
 71. Hoomerang madi* of darrah, and ornamented with 
 pigment; East Kimln-rh-y, Wtsti-ni .\nstralia. 
 
 72. From Norman River, (iulf of ('ar|»entaria. 
 
 73. IJarragan, or n-turn hoomerang; New South "Wales. 
 
 Skkiks (i. — Illustrating the transition from a hoomerang 
 with a wi(h', open curve and tin* two sides symmetrical to 
 one with a fiharjH'r curve and a distin<'t asymmetry of tin- 
 sides. All of the spei'imens are groove<l on the convex 
 RUrfncf and red ochred. 
 
 74. P'rom the Arunta trihe. Central .\u>;tralia. 
 
 75. From the Luritjn trihe, Central Australia. 
 
 76. 7H, SO, si. From the .Vrunta trihe. Central Austnilia. 
 
 77. From the Hiiddnga trihe, Macarthur River, Xorth.rn 
 Territory. 
 
 71>. From the Kaitisli trihe, liarrow Creek, .\orihern 
 Territory. 
 
 82. From the Kaitish trihe, Harrow CriM'k, Northern 
 Territory. 
 
 S3, From North-we.st (^ui-ensland. 
 
 .84, S5. From the Artinta trihe. Central Au-iralia. 
 
 S6, 87, H8. From the Kaitish trihe. Harrow Cre<'k. 
 Xorthi-rn Territory. 
 
 89. From the (iranada di.itrict. North-West (^lUHMiriland. 
 
 00. From the Kaitish trihe, liarrow Cr«M'k, Northern 
 T<-rriti>rv. 
 
21 
 
 91, 92. From flic Ai-uiita trilic, Alice Sprin.as. Xortliorn 
 Territory. 
 
 93. From Xorth-west Qucciislancl. 
 
 94. From tlio Kaitisli tribo, Barrow Crock, Xnrtlicrn 
 Territory. 
 
 95. From the l)iiiliiii_«ia tribe, Macartlnir iiivci-, Xurtlicni 
 Territory. (77-!»,") ]»rcs(Mitc(l l)v I'rofessor Spencer and Mr. 
 F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 Series H. — Illustrating the transition from a boomerang 
 with a wide, open curve and the two sides symmetrical to 
 one with a sharper curve and a distinct asymmetry of the 
 sides. All of the specimens are smooth and red oehred. (The 
 distinction between this and the previous series lies in the 
 presence in the one, and absence in the other, of grooves.) 
 
 96. From the Xorman River, Queensland. 
 
 97. 98, 99, 100, 101. From the Ayr district, Burdekin 
 Kiver, Queensland. 
 
 102. Wongal; from Cardwell, Queensland. 
 
 103, 104," lOf). From the Ayr district, Burdekin Kiver, 
 Queensland. 
 
 Series I. — ^These specimens (106-112) illustrate the ex- 
 treme development of the boomerang, so far as size is con- 
 cerned. There are all intermediate sizes between these, which 
 are too heavy to be thrown by one hand, and the ordinary 
 fighting boomerang. One end of these large forms is usually 
 roughened, so as to assist in holding it, and the weapon is 
 used for fighting at close quarters. In some instances they 
 are ornamented with incised patterns. All these epecimens 
 pome from Central Australia from the Arunta tribe. (Fig. 
 27.) 
 
 BOOMERANGS. (Case 3.) 
 
 Series J. axd K. — These two series (113-129), one of 
 which (J) contains grooved, and the other (K) smooth 
 specimens, are, so far as form is concerned, closely fiimilar to 
 the series G and H (Case 3), and illustrate the transition 
 from a boomerang with a wide, open curve and symmetrical 
 sides to one with a sharper curve and asymmetrical rjides ; but 
 they differ from the latter in the absence of the red ochre 
 decoration, which is a characteristic feature of the weapons 
 of certain parts. All the specimens, with one or two doubt- 
 ful cases, come from Queensland. (Fig. 23.) 
 
 Series L. — This series (130-145) illustrates the possible 
 development of (1) the weapon called a Quiriang-an-^vun 
 
 from a loomerang. and, further, the development from the 
 
25 
 
 laitrr ..t til.- u.ajM.ii calif*! the Lil-lil. Starling from an 
 oriliiiarv Hj;litiiig booiiifraiij? (130), and pussinj; ui>\var<ls. it 
 will U'sivn that one ond iM-fomes. first of all, turm-d sliplitly 
 up. and tlu'n fnlarpfd until tlu* Quirianj;-an-wun is r<-a<-h<-d 
 (139). Still further devrloMinont of the enlarged etid leads 
 to the Lil-lil, in whieh the han.Ue still nf.iit!-^ tli.« rurve of 
 the boonierantr, and the somewhat el head is 
 
 flattened out, beeoming, li.iu.\.i. more - n the ter- 
 
 uiimil one of the series. 
 
 130, 131. Two sp.eim.i.- ..i ,,.- l.amgit; Victoria. 
 
 132, 133. Two siuvimens of the liarragan; Xcw South 
 Wales. 
 
 134, 13.'>. Two specimens of the Barngit; Vietoria. 
 13(5. Barragan; New South Wales. 
 
 137. (^uiriang-an-wun; Vietoria. (Fig. 10.) 
 
 135. A New South Wales weapon, similar in shape to the 
 fornu'r. 
 
 13!». (^uiriang-aii-unin; Victoria. 
 
 140. A Queensland weapon, similar in .shape to the hil-lil. 
 ornamented on one »;ide with incised lines crossing each other 
 .so as to produce a lozenge-shaped i)attern. Kockinghani Hay. 
 Queensland. 
 
 J41. Lil-lil. The broad end is marked witii incised lities, 
 which are said to represent a lagoon occupied bv the tribe 
 to which the owner bcdonged. The thickest part of the 
 wi'apon (the centre of the blade) only measures half an inch. 
 It is smoothed down to a thin edge, and weighs 14 ounces. 
 (Fig. Ifi.) 
 
 142, 143. In th«tse two weapons the shape is much the 
 .same as that of the Lil-lil, but tin* head becomes more swollen 
 and dub-like. 
 
 144, 14.*. Missile sticks. (Jurba; Murrumbidgee Kiver. New 
 South Wales. 
 
 Skkiks M. — 1 ( 1I6-1S6) illustrntcN van.'u* lorms 
 
 of ornamenteil u'»*. Ij» many cases the surface of 
 
 the boomerang i> eith< r <piite smooth, or, as in 123, 12.'>, it 
 may be Huted; or, again, in rare cases, it mnv hr rnvrrnd 
 with c|os<'-set chippings. In a large nu 
 
 surface is ornamental with an incis<-.l t, i 
 
 varies to a considerable extent, but ;i < l>e geiurally 
 
 geometrical, and, more rarely, 7.oonioi{'Mi< <>i phytomorphic. 
 The series here exhibited will nen*e to illustrate the ceneral 
 nature of the pattern, which 
 and coh-iisf-* of i-<iMi'''fi»ri''. - 
 
 •!<*ries r»f rll" 
 as to have n 
 
20 
 
 to whether the patterns have any definite meaning; hut in the 
 ease of some, certain of them are said to repri'isent mountain- 
 tops ; others, fokled fisliing nets ; and others, leaves, &'c. 
 These ornamented boomerangs are met with cspeeially in 
 the more north-eastern parts of the continent, though they 
 are traded over long distances, and examples made in Queens- 
 land may he met wirli in tlie soutlicni parts of Central 
 Australia. 
 
 146. Dynovor Downs. Queensland. Xatlve name, AVongal. 
 
 147. Queensland. 
 
 148. Sturt's Depot, ISTew South Wales. Presented hv Eev. 
 Wm. AVehster. 
 
 149. Rockingham Bay, Queensland. 
 
 150. Cooper's Creek, Queensland. 
 
 151. Sturt's Depot, ]^ew South Wales. Presented by Rev. 
 Wm. Webster. 
 
 152. Charleville, Queensland. 
 
 153. Dynevor Downs, Queensland. 
 
 154. Queensland. 
 
 155. Boulia, Queensland. Xative name, Bibnhnru. 
 
 156. 157, 158, 159. Etheridge and Flinders Rivers, Queen.s- 
 land. 
 
 160. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 161. Central Australia. 
 
 162. Boulia, Queensland. 
 
 163. 164. iSTear Broome, Xorth-west Australia. 
 
 165. iSTgurla tribe, Western Australia; ornamented Avitli 
 fine chippings. 
 
 166, 167, 168, 169. Dynevor Downs, Queensland. TS'ative 
 name, Wongal. 
 
 170, 171. l^orth-east coast, Queensland 
 
 172. Queensland. 
 
 173. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 174. JSTormanton, Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland 
 
 175. A specimen with coarse and fine grooving. Camoo- 
 weal. Central Queensland. 
 
 176. Grooved specimen; Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 177. Grooved specimen; Kaitish tribe, Barrow Creek, 
 Central Australia. 
 
 178. 179. Warramunga tribe, Tennant Creek, Central Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 180, 181, 182, 183. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 184. Warramunga tribe, Tennant Creek, Central Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 185. Lake Frome, South Australia. 
 
 186. Wilpena Creek, South Australia. 
 
-'■»<>-' — 3 
 
PLATE 4. 
 
 DEVELOPMENT OF BOOMERANG FROM THROWING STICK. 
 
BOOMERANGS AND CLUBS. (Ca«e 4.) 
 
 Skrik.^ a. 1.. Mi.i- u: rjir • Hit ii,>, iiicluilin^ I-l.'i. is 
 intended to show the transition from un ordinury throwing 
 stick to a booniening, and from this to a large, douhle-)iaii<ied 
 weapon comnionly iloscribed as a sword. Starting at the 
 lowest we have a roiiirh, erooked stick, the simjdest fi»nii of 
 missih'; immediately ahove this in a straight and more rare- 
 fuUy made stiek, and this is folK»wed hy one in whieli tlu're 
 is an open symmetrieal curve. In 4 the stiek is not «»nly 
 curveti as to appro.\imate in shape to a 'boomerang, but also, 
 while retaining a more or less rounded form, .shown a distinct 
 trace of Hattening, and forms a very clearly marked transi- 
 tion betw«>en a curved throwing stick and an ordinary fight- 
 ing boomerang, such as is seen in fi. In 7 there is sliown a 
 boonuTang in which one eml is rougheiierj so as to form a 
 handle; and in >>, while the general form of the boomerang 
 is clearly retaiiie<l, one end is definitely shaix-d into a handle. 
 and leads on easily to 5', in which is seen a small curved 
 swortl. The diflFcrencc between this and 10 and 11 is merely 
 one of size; and in the four upper specimejis are seen 
 examples in which the curved form is lost, and in which the 
 handle becoraoe somewhat more sharply mark«d oflf fnun the 
 blade. 
 
 1. A Dowak, or throwing stick. Wonunda-minung tribo. 
 Western Australia. (Fig. 28.) 
 
 2. A nH»n' carefully shaped Dowak. Chiangwa tribe. 
 Western Australia. (Fig. 29.) 
 
 •T. A I'urved throwing stick called C'hingona; from (tntral 
 Australia. (Fig. 30.) 
 
 4. A cuned throwing .stick, showing much the .same amount 
 of curvature as nmny of the fiehting boomerangs. Central 
 Australia. (Fig. 31.) 
 
 5. A curved throwing stick, the verv distinct flattening i>f 
 which .*hows an unmistakable transition to n boomerang. 
 Central Aiisiralia. (Fig. 32.) 
 
 6. A fighting booni' lari' • from Ciiitral Aii»'!Mlii (Fig. 
 33.) 
 
 7. .\n ordinary fi;;iiMr!;^ I'oonieraiig of the .Vriinta tribe. 
 Central .\ustralia. (Fig. 34.) 
 
 S. A liittergan, or wooden sword, ('vidcntly modelled on a 
 heavy fightinc boomerang, with one end modified to form a 
 handle: length. 3.'> inches; weight, 41 ounces. Mackay, 
 Queeiisland. ( P'ig. 3r>.) 
 
 9. A wooden sword; from North Australia. (Fig. 30.) 
 
 10, 11. Two large swords from the Cairns and Cardwell 
 districts, Qm-.n^l.ind. ^FIl' .T7 "^ 
 
28 
 
 12. A srrniii'lit sword with :i soiiicwlKif loii^' liaiidlc. Xortli 
 Anstrnliu. ( Fii>'. .'5S.) 
 
 l.'M.-). Three large swords t'l-oiii Xoi'lh Anslnili;i ;iiid Cnrd- 
 widl, Queensland. 
 
 Skkiks B. — Specimens of a specinl I'onii of clul) or wa.ddy, 
 ciIKmI ill Gippsland Kul-liik. iind on the Murray Kivcr Bir- 
 hi'u. (Fig. 40.) Tills weapon somewhat resembles a 
 wooden sword Ui<(-i\ hy north-east and northern tribes, and has 
 a distinct boomerang-like curve. The handle is marked with 
 deeply incised lines arranged in various ways. The w^eapon 
 is made of lieavy, dark wood, and was used as a clul) for 
 fighting. 
 
 16-22. Victoi'ia. 23. Xorthern Territory. 
 
 Series C. — Long clubs. 
 
 24. From the Ngurla tribe, Roeburn, AVestern Australia. 
 Ornamented with zig-zag lines, and with a handle made of a 
 lump of Grass-tree resin. 
 
 25.28. Four specimiens from the Alligator River district 
 and Port Essington, North Australia, in which, especially in 
 26, the handle end shows a curious concavity. The blade 
 may be ornamented with designs formed of red, white, and 
 yellow lines. Kakadu tribe, Alligator River, Northern Ter- 
 ritory. Native name, Periperiu. 
 
 29. Club made by the lAvaidji tribe, Coburg Peninsula, 
 Northern Territory. Native name, Mabobo or Mapupu. 
 
 30. Club made by the Kulungliitji tribe, Alligator River 
 district. Northern Territory. Native name, Wakerti. (28, 
 29^ 30 presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 Series D. — This series illustrates the common forms of 
 fighting sticks and clubs, some of which are thrown, while 
 others are more frequently used in hand-to-hand encounters. 
 The simplest form is merely a stick without any special head 
 or handle, and was used both for digging and throwing; the 
 more developed forms, commonly known as waddies or 
 Nulla-nullas, have swollen nr knobbed heads, and often a 
 part modified to serve as a handle. The chief variations are 
 represented by the following: — (1) A stick with one end 
 roughened so as to afford a good gri]i, but Avitli no definite 
 head (52, 53, 54, 56.) (2) A form common to Victoria 
 and New South Wales, characterized by a distinctly swollen 
 head, which was sometimes strongly, sometimes slightly, 
 marked, and by a handle cut so as roughly to represent a 
 cone; in some cases the head was much more pointed than 
 in others, and the weapon was apparently used both for 
 throwins; and in hand-to-hand encounters. Sometimes the 
 
PL.\TE 5. 
 
 CLUBS. 
 
bodv uf the club , ;...;_. ,v.., , .j , ^ mii.^. ilu, 
 
 extromo forms of which iliffcr very much from oiu- Hn«)thcr, 
 but which are united by a connecting scri.-s of intermediate 
 forms. The most characteristic feature of thes is that the 
 head, if present, is not sharply marke.l off from thi- bo<ly .)f 
 the chib. but is fornuHl as a gradual swelling, which mav be 
 relatively of great size in proportion to the length of* the 
 weapon. Tlu. extreme form of this series is se<>n in the 
 uppermost specimens (4I>-.-il). which are examples of a 
 form called Kudgi-rong by the natives of the Yarra district. 
 As in these specimens, the swollen heiul nuiy be decorated 
 with geometrical designs. 
 
 31, :\2. Victoria. (Fig. 55.) 
 
 3li. X«'W Soutii Wales. 
 
 34. "West Qucnsland. 
 
 3.*.. Ivonia and Mitchell districts, Queensland. 
 
 3G. rpper lii'Iyando Itiver, Queensland. 
 
 37. Koma and Mitchell districts, Queensland 
 
 38, 39. Queensland. 
 
 40. Xormanron, (Queensland. (Fig. 57.) 
 
 41. Victoria. 
 
 42. New South Wales. 
 
 43. Victoria. ( Fig. 41.) 
 
 44. J^outii Australia. 
 
 45-53. Various forms of Kudgerong from Victoria 
 (Figs. 39, 42.) 
 
 5-J. Victoria. ( Fig, 49.) 
 
 55. Tasmania. 
 
 56; Western Australia. 
 
 57-59. Simph- forms of sticks, used partly for throwing 
 and partly for <ligging. Victoria. (Fig. Gl.) 
 
 60. .Vulhi-nulla. Xew South Wales. 
 
 61. Throwing stick. Xew South Wales. 
 
 62. Throwing aibl digging stick. Victoria. 
 
 63. Throwing .stick. Xew South Wale., i i ig. tiU.; 
 
 64. Throwine stick. Victoria. 
 
 er,, 66. Two V • • W worras. d with ;> 
 
 groove along ea. . . an.l pi ith ImMi.- 
 
 of resin at the iiai.dli i nd. Vii-ioria. (Fig. ...• . 
 
 67. I)owak, or throwing *fi.k; ^fimn.r rr ., \V 
 Australia. ( Fig. 45,) 
 
 6s. Waddv. Victoria. 
 
 69. Waddy. South Australia. 
 
 70. Woe-wurong tribe. Victoria. 
 
 71. Waddy; nun-wun.ng iribe. Wesiernporf. (Fig. .•i7.) 
 
 72. W«M'-wurong tribe, Victoria. 
 
 73. Waddy. Victoria. (Fig. 47.) 
 
:}0 
 
 74. Curved waddy with cone-shnix'd liniidlc Victmin. 
 
 75. Wiiddy. Victoria. 
 
 76. Worra-worra. Victoria. 
 
 77. 7S. Two Kouiuig-s. Victoria. 
 
 79. Worra-worra; AVoe-wuroiiii- tribe, Victoria. (Pre- 
 sented by Mr. F. McCubbin.) 
 
 80. Worra-worra. Mordialloc, Victoria. (Fig. 53.) 
 
 81. New South Wales. 
 
 82. 83. iSoutli Australia. (Presented by Professor 
 S])ei)cer.) 
 
 CLUBS. (Case 5.) 
 
 Series A. — This illustrates various forms of the club 
 which was called in Victoria a Leonile. It was used in 
 hand-to-hand fights, when the combatants protected them- 
 selves with a narrow form of shield called a Mulga. It was 
 made out of a sapling, an,d the root end was utiliz; d for the 
 head. 
 
 1, 2, ;], 4. (Uubs shaped somewhat like Leoniles. From 
 Queensland. 
 
 5. A club shaped like a Leonile, but broader and Hatter. 
 (Fig. 56.) It is ornamented with a band on one side, wliii-h 
 ds filled in with incised lines. From Mackay, Queensland. 
 
 6. A somewhat similar weapon. From Mackay, Queens- 
 land. 
 
 7-12. A series of Leoniles showing slight variations in 
 shape, but all agreeing in fundamental form. The handle 
 is a swollen knob, rudely carved, and the head resembles in 
 shape that of a pickaxe. All the specimens come from Vic- 
 toria. 
 
 13. A more highly finished weapon of the same form. 
 From Queensland. (Fig. 54.) 
 
 14. A specimen in which the head is of considerable length, 
 and tbe handle end is devoid of the swollen knob. From 
 Victoria. (Fig. 50.) 
 
 15. A weapon somewhat resembling the Leonile, but Avith a 
 very short double-pointed head. From Victoria. (Fig. 58.) 
 
 Series B. — Weapons icalled Dowaks, used as missile sticks. 
 One end is modified so as to form a handle, there being usually 
 present at this end a large lump of resin. Into the latter 
 there is often fixed a chipped piece of quartzite, and when 
 this is present the weapon is called a Dabba (see small case 
 of cutting implements). All of these specimens come from 
 Western Australia, and a very similar one is found amongst 
 
31 
 
 many Ct'iitral Australian rrih.-s, though among-' 
 alway"< !»"•* atiuchtvl quartzite tl. 
 
 for I'utting. 
 
 16-IS. Siurimens without the hump of rrsin at tlio hamllf 
 v\h\, thf hitter bring nuighiMU'd so as to afford a goo<l ' ' ' 
 (Fig. 64.) 
 
 ll>-24. SiHrinu-ns with tin- liiinp ot rc^jiu forming t;i • 
 handU'. ( Fig. till.) 
 
 S::kik.s ('. — This contains various forms of clubs from «lif- 
 ftrent parts of the continent. 
 
 '2o. A spiH'imeii miuK' of heavy, dark wood, with a head of 
 a very unusual shap •. It is said to come from New South 
 Wah'S. 
 
 26-27. Two clubs or waddics, which in shape are somewhat 
 similar to a Lil-lil with a nnndi swollen head. New S '-'l- 
 Wales. 
 
 •2>. A waddy, showijig, perhaps, an exaggerated form ••: 
 the swollen head «nd, as seen in the two former. ( Fig. r>2. ) 
 
 20. A Xulla-nulla from Victoria, witii a slightly curved 
 handle ornanM-ntid with incisivl lines. Victoria. ( Fisr. 44.) 
 
 ;5<>. From llergott Springs, Central Austr:dia. 
 
 :;i. From Kyre Peninsula, South Australia. 
 
 :J2. From Lake Frome, South Australia. 
 
 :J3. a club in which the head end is not sharpiv I^;lI^ d 
 off from the handle, ornamented with pigment, ("anlwidl, 
 Qu(>ensland. Native name, I'rgala. 
 
 34. A elub from New South Wales, in which the gradually 
 enlarging head « iid has one shari) <vlge. 
 
 3.'>. W..n,!in\ fi-jntiliL' i-lllll. I )i:iIli:iIltiM!l KiviT. (^\lc IIS- 
 
 land. 
 
 37-3S, Two specimens of the Kunin or Konnung. Kuniai 
 tribe. Victoria. 
 
 3I». .\n implement with tin- handle end roughly carv.d. I' 
 could be eith r used as a digging stick, for which purpose the 
 point is flat and sharp, or as a missile stick. Victoria. 
 
 40. Throwing .stick with notched end. Que<>nslaiid. 
 
 41. .\ ijonblc-pointcd Xulla-nulla. Mackay, (^uwuslaml. 
 Xaiivi- name, Miro. ( Fig. 62.) 
 
 42. .V Kudjerong, ornnmented with incised linos. Vict«»ria. 
 Fig. 43.) 
 
 13. Throwing stick with knobbed end. Darling Hiver, 
 Xew South Wales. 
 
 44. Club or throwing stick witli roundetl, knubb«>l • ".1 
 York Peninsula, South Australia. 
 
32 
 
 •ij. dub witli hiriic, sliai'piv iiiarkccl-oir head. J.owcr Mur- 
 ray Eivor, South Australia. 
 
 46. A waddy in which the handle is plain and the head is 
 somewhat, but not so plainly, marked off from the handle as 
 in the two succeeding ones. Xew South Wales. (Fig. 46.) 
 
 47-48. Two specimens of a club callod Yeamberrn in which 
 the head is very sharply marked oft" from th ■ handle, and 
 the end of the latter is carved, and in Xo. 47 knobbed. 
 (Fig. 48.) 
 
 49. Club, handle grooved; head intermediate in form be- 
 tween iSTos. 44 and 45. South Australia. 
 
 50-53. Four specimens in which, at a short distance from 
 the head end, there is a swollen cylindrical part, the surface 
 of which is carved so as to form a regularly arranged series 
 of tooth-like projections. These are not so prominent in Xo. 
 50 as in the other two, and occupy a relatively still smaller 
 space in Xo. 53. Queensland. (Fig. 66.) 
 
 54. A double-pointed club with teeth on two sides of the 
 head end. The handl? is roughly incised to help in grasping 
 if, and the Aveapon is coloured red and Avhito. Mackay, 
 (Queensland. X'ative name, Mattina. (Fig. 67.) 
 
 Series D. — 55-60. Five specimens of weapons used as 
 fighting clubs by women, and in the cast of Xo. 60 as a dig- 
 ging implement also. 55. From the Warramunga tribe, 
 Central Australia. 56. Warramunga tribe. Central Australia. 
 (Fig. 65.) 57 is from the Eaw tribe, Xorthampton, Western 
 Australia. 58. From the Macarthur River, Xorthern Terri- 
 tory. 59. From the Macarthur River, Xorthern Territory. 
 60. From the Whajook and Ballardon tribe. Western Aus- 
 tralia; native name. Wanna. 61. Used as a grub stick or 
 bark stripper; Victoria. 
 
 Series E. — Various forms of throwing sticks and clubs 
 from Melville and Bathurst Islands. They are quite unlike 
 any met with on the mainland, both in form and scheme of 
 decoration. 
 
 62-86. The handle end, which is upj^ermost in each case, 
 is clearly marked in most of the specimens. 63 has a pronged 
 end, and is probably used also for throwing. 67 is a special 
 form, callc-id Arrawunagiri on Melville Island. The natives 
 say that it is used for catchijig fish in the mangroves. The 
 man sits on the tree and jabs it down on a passing fish. The 
 barbs are merely ornamental, and copied from those on the 
 spears, to which they are exactly similar. Traces of barbs 
 are seen on 70, 72, and 73. 69-73 and 84-86 are pronged like 
 some of the throwing sticks, but the prong is at the handle 
 end. 
 
PLNTF. 6 
 
 \^> 
 
 \im\] 
 
 /L, 
 
 l^Si^^ 
 
 CLLIii. 
 
.13 
 
 76-*»3. A scries of prmigrd tlirowing sticks oalli'il .lapurii- 
 ruiiga. (Figs. 69-70.) T.'i. Showing an interesting inter- 
 mediate form betwcH'n a tI'>-.>' ;•■/ ~^'<-k l ■■ .l..i!t.l.-i.i-,,t.'_"-l 
 
 spear (see Spear Case). 
 
 vS7-103. A series of iiiiiir«>ii^.-.i Mir.ium^ .>iii-k«. I in- 
 simpler ones (S7-m) are straight or slightly ciirvj'd missih"* 
 with tlu'ir surfnt-e distinctly Huicd, and a swollen head end. 
 l»5, no. iind I»7 arc straight, with tinted surface and a short 
 point rising abruptly fri»in the truni'atcd hea.l en<l. 1)h, 99. 
 and 100 haw- longer, tapering points, and ItH) has also slight 
 serrations on each side of the swollen head, leading on to 101 
 in which the serrations are strongly marked, and 102 in which 
 there are serrations on one sidi* and barhs on the othr. 
 103 may he reganled as a special mollHcatiiMi, in which the 
 original swidlen hi-ad is dehnitely mark(-d ntT from the rt»st 
 i>f the club, and the point is long drawn out. (Figs. 71-79.) 
 
 (Sj>eeimens »L'-10;5 prc-ented by l*n»fessnr Spcncc'r. ) 
 
 SPEARS. (Case 6.) 
 
 Ill- >p<-;ir> ii-ii'<l i»y iiic ii;iii\<-> \;ir\ imii-ii in i«i|-m ami iii 
 the material used in their construction in different parts of 
 the continent. TIm-v may be divided roughly into the follow- 
 ing series*: — 
 
 .\. rnbarbed and unhafted. The.se arc made out of a 
 single piece of wortd. and terminate in a singl-.* 
 jtoint without anything in the way of a barb. 1. 
 Hunting spear; Cliiangwa tribe. Western Austra- 
 lia. l.\. Tasmania; prcS<Miteil by the Tasmanian 
 Museum. 2. .V hunting spear for throwing with 
 the spear throwj-r; native name, Jiilara; Whajuk 
 and Hallardong trilw-s, Western Australia. 3. 
 Wonunda-minung tribe, Western Australia. 4. 
 W<M-wurong tribe; Victorian name, K(»yung. .'>. 
 Wonunda-minuni; tribe. Western .Vustralia; for 
 throwing with tin- sjM'ar thrower. 0. Kardagur 
 tribe. West -rn .Vustralia; for throwing with the 
 spj'ar thrower. 7. Hunting spear; .Vustralia. 8. 
 ()rnamented witli incised lines; Arunta trib--, 
 {.'entral Australia. 9. WesUTu Australia. 10. 
 Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 11. A 
 very heavy, solid .specimen, probably madi- from 
 the wood of the " «lesert »»ak " ; Arunta iriln', 
 < ral Auiitralin. 12. Sp> in which, as in 
 
 V ■ l*|an<l« ar- '^i •hffprrnt In •Ur. tortu. 
 
 •n ' >t (hry lM\r not Ucrn Inrtudni In thU 
 
3-t 
 
 the next two also, the blade cud is tlattciicd ; tlie 
 shaft is oniaiiH'Utcd with loiiiiitudiiial Hutiugs; 
 Aniiita tribe. Central Australia. 1.'). A heavy 
 speeiiiien made of Miilg-a, and I's d during cere- 
 monies, when it is decorated with birds' down, 
 (tc; Aruiila tribe, Central Australia. 14. A 
 speciiiien in which the blaih- is still mure broad- 
 ened; Aruntu tribe, Central Australia, l-i-v, l-is. 
 Barrow Creek, Central Australia; presented by 
 Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen. 15. 
 Woman's fighting stick, which is also used for 
 digging, and may occasionally be thrown like a 
 spear ; native name. Wanna ; AVonunda-minung 
 tribe; Western Australia. 15a, 15b. Macarthur 
 River, JSTorthern Territory (presented by Pro- 
 fessor Speueer and Mr. F. J. Gillen). 
 B. Ihrbarbed and hafted. These may be again divided 
 into two sets, in the first of which (16-24) the 
 weapon is rounded along the whole length, while 
 in the second the blade is flattened (25, 26). In 
 the first of these two sets again two forms may be 
 distinguished; in the one (16-19) the head is 
 short and the shaft Ls long; in the other (20-24) 
 the head is long and the shaft is short. 16. .A 
 specimen with light reed shaft, Avith a lieavier 
 Avooden head, used for throwing with a spear 
 thrower; Victoria. 17, 18, 19. Specimens with a 
 light reed ishaft and a heavier wooden head, used 
 for throwing with the spear thrower; Xorthern 
 Australia. 20. Fighting spear; native name, 
 I^iero; Chiangwa tribe, Western Australia. 21. 
 Hunting spear, made of three kinds of wood; a 
 short, light handle, a longer shaft, and a heavier 
 head; I^orthern Australia. 22. Fighting spear; 
 native name, Kiero; ChiangAva tribe, Western 
 Australia. 23. Fishing t^pear; Western Aus- 
 tralia. 24. Fighting spear; Western Australia. 
 24a, 24b, 24c. Short fighting spears used by 
 many tribes in the ]Srorthern Territory. They are 
 made of a reed shaft, with a sharp heavy wood 
 point, and are used with the spear thrower. The 
 Kakadu tribe call them Kunjolio. 25. Hunting 
 and fighting spear, with the shaft fluted and the 
 head flattened and attached by kangaroo sinew; 
 Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 26. Spear made 
 princijially of ]\rulga ; the handle is short and the 
 shaft long; used for throwing Avith the spear 
 
thrower; total kMiptli. 10 ft. li in. 2(5.\. Shav- 
 iiigs are left attaclinl as an intlication tliat tin- 
 spiar is to lio ns«'<l for killing; sonn* one l»v an 
 nvi'npinjj party; Arunta tribf, Ccnlral Ansjralia 
 (presontttl by Profrssor SpiMuH'r Hn<l Mr. F. .1. 
 Gillon). 26u. Similar to the stono-hcade*! typo, 
 with h«"i(l of wood; Alligator II • • ^: ■••';■■! 
 Territory. 
 
 (.'. IJarlii'd ami s"ntrh' prongrd. with the bart..- atta.li<<l 
 to the Made l»y .sinew or strinjr, or one or other of 
 these, toiretlh-r with resin. These, ajrain. inav ho 
 divided first int<i two sets, in one of whieh 
 (2T-:U) the head is ronndt-d like the shaft, while 
 in the other the head is flattened. The first lot 
 may he divided fnrtlu-r into two groups, in one of 
 whieh (27-:?0) the handle is hafted, and the 
 harh is made of hone; while in the si-eoiul the 
 haiidh' U not hafted and the harh is niaile of 
 wood. 21-20. Speeimens from Xew South "Wales, 
 in which the lionc is fixed so as to form tin* ])oint 
 of the prong as w<'ll as the harh. 31-34. Sjx'oi- 
 mons from Western Australia, with a hroad. flat, 
 wooden harh. 3.'). Spec:men witlj a blade made 
 of ^Iiiltra. and with a flattened head. Arunta 
 tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 1). liarbed, witli more than one ]>rong. •■'<'!. rhi'-e 
 pronged, with separate bone barbs and ]»oints; 
 locality unknown. 3fi.\. Four pronged, with the 
 bone fixed so as to form the point of the ))rong 
 afi well as the barb; collected at Xormanton, but 
 probably brojight in from the west coast of tho 
 fJulf of Carpentaria. (Pn-setf! '• |»- < -,r 
 .Spencer and Mr. F. J. Ciillen 
 
 K. IJarbed. with the barbs cut out ui tin- .-m^Ii.I ; iiot 
 hafted. 37. Specimen with a single barb; native 
 name, Koyun ; Victoria. 3Sr42. Multi-barbed 
 speeimen-»; the nundier of liarbs varies from C to 
 IS; Victoria. 43-4.'». Throe siK>eimens from 
 Western Australia; Minderu tribe. 46.4". Two 
 hpjH'imens from the Northern Territory. 
 
 F, Harbe*!. with the barbs etit out of the solid; hafte«|; 
 the barbs on one side of the lu'ad oidy. 4**. 
 Specimen with hafted heail and handle, and with 
 only one barb; Majanna tribe. Western Austral a. 
 4{», .10. Two s|M>eiinens with heavy wood shafts; 
 Xiehol FJny. Western Australia. 51. Specimen 
 with light reed shaft; Xew South Wales. '»2, 53. 
 
36 
 
 Two spcciiiicns with licavy wood idmlts; Xoi'tli- 
 prii Territory. r)4-r)!).M. A series of specimens 
 very clinrjicteristic of the N'orthcrn Territory, 
 witii lii^lit reed shafts. 59c-59m. Macarthur 
 Iviver, iXortherii Territory (presented by Pro- 
 fessor S]iencer and ]\Ir. V. J. Gillen). ."iOo. A 
 s])eeial form in Avhicli tlie harhs have not been 
 cut through. This is made by tribets sueh as the 
 Xuhmolntji, living to the east of tlic Alligntor 
 Ivivers, and is ealled Mikul by them. 
 (i. IJiirhed on two sides; not hafted; bhidc :n;itrencd. 
 60. Fighting spear; iXorthern Territory. 61. 
 Figliting spear; native name, Mongoli; Victoria. 
 62. Specimen from Indern tribe, Ashburton 
 Kiver, Western Australia. 6-1:. Specimen from 
 Korthern Teri'itory. 
 
 H. Barbed on both sides; head hafted. 65. Specimen 
 from I^ichol Bay, Western Australia. 66-68k. 
 Specimens from Northern Territory. 6Sa. Bin- 
 binga tribe, Macarthur Kiver, N^orthern Territory 
 (presented bv Professor Spencer and ]\Ir. F. .1. 
 Gillen). 
 
 K. Barbed on more than two sides; head not liafted. 
 60, 71, 72. Specimens from Western Australia. 
 
 L. Barbed on more than two sides; hafted. 70, 72. \. 
 Specimens from N'orthern Territory. 73, 74. 
 Two specimens from Western Australia. 
 
 SPEARS. (Case 7.) 
 
 M. Two-pronged ispears. jXot hafted. This is a very 
 rare form on the mainland, but is met witli more 
 often in Melville and Bathurst Islands (Case 8, 
 IXo. 51). There are no harbb. 75. liorthern 
 Territory, 
 
 N". Two-pronged spears. Hafted. The prongs are 
 barbed, Avitli the ibarbs on opposite sides. 76. 
 From the Nortliern Territory. 77. From the 
 Macarthur River, IM'orthern Territory (presented 
 by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen). 
 
 (). Multi-pronged spears. 78-82. From the Northern 
 Territory, of which district they are very 
 characteristic ; each of tliem has three prongs, 
 and the shaft made from a light reed. 82a. 
 Poughly made specimen, with four prongs, used 
 for spearing eels; ISTorth Quetmsland. 
 
:i7 
 
 P. Single stoiie-hcatlfd npeurs. Tin— • divided 
 
 into two groups: — (1) Those whi-ii are Ik/ 
 and (2) tliose wliieh are not liafted. S3. I 
 the Xortliern Territory, with a <inartzite J»ia*l. 
 S4. From tl»e same locality, with a long n^vl 
 handle and a qnartzite head. sr>. From Xorthmi 
 Territ«»ry; the (juartzite head is distinctly 
 chipped. SG. From Northern Territory. 87. 
 From Northern T<rritory, with a slate head; this 
 specimen has li«'«'n tradi-d down to far sontli of 
 tlic Macd.innell Kange. S7a. Xln. With (piartzite 
 heads. Northern Territory. Hie. Decorated 
 qnartzite head; Tennant Creek, Northern Terri- 
 tory (presented by Proftssor Spencer and Mr. 
 F. J. (fillen). H7r>. Head of <piartz; Alligator 
 Kiver. Northern Territory. S.s, .s9. With heads 
 of qnartzite; Fast Kimherley, Western Australia, 
 no, [*'2. 'Xi, !I4, f»."). Wen* secured amongst tli ' 
 natives of the Arunta trii>e, having come down 
 from the north, and are of interest owing to the 
 fact that they were reputed to have Ix'en cndowj'd 
 with magic power hy the men of the tr he to 
 which they originally belonged; the slightest 
 wound caused by them was much dreaded, as 
 being tMire to be followe<l by fatal results (pre- 
 sented by I'rofj'ssor Spencer and Mr. F. .7. 
 Gillen). IM. Slate head; Northern Territory. 
 ni.\. niH. ftl«-. Heads of (piartzite; Macarihur 
 Kiver, Northern Territory (presented bv Pro- 
 fessor Spencer and Mr. F. J. (JiUen). 1».'5.\. !»:iii. 
 Heads of opaline quartz and Hint; Tennant 
 Creek, Central -Vnstralia (presented by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iillen). !>.'{«•. Head of 
 qnartzite; Macarthur Kiver, Northern Territory 
 (presented by I'rot'essor Spt-ncer an<l Mr. F. J. 
 (;ill<ii). O.'.A. Hea<l of tlint; Daly Kiver. North- 
 ern r»'rrifory. !»."»». Head of (piartzite; Tennant 
 Creek, Central .\n«*tralia (|)resent«Hl liy Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iillen). !»6. A specimen 
 showing the replacement of the original (piartzite 
 by gla.ss. In many case.s at the present .1 iv -1 iss 
 bottles are used in i»reforeiiee to ston* 
 
 (). .Multiple stone-headed s|M'ars. These may I" 'l;\iiie»l 
 into three grouin: — (1) Those with Hakes on one 
 side only, (2) those with Hakes on two side-*, and 
 (3) those with Hakes on three sides. 1)7. Sp<«ei- 
 inon with seventeen flakes, arranged in a single 
 2862.-4 
 
38 
 
 row; Kardigur tribe, Eunbury, "Western Aus- 
 tralia. 98. S])eciiiion from Western Australia; 
 the original quartzite has been replaced by glass. 
 100. Sj)eeinien from the Whajnk and Ballardong 
 tribes, York distriet, Western Australia; the 
 flakes are arranged along three linos. 101. S])eci- 
 nion with the flakes arranged along two lines, and 
 with the long shaft ornamented. 
 
 R. Single-pronged, hafted, bone-tipped spear. _ 102. 
 Tijiped with kangaroo bone, called Jiboru; 
 Kakadu tribe, East Alligator Eiver, Northern 
 Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 S. Four-])ronged, hafted, bone-tipped spears. There are 
 two typets of these; in each the four prongs are 
 inserted in a reed shaft, the prongs being made to 
 diverge by means of small rolls of " paper-bark '' 
 placed between their proximal ends which, fn\- 
 closed in the reed shaft, are bound round with 
 string. In the first the reed shaft is very short, 
 and in the second it is long. 105, 106. 107. Short- 
 handled; native name, Kujorju; Kakadu tribe. 
 East Alligator River, Northern Territory. 108. 
 Long-handled ; native name, Kunbarta ; Kakadu 
 tribe, Northern Territory. (105-108 presented by 
 Professor Spencer.) 
 
 T. Unclassified spears. 102. Head pointed with a num- 
 ber of tail-spines of the Sting Ray; Normanton, 
 Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland. 103. Head 
 barbed with rows of Echidna quills, and decorated 
 in red and white; North C^uc^nsland. 
 
 SPEARS. (Case 8.) 
 A series from Bathuri>t and Melville Islands. They are 
 characteristic of these islands, and are remarkable by reason 
 of their relatively ponderous weight and size, and also 
 because of their scheme of decoration. They might better be 
 described as javelins. All of them are thrown by the hand, 
 no spear thrower being apparently used on these islands. In 
 no case is there any hafting, though there are indications 
 on some that hafting may have once been employed. They 
 may be divided into two groups : — 
 
 1. Single pronged. These again may be divided into 
 (A) barbed and (B) unbarbed, of which the former are 
 much more numerous : — 
 
 A. Barbed spears. (Figs. 80-89.) 1. Barbed on both 
 sides (1-27). In the majority (1-14) the barbs 
 are flat, In-oad, and leaf shaped. This is well 
 
I'LMl. 7. 
 
 SPE.\RS. 
 
shown ill 1, .'. .111. I if. 1 IK- «[>;i((s Kctuccii »iii-- 
 
 ccssivr barbs arc wry narrow, aial in many cases 
 n«»t nion- than half or cvfii a third of thi- barb 
 may be actually sejiarati'tl from tlie rentral ;<haft. 
 10. 11, 12 ar.' spi'cinuMis in rourso of manufac- 
 ture. The cutting instrument used is a i.ln*ll 
 {(\ifrena «/).), which forms a very effeoiivp im- 
 plement. In 16-24 the barbs ar.-. relatively 
 longer and narrower. In 2.'»-27 the barbs are 
 comparatively small. In 27 four at the pro.ximal 
 end are turned the wrong way. The Mclvilhr 
 Island name of the.se doubh'-barbed spears is 
 Tjunkulcfi. 2. Barbed on one side «Mily (2S-4.'i). 
 There is great variation amongst tlu-se in regard 
 to the numb(>r, sizt*, and arrangement of the 
 barbs. In 2S-39 they are similar to one of the 
 rows on the double-barbed forms. In some cases 
 (31) the barbs are broad, in others (32) they are 
 narrow. Thcpsc spears are all called Aunurtritch. 
 These graile into spears such as 40-4.'», in which 
 tin- barbs are smaller in size, fewer in number, 
 and. as in 45, mm-h farther apart from one 
 another. 
 
 ):. I iibarbe.! spears. The.«e arc few in numlM-r, and are 
 represented by 46-4S. 46 is a simple pointed 
 stick. 47, 4?> are remarkable form-s with a blunt 
 
 and -Wi.llcli ill>fc;id mF ;i liiiiliK'i) .11,1. 
 
 _ i'..ii.... j.iMii:;tMi. 1 lics(. arc not very cunniion, and may 
 be dividcfl into two groups: — 
 
 A. iJarbed. 4!> has one barb on each side, each of the 
 main prongs having a distinct resemblance to n 
 much-<Milarged barb. In 50 each prong with it.s 
 row of barbs is preci.sely similar to the barlied 
 end «»f an Annurgitcli spear. 
 
 I: I'libarbcd. .'.l-:>3. Of fho*e. r»3 is relatively a short 
 one. and is interesting as affording n transition 
 to such forms of clubs as Xo. 7'» in Cam* '*. 
 
 The d<<'oration of the spears i^ wry charaetcristie. In the 
 first place, though there is never any hafting. the place of 
 union of the main shaft and the barbed portion in often 
 indicated by a mass of wa.\. which mav (3) Im- ormimente<l 
 with rings of Abrus s»'eils. or (7, S. 0) the shaft may l>e more 
 or less swollen out here and pierced thr.)ugh bv one or two 
 openings. ( Kigs. s.|, s;.) The barbitl part is alu:iv« .llvi.l.,? 
 
40 
 
 into areas varying- in longtli. In r-omo cases (4, 5) a sneoes- 
 sion of bands of red, white, and yellow runs across the barbs 
 from side to side, but very often one side of a cross band is 
 coloured yellow, the other white, the two colours alternating 
 in successive areas or bands (1, 3, 9). In 14, 15, 16, 17, 
 and 33 a very diiferent scheme is adopted. Tho whole sur- 
 face has been covered with black, and on this vnrious designs 
 — circles, dots, lines, and bands — are drawn in red, yellow, 
 and white. (Fig. 86.) (All the specimens in this ca.se were 
 })n'>('iited by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 SPEAR THROWERS. (Case 9.) 
 
 The spear thrower is one of the most characteristic of 
 the weapons of Australian natives. It varies much m shape 
 in different parts of the continent, but always consists of a 
 stick, to one end of Avhich there is attached a point of wood, 
 bone, or resin, which fits into a small hole at the extremity 
 of the spear. By its means a great leverage is obtained, and 
 the spear can be thro's\ai Avith considerable accuracy. 
 
 Sj:ries a. — This illustrates a form very common in Vic- 
 toria and ISTew South Wales. The flattened blade varies con- 
 siderably in shape, and in some, such as 16^ is of almost even 
 width along its entire length; while in others, such as 2, it 
 asisumes an elongate leaf shape, and has one surface, the 
 upper when in use, concave, and the lower surface distinctly 
 convex. In all of the specimens the point is a part of the 
 wood forming the blade, and not a separate structure joined 
 on. The woods most frequently nsed for making the spear 
 throwers are said to be the "Cherry" tree (Exocarpus 
 cupressiformi^) and the Blackwood (Acacia melanoxylon). 
 The common name for these implements now applied to them 
 by white men over the v.diole of Australia is Womera 
 (variously spelt), but it must be remembered that this name 
 was originally only of local application. In Victoria it was 
 known under the names of Knruk or Guruk (Varra tribe), 
 Muriwun (Kurnai tribe). 
 
 As a general rule the handle does not show the distinctly 
 swollen end which is very characteristic of the spear throwers 
 of Central, Western, and South Australia, and Queensland, 
 but occasionally this feature may be present, as in 4 and 
 13. In some cases the implement may have no ornamenta- 
 tion, but in others one or both of the sides may be ornamented 
 with incised lines, representing human or various animal 
 figures or geometrical designs. 
 
Pl-XTF. 8. 
 
 SPL\R niROWtRS. 
 
41 
 
 1. Kiiruk; N'ictoria. -. \V«»iini;i ; \ ^ V\ 
 
 .'{. Muriuuii; WtM-wiiroii^ tribe, Victoria. 4. (Jriuum-iitod 
 Muriwuii; Wofwuron^ frilu*. Viftoria. .'*. WuiiuTa ; Now 
 South Walrs. »;. Oriiaiiu'iital Kiinik; Virtoria. T. Kunik; 
 Avora. Viftoria. *^-ll. Kiiriik; Victoria. (Figs. 100, 102.) 
 12. .Muriwim; Kiirnai tril)c, VictJiria (presented l»y Dr. A. 
 W. Il'.wiff). i:Mn. Kiii\«k; Victoria. (Fig. 101.)' 
 
 Skkiks n. — Tlicse spear tlirower.s (17-20) are cliaractcrizctl 
 principally hv the fact tliat the point is not cut out of \\io 
 solid. as in the previous series, but is attached to the lda«|e 
 by n»eans of strinj» enclosed in n-sin. The point jnay he 
 formed either of bone or wood. 17-19 come from Victoria, 
 un<l 20 from New South Wales. ( Fig.s. 105, 106.) 
 
 Skkik.s C. — This .series illustrates various forms of r.pcar 
 throwers found in Central and We>tern Australia, and shows, 
 on the one haiul, the transition from a narrow, straight stick 
 to the broad, concav*-, unornaiiientcd form characteristic of 
 ruch tribes as the Arunta and the Luritja; and. on the other 
 hand, the transition from the same to the broad, flat, orna- 
 mented imjilement which is characteristic of many "Western 
 Australian tribes. In all of them th(> handle has a swollen 
 end with a knob made of resinous material, in which is often 
 fixed a piece of quart/ite (diipped so as to fonn a cutting 
 edge, wliich is u.sed in the manufacture of wooden imph'- 
 mont«?. 
 
 Starting from ;»2 and passinjr npwjirds it is s«^en that the 
 blade gradually increases in size, assuming at the .same time 
 a leaf shape; while in the upix-r ones it gradually becomes 
 more and more concave, the extreme form being se<»n in 23, 
 which is a specimen from the Luritja tribe in Central Aus- 
 tralia. In all these specimens there is no attempt at any 
 carved pattern, ornamentation In-ing limited to designs in 
 jiigment. as in 22. though even this is rarely S4'en, and is only 
 met with when the weapon is being used for soim* r|K'cial 
 eeri'inony. Passing downwards from 32 the bhule gradually 
 increases in size, jind assumes a leaf-like fornj, but nt the 
 .same time it remains cpiite flat, und is characterized by the 
 development of u highly ornate, inrided pattern, consisting 
 for the mo.st part of zig-zag lines, n pattern which is vcrv 
 distinctive of various Western Australian weapons. 
 
 21-2.'.. From the .\runta and Luritja tribes, Ceiitrni Aus- 
 tralia. The In-st-made s|H>ciiiiens of thirt type of spear 
 thrower come from the Luritja tribe. Into the resinous mass 
 at the handle end there is usually fixed n piece of qiiartzite, 
 which is used for many purposes, such as making all kinds of 
 
42 
 
 wooden iiiiph'iiicnlH, ciittiii^' opiMi the hodics ol niiiiiinls, «S:p. 
 During llio |)n'|>;ir;ition for various cd'einmiics the ,si)C'ar 
 tlirower serves as a I'eceptacle for the douii aiul colouring 
 material with which the hodies of the [lerfdrniers are deco- 
 rated. (Fig. 107.) 
 
 26, 27. Western Aust I'alia. In these two specimens tlie 
 hlade is flat, and at the handle ; nd the knoh of resin is in- 
 clined at an angle to it. ( Fig. 104.) 
 
 28-31. Western Australia. These specimens illustrate the 
 trausitiou from the leat'-sliaped form to the uarrow stick. 
 (Fig. !)().) 
 
 32. A uarrow, straight form, Irom tlie Wonun(hi-niinung 
 tribe, Western Australia. 
 
 33. A somewhat broader form, ornamented witli rough 
 grooves. W^esteru Australia. 
 
 34. A broad, flat form, ornameuted with characteristic 
 iucised lines. Majanna tribe, Koeburn, W^esteru Australia. 
 (Fig. 97.) 
 
 35. 36. Two broad, flat forms, ornamented with character- 
 istic incised lines. Ngurla tribe, Roeburn, Western Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 37. A still hronder form, ormnnented with rough grooves 
 and a zig-zag pattern of incised Hues. Xgurla tribe, Rocburu, 
 Western Australia. (Fig. 103.) 
 
 38. A specimen dift'ering from the others in the ser'es in 
 having the knob of the handle cut out of tlie solid Avood, and 
 not formed of resin. Lake rallahoniia, Soiith Australia. 
 (Presented bj Professor Spencer.) 
 
 Series D. — 39-45. A special form of s])ear thrower, only 
 found in certain parts of Queensland. Unlike almost all other 
 spear throwers, the point for insertion into the spear end is so 
 attached that it i)rojects in the plane corresponding to the 
 one in which the blade is flattened. There is thus very little 
 resistance of the air to be overcome, as the thin edge of the 
 blade offers the smallest possible surface, and in this respect 
 contrasts strongly with the broad area which is opposed to the 
 air in the case of the typical Central and Western Australian 
 forms (21-38). Another very characteristic feature is the 
 double shell handle, the two halves being fastened together, 
 and also attached to the stick at various angles, by means 
 of Grass-tree resin. There is a remarkable variation in the 
 length of the wooden point, the longest one measuring 5 
 inches, and the shortest 1 inch; while there is also consider- 
 able difference in the width of the lath-like blade, the 
 broadest measuring 3^ inches, and the narrowest 1]- inches. 
 The wood is usually a species of acacia, but in some cases 
 a light wood is employed (44). All the specimens come 
 
4:i 
 
 from (.^lUH'ii.slaiMl. whore they ai' ••"•*:' 
 
 Iviiig to the south of thi> (Julf of (Jarpenturiii. {iri- 
 1)3, J>4.) 
 
 Skkif-** K. — Varlou- ;...:■ ; . , .....ill 
 
 of whii'h thi' \Aiu\v is narrow, aii<l the wooden point is at- 
 tached l»y string enclo.^ed in a JnaMs of resin. 
 
 ■Hi. Wonunda-niinung triU', Ksperanee Hay, Western Aus- 
 tralia. This and the next one have a pieee of quartzite used 
 for I'Uttinp piim. !■.••> iii-<rtid in tin- iiia-^s of ri'sm at ttio 
 handle end. 
 
 47, 4X. Kaw iriiK-. .\ •iitii;iiiip;i'ii. \V«-i<rii Australia. 
 
 49. .*»(). Worpaia tribe. Central .Australia. Thcrse have a 
 tn.s.>«el of straiuls of Inunan hair siring attached to the handle, 
 which, together with the smooth, rounded fonn of the Made, 
 
 are characteristic features not nu'f with if' .fl"'- -• .... i.< 
 
 The native name is Xulliga. (Fig. 1M». i 
 
 51. Same as 4I» and .')(»; from the Anula uiIji, Alaiai-imr 
 Kiver, Northern Territory. (Presented liv Professor Spencer 
 and Mr. F. J. (;illen.) 
 
 52. New South Waloe! (exact locality no' ^> .' : 'vo- 
 bably from the far interior). (Fig. 98.) 
 
 53. North Australia (exact locality unku«»uii). li» iliis 
 and the previous one the point is a flattened piece of wood, 
 and the blade gracjually increases in width towards the end, 
 which is hebl in the liand. 
 
 54. 55. Made out of some light wood, such as the bean tree 
 (Erifihrina n'sprrtilin). The handle has two deep notches to 
 a.«ist in holding the weapon, which is red ordiretl, and may 
 be decorated with designs in red. black, yellow, and white 
 pigni lit. K:i>r Kiin'.' r]. v. W.^tirn .ViHtralia. (Fie-. ^5, 
 
 or, 
 
 .■|«;. .'.7. .""'iuiii... ;■■ .... :.-■- .■....,■.. i.-.iii til'- \V. ..I 
 
 tril>e. Central Australia. Native name, Wanyia. 
 
 5.*^. \facarthur Kiver. Northern T rritory. 
 
 59. Made out of hard wood. Warramuiiga tribe. 
 
 Skkiks F.- .\ rare form, boomerang shape<l. The point is 
 attached as in Series I). There is no distinct handle. 
 ♦51. From North Queen.sland. 
 
 Skkijuh (f. — A fornj with a thin cylindrical shaft. The 
 point M formed of re.sin. with which al.^n the handle end is 
 covered. It is umvI in the Northern Territory for throwing 
 light n-^'d spi'ars (60), 
 
44 
 
 Skkies 11. — A I'liiT form found only iimniiust ccrtiiiu tribes, 
 such as till' K;ik:i(lii, inhabiting the costal ai'cn of tlie 3s'ortliern 
 T(>rritorv. It is rcinarkahle for its very thin, curved blade. 
 The jxiint is atlnchcd by siring to llie side of the blade, 
 and the handle is always made of wax dorivod from the 
 Ironwood tree [Eriiilirophhvum lahniicJicrii ), and orna- 
 mcntcd with a i^rinu' ])attcrn. Tlic Kakadu name is Palati 
 
 (6:^-67). ' , . , , 
 
 66, 67. Ill course of nianiiiaclure. (G-t-O* presented by 
 Professor S])(>ncer.) 
 
 WOODEN VESSELS, NETS, BAGS, BASKETS, Etc. 
 
 (Case 10.) 
 
 Various forms of vessels for carrying food, Avater, kc, are 
 found all over the Continent, and different names are given to 
 them in different tribes. A term very often applied to them 
 by white men among the eastern tribes is Kuliman (variously 
 spelt) ; but thii, word, so far as the natives are concerned, 
 is of local application only, the Avord belonging to the Kamil- 
 roi dialect in New South Wales. In many cases thej are 
 made out of the inner layer of the bark of an excrescence of 
 a gum tree, and the same name is applied to the excrescence 
 itself. Very often, however, they are made out of the solid 
 wood of a limb of a gum or other hardwood tree Avhich has a 
 suitable bend. In this case the Golid block is cut away from 
 the tree and the interior is holloAA^ed out partly by burning, 
 ;ind ])artly by gouging by means of an adze-like instrument, 
 the outer surface being trimmed into a more or less sym- 
 metrical shape. In the case of the soft Avood of the coral or 
 bean tree, Avliich is largely used in certain parts, a fiolid block 
 is first cut, and then the outside is chipped to the desired size 
 and shape, the inside being afterAvards gouged out. The per- 
 fect symmetry of the lines of some of these Goft-wood vessels 
 is remarkable, when it is remembered that all the work is 
 done Avitli a sharp-edged stone. 
 
 In form some are deep and uarroAv, and suitable for carry- 
 ing Avater. One distinct type of this kind has a remarkable 
 resemblance to a boat, though it is made by Central Au'^tra- 
 lian natives who have never seen one. Others are very 
 shalloAv, and may be of small size, when they are used as a 
 scoop for clearing earth aAvay wdiile the native digs doAA'u in 
 quest of small animals or roots upon which he feeds; or they 
 may be of large size, when they are used for carrying food or 
 even small children. The outer surface may be either care- 
 fully smoothed down, or be covered with regular or irregular 
 grooves, or it may be left in its natural conditioii if the AA^ood 
 has been cut off from a tree in the form of a bole or gnarl. 
 
PLATE 9. 
 
 UOODLN Vti^StLS. 
 
1-7. l{«iat-shji|MHl vt'ssi'ls made out " irht wood 
 
 of till' hviiu Im* { KrifUiriua rrspfrtilin). J In- <»uirr slirfari' Js 
 alwavs groovfd, tlu- shape of the grooves, whieli are remark- 
 ably regular, eorrespojuliiig to the couvi'x e<ljje of the stone 
 with whieh they are eut. The vessels when finished are al- 
 ways eovered with red ochre, and may be ornamente«l with 
 lint's of yellow, black, and white pigment. They will •;t;uiil 
 on the ground without support, and are capable of a con-il' r 
 able amount of rocking befon- they overturn. 1. Frouj linr- 
 roloola. (lulf of Carpentaria. (Presenteil by Sergeant 
 Ih'uipsey. ) 2-6. Frnni tiie Warraniunga tribe. 7. Tjingilli 
 tribe, I'owell Creek, (Ventral Australia. (Fig. 112.) 
 
 8. Smooth hardwood vessel, capable of carrying water. 
 Eaw tribe, Xorthampton, Western Austral';- 'Fig. 111.) 
 
 9. Central Australia. 
 
 HI. 11. Macarthur liiver, Northern Territury. 
 
 12, i;5. Harrow Creek, Northern Territory. 
 14-20. Kimberlev district, Xorth-west Australia. 
 
 21. Child's i»lay verisel. Kimberle\' district, Xorth-west 
 Australia. 
 
 22, 23, 24. Heavy hardwood vessels cut from the bent 
 limb of some gum tr(«e. The labour involved in making these 
 is very great. They are used for carrying food, and r-onn- 
 tinu'S small children. Tiiey are carried jtoised on the head or 
 resting against the liips, and may be sup|)orte4l by a cord oft u 
 made of strands of human hair string, whicli j)asses across the 
 opposite shoulder. Arunta tribe. Central Australia. Xativc 
 name. Tanna or Tunna. The wide open ends of this fftrm 
 render it unsuitable for carrying water. 
 
 25. Small hardwood ve.s.s<d, used as a scoop. Western Aus- 
 tralia. Xative name, W;i:i" ' Fig. lOS.) 
 
 2fi. Small b.-irdwori! ■ Hiirro-.v Crofk. Xnrthern 
 
 Territory. 
 
 27. Small 1...,.; i ..-^. 1. .,.,i. ;.. ^. - 
 
 cut and small. Arunta tribe. Central Austral 
 
 2S, Small ."oft wood ve.vel made of the w<M»d of ;hf l.r.m 
 tree {Krijihrina rrsprrtUio), with broad grooves, Arunta 
 triln*. Central Australia. 
 
 2I». Larg<' hardwood ves.sel cut out of the wood of a gtun 
 tr<»e (Kurali/plu.'t ijomphorephalus). (fuurla triln*. Western 
 Australia. Xativ». nanj.% Yandi or Thacka. 
 
 30. IlardwiHid vessel made of Jarrah {Euralyplux mar- 
 ginala). Kaw trilM», Western Australia. 
 
 :n, 32, 33, 34. 3.J. 36. 37. 3S. Large, .hallow, softwood 
 ve.s.sels made of the bean trw {Knjlhriiui vctpertHio), f?roovc"<l 
 
46 
 
 ;iii(l ml (iclircd. ■\V:irr;iiiiiiii^i;:i li-ilii\ ('i'iili-:il Auslralin. 
 {V\iX. 116.) 
 
 od. Lixrgv hardwood vi^sscl, with rr^ular grooves, iiia(h' ot 
 the Avood of a gum tree. Annita irilu'. Central Australia. 
 
 40. Large hardwood vcsscd. wilh the surfaee covered with 
 small, hroad grooves. (Jnurhi trihc. Western Australia. 
 
 4 1. Small hardwood vei^s<d, with the sides curled round, 
 and the two 'nds sliallow. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 (Fig. ii:..) 
 
 42. Hardwood vessel. Arunta trilie. Central Australia. 
 
 43, 44, 4.-). Hardwood vessels. Harrow Creek, Northern 
 Territory. 
 
 46. Hardwood vesscd. Tenmint Creek, Xorthern Terri- 
 tory. 
 
 47. A shoe-shaiK'd vess(d, used for drinking, and "vicK'ntlv 
 hollowed out from the bole of a tree. Yarra tribe, Victoria. 
 jSTative uauie, No-biu-tarno. (Fig. 117.) 
 
 48. A large vessel made out of a holloAved-out hole. The 
 cavity Avas made partly by fire and partly by gouging. It Avas 
 not carried about, being too heavy for this, but was used when 
 in camp for making a favourite beverage of the natives, 
 which consisted of an infusion of the flowers of honeysuckle 
 and l)Ox (the natives of Central Australia in the same way 
 make an infusion of the flowers of a species of Hakea). 
 Yarra tribe. Native name, Tarnuk, Eullito, or Bullarto. 
 (Fig. 113.) 
 
 49. Vessel formed of the bark from the bole of a gum tree. 
 The walls are very thin, and it Avas carried about full of 
 Avater as the uatiA^es travelled. Yarra tribe, Victoria. Native 
 name, Tarnuk. (Fig. 110.) 
 
 50. A Avooden vessel made from the bole of a gum tree, 
 used for carrying water while on the march. Victoria. 
 Native name, Tarnuk. (Fig. ILS.) 
 
 51. A shell used for holding Avatei'. Western Australia. 
 (Fig. 114.) _ 
 
 52. Drinking A'eseel of Haliotis shell. Eyre's Peninsula, 
 South Australia. 
 
 Specimens 53-135 illustrate various implements manu- 
 factured from tAvine, fur, bark, and the skins of animals. 
 The tAvine is made from dift'ereut material, such as vegetable 
 fibre, grass, reeds, palm leaves, human hair, and fur. For 
 large baskets the natives used the leaves or stalks of the 
 common reed (Phragmites cninminiis), LaAA'yer canes, or of 
 grasses such as Poa Australis. 
 
 53. A net made of the grass Spitiifr.r hnujifolhis. Gnurla 
 tribe, Western Australia. 
 
PLMT: 10. 
 
 BARK BVSKLTS. 
 
 2862. 8 
 
47 
 
 :>\. A HshiiifT iHt of ilif grass Spinifex longifoliu.n. Min- 
 (hiru trilx', north-wrst const. 
 
 r.j. r.G. liags niadr of tli«< grass Spinifex longifoliux. 
 Ciiiurla tribf. Wf^sii-rn Australia. 
 
 57. Bag. Capf York PiMuiusula, Qiu-iiislaiul. 
 
 58. Not hag. Woi'wurong tribe, Victoria. Native namf, 
 
 Bt'lang. 
 
 55). Vt'gt'tablc fibri' ina»U' from the Chipaiig bush, uswl by 
 tbf natives of the Aruiita ami other Central Australian tribes 
 in making twine. 
 
 60. Vegetable til>re tailed Pongo. Arnnta tribe, Central 
 Aut«tralia. 
 
 61. Narrow bag nuule of Pongo and human hair. Arunta 
 triU*, Central Au.stralia. 
 
 62. Fishing net made of Kangaroo grass (Anthistiriu 
 ciliata), called by the natives of Ciippsland. Karn. Lake 
 Tyers, (Jippsland. 
 
 6;?. Net bag with nu'sh similar to that of the fishing nets. 
 
 64. Net bag. Princess Charlotte Bay, (^ueen-^land. The 
 lower part is coloured with a red ])igment. 
 
 65. Net for catching wallabies, made of <-mu and wallaby 
 sinew and vegetable fibre. South Arunta tribe. Central 
 Australia. Native name, ^lintu. 
 
 iUi. A fishing net. Anula tribe, Macarthur River, Northern 
 Territory. 
 
 67. Fishing net on wooden fram<\ (Jnanji tribe. Northern 
 Territory. 
 
 6S. Net bag of coarse string, with the ends drawn together 
 with string. Anula tribe, Macarthur lliver, .\orfliirn 
 Territory. 
 
 69. Va'\ trai>, called Yingar. Russell Biver, Queen.«<land. 
 
 70. Net bag. Victoria. 
 
 71. Dilly bag. Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 72. Small bag used for holding birds' down. ^Macarthur 
 Biver, Northern Territory. 
 
 7:{. Dilly bag. containing a sacred calcite utone; said to be 
 used as a charm, and held between the t«H>tli during a fight to 
 protect the owner from injury by his enemy. Lake Frome, 
 South Australia. 
 
 74. Net bag. QiK'en.sland. 
 
 75. Hand net u.s<'d for procuring bait for fishing, it is 
 stretche«l on a bow. h-t down to the bed of a stream, and 
 drawn through the water by women. Lake Tyera, Victoria. 
 Native name, Lowrn. 
 
 76. Net bag. (Queensland. 
 
 77. Net bag. Nogoa Rl •• ' ■ ' ',' -^ ' 
 
 78. Net bag. Vii-toriu. 
 
4H 
 
 70. Not l);i<i:. Cn\)o York Pt'iiiiisnla. Quocushmd. 
 
 80. Not bag. Locality unknown. 
 
 81. Piece of fiishing net. (^ueenslmnl. 
 
 82. Net bag. Tbc twini' is made from the fibrous bark of 
 a gum tree {Eucalyptua ohiiqua). Woewurong tribe. \^ic- 
 toria. 
 
 83. Xet bag. Xorniantnn distr'ct. (Julf of ( 'arjicniaria, 
 Queensland. 
 
 84. Fishing net. (Queensland. 
 
 85. Fishing net. AVorgaia tribe. Central Ansti'alia. 
 
 86. Net Bao-. Victoria. 
 
 87. Fur-i^kin wallet. Lurirja tribe. Central Ansti'alia. 
 This is made by stuffing with sand the skin of a newly-killed 
 au"mal until it is dry and stiff and will retain its sha])e. 
 
 ,88. Rush basket made from the leaves of Juiicu.s gracilis. 
 
 East Kimberley, "Western Australia. 
 
 89. Rush basket. Victoria. 
 
 00. Dilly bag. New South Wales. 
 
 91. Rush basket. Victoria. 
 
 92. Basket ornamented with designs in pigment. Queens- 
 land. 
 
 93; Large basket made of Calamus palm. Cardwell, 
 Queensland. Native name, Djowan. 
 
 94. Small basket. Pyalong, Victoria. 
 
 95. Basket. Cairuts, Queensland. 
 
 96. Basket ornamented with designs in pigment. Burdekin 
 Kiver, Queensland. 
 
 97-111a. a series of plaited baskets. The material used is 
 stiff grass stalks, ruishes, thin pliant twigs, and split cane. 
 In some such as 111 the meshwork is open; in others 
 such as 100 it is so close that the baisket is used for carrying- 
 honey. In the case of the latter especially the surface is of 
 such a nature that it lends itself to decoration, which may 
 include conventional drawings of human beings, bands, and 
 rectangular patches of red and yellow ochre, charcoal, and 
 pipeclay. They are carried by women, and are often worn 
 down the middle of the back i?uspended by a loop of string 
 across the forehead. (Figs. 129-136.) Northern Territory. 
 
 111b. Basket-work bag with a peculiar funnel-shaped 
 moiith; Avorn suspended down the back during the perform- 
 ance of a special sacred ceremony, called Ober, amongst ihe 
 Kakadu tribe. East Alligator River, Northeim Territorv. 
 (Presented by Mr. P. Caliill.) 
 
 111c. Ornament made in imitation of a basket-work bag 
 and worn, suspended down the back, during the performance 
 of a special isacred ceremony called Ober, amongst the Kakadu 
 
PLATE II. 
 
 
 1^ 
 
 
 IJ 
 
 ,l>l^ 
 
 h 'oKl. 1.'^ 
 
PLATE 12. 
 
 BASKETS. 
 
4i» 
 
 TrJbi', K:i>i AHigiiior Ki\«r. Nortlu-ni Trrritory. The 
 upper t'lul is tightly bound round with string fuclosed in 
 bcoswax. ( rn'sinted hv Mr, 1'. Cahill.) 
 
 11:^. Largo haskft. W«'st Australia. 
 
 li;i. Kihrt' calh'd Widjing-ni, usrd in making tin* Mi 
 
 1 14-121. A si-riis of baskets niadi* from the Lawyer r:i 
 from the C'alamuH palm, with pointed ends. Native luune, 
 Djowan. Cardwell and Cairns district. Som" ■■»" '1>. «>. >r.. 
 ornamented with designs in pigment. 
 
 i'22, li*."?. l-M. liark vessels. Cnrdwell di-m f, i^'i.-n- 
 1a nd. 
 
 125. Specimen showing the commencement of a basket. 
 Victoria. 
 
 12«). 127. Bark rope. Macarthur Kiver, Northern Ter- 
 ritory. 
 
 128. Bark used in manufacture of string, in raw and jir*-- 
 pnrod (states; and bag in course of nuiking. T>'iv IJ'.'-. 
 Northern Territory. 
 
 129. Small bag in course of manufacture from i«;irK .>tnii.L' 
 and string of Pandanus leaf. Daly Kiver, Northern 
 Territory, 
 
 130. Pandanus leaf used in manufacture of string, in raw 
 and prepared states; and bag in course of making. ])aly 
 Kiver, Northern Territory, It will be noted that luitive 
 string is invariably two-ply. 
 
 131. 132, 133, 134. Barks, and cords prepared from them. 
 Macartliur liiver. Northern Territory. 
 
 135. "Water vt^sel made out of a kangaroo {Macropus 
 rufuji) skin. Tennant ('re<'k. Northern Territory. 
 
 136. Basket. Lower Murray Kiver, Victoria. Native 
 name, ^lidjir. 
 
 137. Basket. Lake C'ondah, Victoria. 
 
 13S, Basket. Yarra tribt-, Victoria. Native name, 
 Biii-nuk. 
 
 139. Ba.sket. Western l)istrict, Victoria. 
 
 140. Basket. Victoria. Native name, Bin-nuk, 
 
 141. Woollen ' r earryiiig food aiul water. Mori- 
 lake, Victoria. d l»v Mr. IL (^uiney,) 
 
 142. Basket. Mojilak.. Vietoria. (Presented by ^Ir. II. 
 Quiney.) 
 
 143. Bark vejwel for carrying food. Koper K.ver, Northern 
 Territory, (Presented by Profe.H,m»r SjK'ncer, ) 
 
 144. 145. Circular rush-work mats, umhI alito as banketi 
 when folded up. Lake Alexandrina, South Australian. 
 
 146. Basket-work mat nuide of Pandanus leaf, u- 
 women of the Kakadu tribe, Kast .Mligator Kiver, NortiuTU 
 Territory. ( Pre^ent^-d by Mr. P. Cahill.) 
 
f)() 
 
 147. Eol trap of rush-work, opon at linili cuds. Avitli a 
 fiiniiel-shapod mouth. When setting- tlic iwi. a small peg 
 was inserted so ac, to (dose the smaller <'iid. ^Vh(•ll the Vrap 
 Avas full, it was taken out of the watci- and tlic pcii caret nlly 
 withdrawn. .\s ihc eels cmcrg-ed at the narrow end, it is said 
 that the alinriiiincs hit their heads and drew them out witli 
 their teeth one at a time. Coudah, Victoria. 
 
 ARTICLES OF CLOTHING. (Case U.) 
 
 in many, hut hy no mean.? all, parts of Australia the 
 natives avaih'd themselves of the furred skins of the larger 
 marsupials, sueh as wallahies and kangaroos, to make cloaks. 
 They were, as seen in 1, made by stitching several r,kius to- 
 gether by means of twini', usually spun from vegetable fibre. 
 In some cases, as amongst various Victorian and JS'ew South 
 Wales tribes, the inner side was oriuunented with designs. 
 The fur skins were also utilized for the ])urpose of making 
 bags and Avallets, Avhicdi were Avorn on the back, supported 
 by a band i)ass:ng over the forehead or shoulders; in the 
 larger of these small children could be carried. 
 
 1. A woman's fur cloak of kangaroo skin, worn with the 
 fur next to the body. Kardagur tribe, Bunlniry, Western 
 Australia. Xative nam(>, Buka or Boka. 
 
 2. The same rolled uj), in which state it is often used vo 
 produce a sound by beating upon it Avith a stick to keep time 
 with the dancing during the performance of a corroboree. 
 Whajtik and Ballardong tribes, Western Australia. 
 
 -3. Another specimen of the same; from the York district 
 tribe, Western Australia. 
 
 4-6. Specimens of the bag or wallet carried on the back. 
 Native name, Kutah. 4. From the Minung tribe. King 
 George's Sound, Western Australia. 5. Ea-w tribe, North- 
 ampton, Western Australia. 6. Whajuk and Ballardong 
 tribes, York, Western Australia. 
 
 7, 8. Pieces of bark cloth. Queenslaml. 
 
 9-i2. Emu feather girdles, worn round the waist bv women 
 during tlie i)erforiiiance of corroborees. The feathers are 
 tied in tufts of six or nn)r(>, and then all of the tufts are at- 
 tached by means of U\\r\o to a strand Avhich passes round the 
 waist and is tied behind tlu' body. The native name foi- the 
 girdle amongst the Yarra and coastal tribes was Til-bur-nin 
 or Jerr-barr-ning. 
 
 13, 14. Pieces of the skin of the Euro (Macropiis rohiistiis) 
 in ])i-ocess of manufacture for a (doak. Lake Frome, South 
 Australia. 
 
■A 
 
 \:>. Mar-a-bu, a small trianpuhir mat nuuU' from Pnn'hnnn* 
 Iravi'S. It is the only articli' worn hy woim-n of ? ' 
 |H»ol Kiver district, Arnln'in Land, and. wlii-n in n 
 down thf back, suspondrd from a strinjj round tin- urvk. It 
 gives the wfartT. smmi in thi- distance, very nunl' ;'" ai.iM-nr- 
 ancc of an emu. (Presented by Mr. W Cabill. ' 
 
 CLOTHING AND ORNAMENT. (Case 12.) 
 
 1. Necklace fornii-d of a sirij. of kangaroo leather, to wlin-li 
 a row of its teeth is attached, by means of sinew di-rivcd 
 from the same animal. Tiie skin is ilyed 
 
 Victoria. 
 
 2, :?. Necklets made of a strand of opossum fur string, to 
 which are attached as p.ndants a series of short strands of tin* 
 same material. 2. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 3. War- 
 ramunga triln*. Central Aijstralia. 
 
 4. A waist belt of Kuro (Marropus rohmtittt) fur string. 
 Arnnta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 ."). An apron worn by women during corrobore- datu-es. 
 "Wimmera district, Victoria. 
 
 0-9. Necklets made of strands of well-greas('d and r««| 
 ochred opossunt fur string. G-S. Arunta and Warramunga 
 trilu>*. Central Australia. 0. Macartbur Ki - V -' -n 
 Ti-rritory. 
 
 10. A small pubic tassel worn by the men ut ilir Aniiifa 
 tribe, Ci-ntral Australia. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 11.' Necklace ma<le of the seeds of the bean tree (Kriftlirina 
 re.spt'rtilio), worn by u..imn of the Arunta an<l other Central 
 .\ustralian tribes. 
 
 12-17. Shell neckbi'-.-. !_'. Victoria. l'\. 14. 1.'.. \\ orn by 
 Ta^manian women. H'.. IT. Worn by women; Victoria. 
 17. Denfalinm shells; north-wjtit coast. 
 
 \s.'2{). Keed necklaces. IS. "Worn by women; Town.syille, 
 Queenslan<l. It is 30 fe<'t in length, and there are 47s pieces 
 of reed. This was worn by both nn-n and wouhmi. \;ifive 
 name at Lake llindmar.-*h, "jah-kul; on the Yarra. ' t 
 
 or Tarrngoorn. The reed is called Djarrk. 20. \ 
 
 21. Necklace made of small sections cut out of the claws of 
 n cravHsh. "Warrnambool, Victoria. 
 
 22. Xecklaci' made of the needs of the quandmig tn**-. 
 Malbi- district. Victoria. 
 
 23-2S. Neckhues made of *oed.s. 23. Ix»wor Murray 
 Kiver. 24. 2'k Maearthur River. Northern T«-rriiorv 
 (presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. .1. (iillenh 2t5, 
 27. 2.**. Central Australia. 
 
 20, 30. Necklaces mado from »bo Imi-ltbone of n snake. 
 Queensland. (Presented by Mr. !• N^ 
 
;!1. 'I'wo ornniiiciits woi'ii on tln' lu-ad, jikuIc from ground- 
 down pieces of shell sfruiii^ on to thread. Mackay, Queens- 
 land. 
 
 32, 33. Sniiill hiiiiidicH 1)1' i)\\i fcntliei's. worn on llic liciid. 
 
 32. Minung tribe, Xing George's SouikK Western Australia. 
 
 33. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 34. Small buneh of the same. Tliis was worn on tlie ]iead 
 of a boy who was i)assing tlirougli the initiation ceremony. 
 .Vrunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 35. Buneh of cockatoo feathers, Avorn as a head ornament. 
 Cairns, Queensland. 
 
 36. Bunch of emu feathers, hlaekened with charcoal and 
 grea-se; worn as an ornament. Arunta tribe. Central Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 37. Bunch of yellow and white cockatoo feathers, tied on 
 to a hone, and worn as a head ornament. Eaw tribe, 
 NorthamiDton, Western Australia. Native name, Jinkarra. 
 
 38. Bunch of emu feathers, attached to a bone, and worn 
 on the head. Eaw tribe, JNTorthampton, Western Australia. 
 
 39. 40. Bunches of cockatoo feathers, similar to jNTo. 37. 
 40. Macarthur River, JSTorthern Territory. 
 
 41. Bunch of red ochred emu feathers, worn as an orna- 
 ment during corroborees. Mindaru tribe. Western Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 42. Feathers from the tail of the black cockatoo, worn as 
 ornaments. Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 43. 44. Bed and white cockatoo feather ornaments. Arunta 
 tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 45. Large bunch of emu feathers, blackened with charcoal 
 and grease; worn during the performance of ceremonies by 
 men of the Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (Fig. 175.) 
 
 46, 47. Feathers of an owl, red ochred, and worn as a head 
 ornament, Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 48. Bunch of emu feathers, attached together by a mass of 
 resin derived from a grass tree. Cooper's Creek, Central 
 Australia. 
 
 49. Bunch of emu feathers, worn as an ornament in a 
 band of fur string, Avhich encircles the upper arm. Eaw 
 tribe, Northampton, Western Australia. 
 
 50. 51. Two bunches of emu feathers used for decoration 
 during the performance of ceremonies; Avhen not in use they 
 are carried ahout tied up tightly with string. Arunta tribe 
 Central Australia. (Fig. 170.) ' ' 
 
 52-58. Specimens of a head-dress worn by the men in the 
 Arunta, Luritja, and Ilpirra tribes in Central Australia. 
 It is made by intertwining emu feathers until they form a 
 mass which closely resembles the pad forming the sole of the 
 
53 
 
 shoi>s worn by the Kurdaitcha. It is tied rouikj the bac*k of 
 tho head l»y iiu'aiis of fur string. Native namt* in th«* Aruntu 
 tribf, Iniainpa. ( .'>4, .'»."i pn-r^L-ntcd by J*roffs««or Sjkmhmt. ) 
 
 '>l>. (finlli- t)f han<licoot fur string, worn by men. Arunta 
 tribe, (Vntral Australia. 
 
 00. Waist girdle of liuinan hair string, worn by men. 
 Maearthur Kiver, Northern Territory. ( I'resente*! by Pro- 
 fessor S|»,-noer and Mr. F. J. (JiUen.) 
 
 01. Waistband of network, worn by men. It is made out 
 of string manufaetured fn»m a reenl that grows on the battk** 
 of the Murray, and measures some si.x feet in len^'' 
 
 name on the Lower Murray, Ni-yeerd. 
 
 62, 03. 03a. Bark belts worn by men of the most northern 
 part of the eontinent. (Presented by Profe.>sor Speneer. ) 
 
 04. Human hair waist girdle. Warramunga tribe. Cintral 
 Australia. 
 
 ii'i. Opossum fur string waist girdle. Annita tril» . ' 
 tral Australia. 
 
 00, 07. T\vt» head-ban<ls worn by men of the Arunta tribe, 
 Central Australia. Each is made of a number of strands of fur 
 string, which are plastered down with pipeelay so as to form 
 a flat band, the two ends of which are tied behind the occiput. 
 These bands are ornamented in various ways; som -times, 
 as in the case of No. 07, with bird's <lown, ami are usually 
 decorated when used during the performance of a corrob- 
 oree. Native name in the Arunta triln', (MiilMrn. (Fig. 
 139.) (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 68. Forehead of network, to which kangin"- i.-ih are 
 attache«l as pendants, called Ltangerra. The string is made 
 of the fibre of .some aqiuitic plant, and the teeth are fastened 
 on with the tail sinew of the kangaroo, called Wirr-ran-ni. 
 The band, which measures nearly 12 inches in length and 3 
 inches in width, was worn by both men atid wnm.-ii. Native 
 name on the Lower Murray, Mulong-nyird. 
 
 60. A forehead-band made of closi-ly-woven >tr;tii>i> mantt- 
 facturtnl from the root fibn*s of the wild clniatis. Thes«' 
 bands are ustially made by the women, but are worn by men 
 only. The length of the band is 12 inches, and the width 
 li inches. As an additional ornament, wing feathers of 
 a cockatoo are stuck in the band, one on each si«le. Native 
 name on the I.,ower Murray, Mar-rung-nul. 
 
 70. - - 60 and 67. 
 
 71. I band of network, worn by the 
 Gipp.nland. it is ma«h' of fibre obtaine<l from a « 
 which grows near Lake Tyers, and is colourt^l with 
 
 2 feet 3 inches, width 3 inches. Native name, .Iimbir:> 
 
54 
 
 72, T^). Same as (!(! ami <>7. 
 
 74. Waist oi'iiainciit iiiadf of tail-ti|)s i>\' \]w rahhit- 
 kaugaruo {PciLUjalc Uujulis) attaclu'd tu a strand of striii<i;. 
 Eaw tribe, Northampton, West Australia. 
 
 75-77. Ornaments made of the tail-tips of rabbit-kangaroo. 
 
 75. ^liimiiii' tribe, King George's Soun,d, West Australia. 
 
 76, 77. Am lira tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 78. Waist ornament of strands of string, to \vhi(di are 
 attached bunches of cockatoo feathers. Central Australia. 
 
 70. Waist ornament of tail-ti])s of I'abbit-kangaroo. Worn 
 by women of tlic Ariinra tribe, ('ciitral Australia, uliilc ])er- 
 forming a special dance on the ground where the ceremony 
 of initiating a youth is about to be performed. 
 
 80, 81. Ornaments of tiie tail-tips of the rabl)it-kangaroo. 
 SO. Ngurla tribe, Roeburn, West Australia. SI. .Vrunta 
 tribe, Central Australia. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 82. Head ornament of egret plumes mounted in a small 
 mass of beeswax. Kakadu tribe, E. Alligator River, Northern 
 Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 83. Ornamient consisting of a bunch of split black-coloured 
 goose and white cockatoo feathers mounted on a handle made 
 of stalks wound round with string coated over with beeswax. 
 Kakadu tribe, E. Alligator River, Xortliern Territorv. 
 (Presented by Mr. P. Cahill.) 
 
 84. Ornament consisting of a bunch of split native com- 
 panion feathers mounted on a handle of stalks wound round 
 with string made from banyan-bark. The coil of string is 
 worn over the head, the tuft hanging down the middle of the 
 back. Kakadu tribe, E. Alligator River. (Presented bv 
 Mr. P. Cahill.) 
 
 85. Head ornament consisting of a bunch of owl feathers 
 attached to a stick by means of tendon. l*ort George IV., 
 A"orth-West Australia. 
 
 CLOTHING AND ORNAMENT. (Case 13.) 
 
 1. Man's dress of strips of pelican skin attached to a cord 
 of human hair string. Lake Callabonna, South Australia. 
 
 2. Man's dress of rabbit tails. Lake Frome, South Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 3-10. Woman's dress or apron of red ochred fnr string. 
 3, 4, 5, 7, 10. Macarthur River, Northern Territory. 6, 8, 
 9. Barrow Creek, Central Australia. (3-10 presented by 
 Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 11-22. Tassels of fur string. 11-15. Macarthur River, 
 Northern Territory. 16, 21, 22. Arunta tribe, Central Aus- 
 tralia. 17-20. Barrow Creek, Central Australia. (Nos. 11-22 
 presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
2*1. OniailHMlt of jM-arl shrll aii<l ••mii l<!itinr>. * intrai 
 
 Aiisiralia. 
 
 24. Xt'tti'd strinj; girJU*. (iiianji trib,'. Macarthiir KivtT, 
 Xorilirrii Territory. 
 
 2.V2S. (Jinlh's «if huinaii hair siriiij*. C'rntral AiMiralin. 
 2!>. Fur-strinj; ginllf. Aninfa, Central Aii.sJraliu. 
 
 :i(). Fnr-^«»trin;; girdle Warraiiiiiiii^a, CiMitral Australia. 
 
 :U-:ir>. W'ium ginlU-s of vfgotable fibre string. All but '^\ 
 r,(l oi'lirrd. :n. IJarrow Crcfk. (\'iitral Australia. '.\'2-'<i't. 
 Macartiiur Kivtr, XDrtlimi 'rirrii»)ry. 
 
 ( Xos. 24-.'Jr» i»rt>si>utrd bv rn>fcsst>r SpenctT and .Mr. 1". .1. 
 (Jill.-n.) 
 
 'Mi. Waist bi'lt of niui'-iMonntain |>arak«'('t f«>atl»'rs. Dar- 
 win. ( l*rt',<iMit«'d by Mr>. .\. ('. Lewis.) 
 
 37. Waist ornament of j)arrot feathors. Mara nil.- 
 .Matartliur Kivcr. Xortbern Territory. 
 
 3S. Head or neek band of string, with th.' bill of a .-|mjuii- 
 bill attached. Macarthur KiviT. Xortbern Ti-rritory. 
 
 .•5!>-41. Xei-klets of string, and rings of wild beeswax. Mae- 
 arthnr Kivcr, X'orthcrn T> rrifory. 
 
 42-47. Featlu'r n eklets. Mara tribe, Maearthur Hiv«»r, 
 X'orthern Territory. 42, 43. An* of parrot feathers. 44-47. 
 Of fratbiM-s of tlje galah or rosi'-l>reast»'d ciu-katoo. 
 
 4^-."><i. Xeeklets of kangaroo te?th attaehed to .string w-ith 
 wild beeswax. Macarthur Kiver, Xortbern Territory. ( Xos. 
 37-50 presented by Professor Sjx'neer and Mr. F. .J. (iillen.) 
 
 57. 5S. String necklets. .'.^. Macarthur Kiv r, .\orth«-rn 
 Territory. 
 
 5I»-G2.* Xeckbands of fur cords. Macarthur Kiver, .Xortb- 
 ern Territory. 01, 62 have pendants nunle from the hair of 
 rabbit-bandicoot tail-tips; and 61 has a* well an ornament of 
 kangaroo tet-tb .set in be swax. (Xos. 58-62 pr.- nt.d bv 
 Profe.s.sor Spencer and Mr. F. .1. Gillen.) 
 
 63-6.'». Tassels of fur strings attached to luad-bana.-. 
 Macarthur Kiver, Xortbern Territory. 
 
 66. Ornanuiit of p»'arl shell atta<hed to a string hcad- 
 baiul; worn by men. Xortbern Territory. { Xo- •'•» r.T or.- 
 scnted by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iillen 
 
 67-6!». String chest-bands. Northern Territo- 
 
 70-72. String necklets, 71. Xorth.m T«rrii.. 
 Macarthur Kiv<r, Northern Territ.: 
 
 73. Ileail ornament of kangai 
 X'ortbern Territory. 
 
 74, 75. Head ornaments of cbai cum* rin^s; 
 
 worn bv men. Xortbern Tirri;..r\ 
 
56 
 
 TC). Fcatlnr oniniiiciit, worn liy men, hanging down tlio 
 back of Tho licad. AUiuaior Kivcr, Northern Territory. 
 
 77-S4. riaiu and ornamented head-bands. 77, 78, 80, 82. 
 Ariuita tribe, Central Australia. 79, 83, 84. Macartliur 
 River, Northern Territory. 
 
 85-91. Forehead-bands of fur string plasterc(l with clay 
 and ornamented. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 92. Forehead-band (Chilara) of fur string. Arunta tribe, 
 Central Australia. 
 
 93-96. Forehead-bands of Avoven string decorated with 
 pigments. Maearthur Iviver, Northern Territory. 
 
 97. Ornament of fur cords terminated with tufts of 
 feathers. Tennant Creek, Central Australia. 
 
 98. Hea.d ornament of native goose feathers. Macartliur 
 River, Northern Territory. 
 
 99-103. Armlets of split rattan bound with string. Mae- 
 arthur River, Northern Territory. (Nos. 74-103 presented 
 by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 104-108. Armlets of plaited rattan. 103. 105. Maearthur 
 River. 106, 107, 108. Alligator River, Northern Territory. 
 (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 109-111. Armlets of rattan woven together with string. 
 Nortbern Territory. 
 
 112. Beard ornament of a piece of Nautilus shell. North 
 Queensland. 
 
 113. Corroboree ornament of a piece of Nautilus shell. 
 North Queensland. 
 
 114. Bark sandal, for walking on sand when it is hot. 
 West Kiniberley, West Australia. (Presented by Mr. G. A. 
 Keartland.) 
 
 115. Necklet of kangaroo and human teeth. From be- 
 tween Ord and Nigri Rivers, Kimberley district. West Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 116. Necklet of kangaroo, horse, and human teeth, and 
 fish-tail bones. From between Ord and Nigri Rivers, Kim- 
 berley^ district. West Australia. 
 
 117. Necklet of lumps of porcupine-grass resin 
 (Triodia sp.) Tennant Creek, Central Australia. 
 
 118. Tassel of vegetable-fibre string. Tennant Creek. 
 Central Australia. 
 
 119. Necklet of fur string. North-West Australia. 
 
 120. Pad of emu feathers ornamented with two tufts of 
 bird's down, worn as a chignon on the back of the head by 
 Arunta and Luritja men. Central Australia. (Presented by 
 Professor Spencer.) 
 
PLATE 13. 
 
 ORNAMENTS, SPINDLE. 
 
57 
 
 PERSONAL ORNAMENTS. (Case 14.) 
 Thi> .s«rn-^ loiisisiH ol' uiiiaiiitriitii won* l»v natives of vari- 
 ous ('I'uiral AuMtraliuit trib(«. 
 
 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. FlatU'iied ninssos of rc«in dor i veil from the 
 |>orciipine prns.s (Triodia mpp.), with rows of tho lowi-r front 
 twth of thf kuiiganto in.MTtftl along onr jnlpr. The .Hurface, 
 as in No. 5, may U* ornam«'ntr<| with itohm linc.H and, ax in 
 Xo. 3, two or thrif may b«' fastrninl top*thrr by .strand.s of 
 human hair string, by means al.><o of wliich the ornamont is 
 tied on to the head of a woman so that it hangs down over hor 
 forehead. Worn by women of the Kaitish, Warramunga, 
 and other Northern (Vntral Australian tribe*. No. JJ from 
 the Kakadu tribe, Alligat»)r River. ( l*resente«i by rr«>- 
 fesiior SiM-neer.) (Fig. 13*^.) 
 
 7. A stran«l of human hair string with a small mass of 
 porcupine-grass resin at each end to which is atta<'ln*l a 
 pair of . i.'l. li.iuk iImu- Warramunga tribe, C»Mitr:il Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 8. A head •'rna:a<ui, cuii.-isting of a strand of human nair 
 string, to which are attaciied by nn'ans of resin the lower 
 jaws and 1 -g-l>ones of some .«mall marsupial, such as a tiger 
 cat, as well as the front teeth of a kangaroo. Worn by 
 women of the Iliaura tribe. Central .Vustralia. This orna- 
 ment is closely similar to one of tlie large numb<T of pen- 
 dants which altogether form the mourning chaplet worn on 
 the head of women during the performance of the final cere- 
 mony at the grave of a dead relative. 
 
 9. -V neck-ban<l nuule of si.\ straivds of well-greas«-d and 
 red ochred fur or human hair string. The two einls. which 
 are tied together, are «h-corated with tlu- lower jaws an«l leg- 
 bonen of a snuill marsupial and with the tail-tips of the rabbit- 
 kangaroo (I'eragale lagotis)^ all of which are fasteneil on 
 with porcupine-gra.ss resin. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 10-lS. Neck-bands, very similar in structure to Xo. 9, but 
 without l>one ornaments. No. 10 has the tail-tip of a rabbit- 
 kangaroo; and Nos. 11 and 12 the tail-tip of a <iingo. .Vrunta 
 tribe-. Native name. Okincha-lanina. (Fig. 141.) 
 
 19, 20. .\ special stran«i of fur string which is worn so that 
 the ends, each of which is ornamentitl with the tail-lip of tho 
 rabbit-kangaroo, hang down tlie back of the man who haa 
 pasM^i through the seriei4 of ceremonies which constitutu 
 in the Arunta and other Central Australian tribis the final 
 initiation ceri'mony, and to which the name Fng>vura is given. 
 Native nauH'. Wupira. 
 
 21. Ornament, called I^-da, worn by a young boy when firnt 
 he takes part in initiation ceremonie«. Made of banyan bark 
 
58 
 
 sti'iiiii-, worn roiuul the neck with :i pendant down the middle 
 of the hack. The terminal piice of wood is supposed to repre- 
 sent his knee and to aid in strengthening this. Iwaidji tribe, 
 Northern Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 22. Feath/r ornaments made to re[)resent Howers. Worn 
 on the heads of women. Kakadu tribe, A'orthern Territory. 
 (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 23. Head ornament ina.de out of the head of a Blue- 
 mountain parakeet, Avith attatdied knob of beeswax. Kakadu 
 tribe, ISTorthern Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 24. Wonuin's head ornament of kangaroo teeth embedded 
 in beeswax. Daly Kiyer, North: rn Territory. (Presented 
 by Mr. R. D. Boys.) 
 
 PERSONAL ORNAMENTS. (Case 15.) 
 
 This series illustrates various forms of ornaments made out 
 of bone, Avood, and shell. 
 
 1, 2. Kangaroo leg-bones (fihiila), pointed at one end. 
 Western Australia. Xative name, Yauarda or ]\runl)arra. 
 (Fig. 140.) 
 
 3. A piece of bone from which sections are cut. off for 
 insertion into the nasal septum. Lower Murray. Native 
 name, Kolko. 
 
 4. Piece of reed inserted into the hole bored in tlii^ nasal 
 septum. After the hole has been pierced by the Ixnie awl 
 used for this purpose, a piece of reed is slipped over the point 
 into the hole, and the awl then withdrawn through the reed, 
 M'hich is left behind to prevent the hole from closing up. 
 The size of the reed is gradually increased to admit of the 
 insertion of the nose bone. 
 
 5. Short nose bone, worn by natives on the Murray Eiver. 
 Native name, Mili-mili-u. 
 
 6. 7, 8, 9. Four nose bones ornamented with incised lines. 
 Victoria. Native name, Nautekaua. 
 
 10. Wooden nose stick ornamented Avith incised lines. 
 EaAV tribe, Northampton, West Australia. 
 
 11, 12, 13, 14. A series of nose bones made out of the hol- 
 low bone (radius) of a bird's Aving. One end is tipped Avith 
 porcuj)ine-grass resin, and the other has the tail-tip of the 
 rabbit-kangaroo inserted into it. Arunta tribe. Central Aus- 
 tralia. Native name, Lalkira. 
 
 15, 16, 17. Three nose bones made by splitting a holloAv 
 bone and then grinding doAvn the rough odges. Tavo of them 
 are ornamented Avith bands of incised lines. Arunta tribe. 
 Central Australia. Native name, Lalkira. 
 
 IS. Three Avooden spindle-shaped ornaments Avorn in the 
 hair. Whajuk tribe. West Australia. 
 
l;'. I/O, -21. Thr..- rt...;: . 
 
 •W manja .-rn tribes, and traded 
 
 sou;.. .. ...... the cen!i..i j...i i .i in- • outinent. They are worn 
 
 as onianuMits by men. siispendtHl fithiT from the neck or 
 waist. Kach is iiilai*h-«l to a straiul <if inuiian hair ^irin;; 
 by a small mass of pon-npiiM'-tTiKi rt'siii. Tln-y art* also iisi'jI 
 for magic purposes in >ii with the fhariiiiiif; of 
 
 women. Aniiita tribe. ' Australia. N'.iti..- nanif. 
 
 Lonka-Ionka. 
 
 22. 2.1. Two snuill ami oik* large shell oriiaiiKni. wiin tin- 
 zig-zag pattern charaeti'ristic of Wi-stoni Australian objects. 
 Xo. 2.'l from KiM>burii, W«'stcni Australia. Xative name, 
 Bedoan. 
 
 24. Two slu'll ornaments from QuetMisland; worn attached 
 to twine suspended! from the neck. Xative name, Karri-la. 
 
 2.'». Small slat of wood made of Acacia acuminata. us;-d for 
 decorating the hair. Majanna tribe. Western Australia. 
 
 26, 27. Kounded sticks nuide of darrah, and used as li«-ad 
 ornaments. Kaw tribe, Xorthainpton, Westirn Australia. 
 
 2f< 29, Two curiously-riaked sticks usod by certain of the 
 South, Central, and Xorth-West Australian tribs. A piece 
 of wood is taken, and then by means of a sharp-i'dged riake of 
 <|uartzite, which is often enclosed in the mass of resin on the 
 handle of a sp«'ar thrower, a s ries of shavings are tlaked off. 
 but in .such a way that ihey are not completely S4parated otT 
 from the central stick. Tliey are so thin that each one curls 
 rouikd and, as they are nuide along a closj-set spiral line, the 
 general appearance of a plume is pnxluced. In some tribes 
 they are mer-ly worn by the men sku hea«l ornaments, just as 
 feather plumes are, but in others, as, for example, the north- 
 ern Arunta living in the Macdonnell Kanges, they are worii 
 during .s«Tious fights wh^n it is intended t-j kill men. The 
 - of an avenging party, after killing their v; 
 : these Haked sticks, which tlu>y always wear on 
 an occasion, out of their hair, break them in pieces, and 
 throw thenj on to the body of the dead man, after which »'" v 
 are tabu and must not b<> touched by anv one. Arunta 
 Central An--- ' ■ - !»- ■ . i i. V- - - ^- 
 (Fig. 142.) 
 
 'Ml Head .1 ;, 
 
 twig. liarr.- ' 
 
 31. Two head ornaments oi rings ol red-ochnxJ Ie;i- 
 
 lie«| to srirk, T.r,,,Mn- fr.. I , I'r ...I i.v |'r..-. 
 
 .'^pi-n.'«-r 
 
 •{2. Il<-ii<i <ii iiiiini-iii '>i «tii-K f;i>ji''i \\;in rut icaTinr- nt tii<- 
 '* Xative Companion.** 
 
60 
 
 HUMAN HAIR STRING. (Case 16.) 
 
 The customs witli rt-garJ to liuniau hair diller much in 
 various tribes. In some it is believed that the possessioii of 
 even a minute fragment of the hair of any individual gives 
 to its possessor the power to work evil upon the man from 
 whom it has been cut ; and, therefore, amongst such tribes all 
 fragments of hair are most carefully .destroyed, lest they 
 should fall into the hands of an enemy. In others there is 
 no such belief, and human hair is much prized for the pur- 
 pose of making string, which is woven into girdles, kc. This 
 series shows the various stages in the manufacture. 
 
 I. Hair in its natural state. 
 
 2-5. Strands of hair string ready to be made up into girdles. 
 Arunta and other Central Australian tribes. 
 
 6, 7. Strands of very fine hair string. Queensland. 
 
 8. Hair string gir-dle worn round the waist by men of the 
 Arunta, Ilpirra, Warramunga, and other Central Australian 
 tribes. The hair of which these girdles are principally made 
 must be given by a woman to her son-in-law. 
 
 9. Hair string girdle made of a mixture of human hair and 
 opossum fur string. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 10. A ball of human hair string, such as is used in the mak- 
 ing of various sacred ceremonial objects, or for tying on the 
 head-dress worn during the performance of many corroborees. 
 Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 II. Spindle usad to manufacture hair string. Eaw tribe, 
 Northampton. West Australia. (Fig. 137.) The illustration 
 represents a man of the Arunta tribe using the spindle. 
 
 12. Spindle used to manufacture hair string. Kakadu 
 tribe, j^orthern Territory. Xative name, Kopeida. (Pre- 
 sented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 13. Spindle used to manufacture hair string. Arunta tribe, 
 Tempe Downs, Macdonnell Range, Xorthern Territory. 
 
 MANUFACTURE OF TWINE. (Case 17.) 
 In the manufacture of twine (apart from that which is 
 made from human hair) three materials are used — (1) 
 vegetable fibre, (2) sinew, (3) fur of various animals. The 
 twine thus made is often closely similar to, and quite as strong 
 as, much of that which is made by white men. The string or 
 twine consists usually of two twisted strands plied together, 
 there seldom being more than two plies, whereas in the ordi- 
 nary string manufactured by white men there is seldom less 
 than three plies. An inspection of the nets, &c., made out of 
 native twine will show how closely similar this is to the 
 -European material. 
 
 1. Girdle cf string made of vegetable fibre. Queensland. 
 
PLATE 14. 
 
 ^ 
 
 FIRE MAKING, MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, PLAYTHINGS. 
 
bl 
 
 :i . : ■ . ■ • 
 
 . . .iblr fibr*' used for making twini" hy lb Aruiit.i 
 iriU". Central Australia. 
 
 4. Tii» of ilu* tail of a Euro (A/ - - ^ 
 
 Muvw attarhcil to it. This sinew is n 
 
 illp O! iKlI-, 
 
 k'., :x: It i" 
 
 v lirawu mil iruui ihi- lail uiiJ U%!> uf a kaiipartxi 
 . . ;.»iu llu' l«'gs of an emu before cooking the animals. 
 Arunta tribf, Central Australia. 
 
 ' ^inew from kangaroo tail. Lower Murray Kiver. 
 
 name, Wiri-ran-me. 
 •j. iiaml made from opossum fur string. .\runta trilw. 
 Central An-Jiralia. 
 
 7. (, \v of bamlieoot fur string. Arunta tribe, 
 
 Centr;i ia. 
 
 s, 9, IM. Hails of string n'a<ly for use, made out of opossum 
 fur string. Central and Western .Vustralia. 
 
 11. Spindle for twisting the fur into strinir. When in use 
 hoto in human hair rase) the implement is made to 
 .y moving the left hand U|> and down the thigh, go 
 ;ic. :u turn rountl the long handle of the spindle, u' ' " *he 
 same time the string, as it is formed, is eontinii "«1 
 
 with fre^h material, whieh is lu-ld in tin- right haiul. Kar- 
 dagur tribe, Hunbury, Western .Vustralia. Native name, 
 liulgu. 
 
 \-J. .*^pindle for making fur string. Native name, Kilgara. 
 Warramnnea tribe. Central .\ustralia, (Presented by l*ro- 
 S|)eneer and Mr. F I C-'l- > 
 
 FIRE MAKING. (Case 18.) 
 
 Thiei series illustr.tt. - ! :1 • !ri'.M« m^thorl* em- 
 
 ploye«l by Australian natives tor pr n- 
 
 jjj,i f*..ifiir.- ..r -ill ..r till-Ill ,-,.!i«i,'. !• .' r 
 
 ui 
 a 
 
 bi 
 
 1, -', .;. - r. 
 
 'J'b'"^** Mr»' 'a 
 
 at ^» 
 
 it. •'? 
 
 their teet U|»ot to pn'\ 
 
 Then with eo; '5i' \ 
 
 sjH'ar thrower it, with the re- 
 sult that a gro«»\« u iii;i"i' m >■•> --^ '.... Id, and the beat 
 
62 
 
 procluood by the friftion is so great that the powdered wood 
 in tlie groove begins to glow and take fire. A considerable 
 nnniber of the shields carried by the natives show a series of 
 charred grooves similar to those in the specimens, indicating 
 that thev have been used for the ])nrpose of fire making. 
 (Figs. 149, 150.) 
 
 4-11. These illustrate the ])rodnction of fire by means 
 of a drilling motion. In each case there ip; a piece_ of soft 
 wood which is placed on the ground and held in position by 
 the feet, wliile a longer piece of wood is twisted rapidly round 
 and round upon it by the hands. (Figs. 153, 154.)^ 4. 
 Belonging to the Woe-wurong tribe, Victoria. 5, 6, 7, 8. 
 Queensland. 9. jSTorthern Territory. 10. Xorth-West Aus- 
 tralia. 11. Xorthern Territory. (Presented by Trofessor 
 Spencer.) 
 
 12, 13, 14. Sticks for drilling, with their pointed ends 
 enclosed in a sheath of grass-tree resin ornamented with 
 beans. Used by the natives of Xorthern Queensland and the 
 Torres Strait Islands. (Fig. 151.) 
 
 15, 16. These represent the fixed pieces over which another 
 piece is rubbed. A small branch is taken, one end is split, 
 and a wedge inserted so as to keep the two halves apart ; 
 then a little matt of dried grass or material suitable for tinder 
 is placed in the split, and over this a piece of hard wood is 
 rapidly rubbed, backwards and forwards, with the result that 
 heated sparks fly off and set fire to the tinder. (Fig. 152.) 
 15. Queensland.^ (Presented by Mr. A. W. Howitt.) 16. 
 Head of Thomson River, Xorthern Queensland. (Presented 
 by Mr. Robt. Christison.) 
 
 BONE NEEDLES, AWLS, FISHING HOOKS, Etc. 
 
 (Case 19.) 
 
 For the purpose of manufacturing certain articles, such as 
 clothing, fishing nets, t&rc, the natives utilize as tools materials 
 ready to hand in the form of wood and bone, and even the 
 naturally shai'pened strong spines of the Echidna. Out of 
 bone or wood sharpened at the point they make awls and 
 needles, and from bone they carve out fish hooks. In no case 
 do they ever appear to have used any form of metal, that is, 
 in their natural state, for since the advent of the white man 
 the native has readily made use of any odd scraps of iron 
 which he could obtain, perceiving the superiority of this to 
 his own bone and wooden implements. The specimens in 
 this case illustrate the simple but, at the same time, often 
 effective nature of their tools. 
 
 1. Mesh stick of Myal wood (Acacia IxomaJoplnjlla), used 
 for the making of fishing nets. 
 
63 
 
 2. Mesh rttirk of JarraJi ( Eucalyplus marginata), orna- 
 nifittrii with zig-za^' N'giirhi tribo, K<M'l>urii, ^^^»s^t 
 Australia. 
 
 3. A 8inaII shib of wood decorated with red and white, 
 
 and with a pitHv of native string attachM to it; stat- ' * 
 havf Iwt'n WM'i] as a float for fishing. Thr material 
 generally use«l for this purpose was hark. Vietoria. 
 
 4. Sr..ii.-K, :it?:ii-lii-.! ;i> -iiikir> f.i a fl-ili'iiir ti<-l. (Jii.-«-iih- 
 lan.l 
 
 't. [• i-li ii.M.K I'ur MiK III IhiiiiiTi-. -..'nil. i II.' Mill- i- iiia'if ot 
 vegetable fibre. Koekiiighani Hay. (Queensland. 
 
 »;. Fi>li hook made out of bone. The line is nui«le of the 
 fibre-bark of the *' lightwood." Lake Tyers, (iippsland. 
 
 7. Fish hook made of shell, with short sinew string. Port 
 Lincoln, South Australia. 
 
 8, Fish hook made of bono. I)aly Kiver. Xorthorn 
 Ti'rritory. 
 
 I). 10, 11. li'. i:5. Five tit^h lio-.ks in whieh the shaft is 
 made of bone or wood and the jioint of bone. The two ore 
 fastened togt'ther by string, whieh is covered with a lump of 
 resin. Daly Kiver, Xortlurn Territory. 
 
 14. Awl made out of the thigh-bone of the emu. I'sed for 
 •ewing rugs, and also for pieroing the nasal septum. Calh'd 
 Pinki on the Lower Murray liiver. 
 
 ir>. Two bone needles. .Vortbern (Queensland. 
 
 IG. Five bone awls. Sand hummoeks between Tower Hill 
 and Port Fairy. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 
 
 17. IJundle of wooden pegs, the nharp points of whieh have 
 been hardene<l by fire; u.sed as awls. Queen.sland. 
 
 18. A small, neatly-made bone needle with an eye, to which 
 a piece of native string is attached. Victoria. 
 
 19. A bunille of sharply-|>ointe«l hone awls, called Minder- 
 min. WtK>-wurong trib*-, Vietoria. 
 
 20. Pone awl. Harrow Creek. Central Australia. (Pre- 
 sented by Prof<'Ssor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Clillen.) 
 
 21. 22. Sharp spines of the Kehidna. Two of them have 
 been extracted along with a Amall part of the thick skin, 
 which forms a head to the implement. The spines are «.so<l 
 OS lancets for bh-t-iling the sick, and for extracting thorns, 
 &c. Victoria. 
 
 23. Two bone owls, called Mindermiii. Taken from « 
 sand dune near slndl mounds at Cafw 1' ' i. 
 
 24. 2'k Bone awls, fron» sand dunes. ' iria. 
 26. Six bone implements pointefl a\ hotii ends; said to be 
 
 ti.sed for catching fish. .Sand hummocks between Tower Hill 
 and Port Fairy. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 
 
64 
 
 27. Imiik' awl or fisli hook, wiili loiiii-itudiiial ;>-roove on 
 one side. Xear Slielford, Victoria, 
 
 28. A somewliat elaborate wooden awl ornanicnted at the 
 handle, and with a small spherical mass of human hair string 
 woinul round the middle of its length.- Queensland. 
 
 2!i. Twd wooden awls, u^rd ais needles for sewing skins 
 togelhcr. (^)ueenslan(l. 
 
 30. Four split bones, tised as gouges. "Warraniunga and 
 Kaitish tribes. Central Australia, (rrcscnted by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 31. Lower jaw of an oi)Ossuni, the front tooth of wliich is 
 used for incising patterns on wood and stone, and also for 
 drilling holes through the same. Arunta tribe, Central 
 Australia. 
 
 02. Xine bone implements from sand dunes between Tower 
 Hill and Port Fairy. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 
 
 33. Bone awls, found on sand dune, AVilson's Promontory, 
 Victoria. ( Presented by Mr. J. A. Kershaw.) 
 
 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR CUTTING AND SCRAPING. 
 
 (Case 20.) 
 
 The material most frequently used for cutting purposes is 
 stone of various kinds, but, for both cutting and scraping, 
 the sharp edge of shells and teeth, and more rarely a chipped 
 or ground bone is also used. Most often the cutting edge is 
 mounted in some resinous material, and is thus attached to a 
 handle, the gum or resin used being derived from grass trees 
 (Xanthorrha'a), from the Porcupine grass (Triodia) or from 
 the Ironwood Tree (Erythrophlceiim sp.) After coming into 
 contact Avith the whites, the natives usually substitute for 
 stone, chips of glass or of porcelain insulators from telegraph 
 poles, or small flat pieces of iron ground down to a sharp 
 edge. 
 
 1, 2. A combined cutting instrument and spear thrower. 
 This is very frequently met Avith in the central and western 
 areas of the continent, and is the most important cutting- 
 instrument by which spears, shields, and all wooden imple- 
 ments are made. ISTo. 1 is from Arunta tribe. Central Aus- 
 tralia ; native name, Am.era. 'No. 2 is from Western Aus- 
 tralia; native name, Miro. 
 
 3. Most probably this was originally a combined cutting 
 instrument and s])ear thrower, but has had the point for in- 
 sertion into the spear broken off, and mav then, possibly, 
 have been used as a club as well as a cutting instrument. 
 Xgurla trib.', lioeburn, Western Australia. 
 
65 
 
 4. ', 7, ^- ' ittiiip mid scraping ii)«truiiu>iit8, the cutting 
 surfncf bfing forimtl bv a series of flakes of flint ( r<'|»lacc<l by 
 plass in 7 and S). Tlie resin is made from the jjrajw* tree. 
 The native name of the instrument is Dabba or Tabba. All 
 are from West Australia. (Fig, 159.) 
 
 9. Cutting instrument, with a single flake of quartz at- 
 tached ' !•(•<' resin to the end of a sliort piice of wood. 
 This n- I sliape a small adze. "West Australia. 
 
 ll». .V torm of stone knife, the Idade consisting of quartzite 
 which has been chipped t«o as to form a s<'rraie«l cutting edge. 
 The stone is fixj'd to the slick, which serves as a handle, by 
 grass-tree resin and twine. From north of the Murray 
 Kiver, New South "Wales. 
 
 11. A tool calh'd Lianj-ualert, with which the uativj-s xi^-d 
 to ornament their wooden weapons, such jw shields. It 
 consists of the lower jaw of an opossum fastened to a stick l»y 
 twine and resin. The twine is made from the fibrous bark of 
 Eucahiptus ohliiiiiii. The incisor tooth acts a** a suuiU gouge. 
 Woe-wurong tribe, Victoria. (Fig. 103.) 
 
 12. The lower jaw of an opossum, th<> incisor tooth of which 
 is used as a cutting instrument for marking designs on stone 
 and wooden Churinga. Arunta tribe. (V-ntral Australia. 
 { Presi'iited by ProfiY^sor Spc-ncer and Mr. F. J. (Jillen.) 
 
 l.'i. Shell of the fresh-water mussel, us«'d as scrapers. 
 Victoria. 
 
 14. Shell used as a scraper or knife. \aiivc name, 
 Kaukeri. Xorthcrn (Queensland. 
 
 l.'>. Shell scraper. Port L ncoln. South Australia. 
 
 16. Cutting instrument consisting of a snmll flint flake 
 set in the side of a handle uuule of porcupine-grass n-sin. 
 Native luime, Erung. Kuraniinea tribe, Xorth-West Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 17. Portion of the shoulder blade, probably of a large 
 kangaroo. The fractured niargin has Inn-u scraped down to a 
 .sharp cutting cilge. The instrumi-nf is used for cutting yniufl. 
 The latter are first cooked on hot stones in water, after ulii<h 
 they arc out up and .soaked again before being eaten, llopcr 
 River, Xortheni Territory. (Presented by Profes.sor 
 
 FOODS. DECORATING MATERIALS. NARCOTICS. 
 FIXATIVES, Etc. (Case 21.) 
 
 (FOODS.) 
 
 1 impossible to exhibit, except in a very inouffirieut 
 
 w.iy. •ipecimens of native fo..' ' - •* - •' ■ 
 
 thing that is edible is eaten. 
 
66 
 
 Aiuoiiiist the hiiiluT vci'tcliralc aiiiuiaLs jtractipally every 
 mammal, bird, reptile, froi;, and fish that has enough flesh 
 on it to make it worth eating serves as an article of food in 
 some part of the Continent or another. In most cases the 
 food is cooked either on an open fire, or in a closed oven, 
 made by digging a hole in the ground, heating stones, placing 
 the food covered with grass or leaves on the latter, and then 
 filling in the earth. Amongst invertebrate animals, shell-fish 
 of various forms, mussels, cockles, Arc, are eaten in numbers, 
 their dead shells lying in heaps beside the cooking places, 
 forming, on many parts of the sea-coast, shell mounds of 
 great extent. Various forms of insects, such as Bogong moths 
 (Agrotis suffusa) and larvae of moths, beetles, and ants are 
 much relished, and, where obtainable, the honeycomb of wild 
 bees is a favourite diet. Amongst plants tlie seeds of many 
 species of grass and water lilies, and the sporocarps of 
 MarsUea quadrifolia, commonly called jSTardoo, are gathered 
 by the women in great quantities, and ground up to form 
 cakes. In parts where they grow, various forms of yams 
 form a staple vegetable diet, as also do the stalks and roots 
 of water lilies. 
 
 1. Bean of Acacia {sp.) ; used as food. Dieri tribe, 
 Cooper's Creek, Central Australia. 
 
 2. Fruit of the Bunya Bunya (Araiicaria BkhviUil) ; used 
 as food. Queensland. 
 
 3. Manna, made by the lerp insect living on species of 
 Eucalyptus, and used as food. Queensland. 
 
 4. Native rice {Oryza sativa), " Kineyah."' Gulf District, 
 North Queensland. (Presented by Mr, H. Hopkins.) 
 
 5. Pieces of " damper " or cake made from native rice 
 {Oryza sativa). Xorth Queensland. (Presented by Mr. H. 
 Hopkins.) 
 
 5a. Nardu (variously spelt Nardoo, Ardoo, Gnadu, or 
 Gnadunnea) is the name given originally by the Yantru- 
 wunta tribe, near Lake Eyre, to the plant MarsUea quadri- 
 folia, popularly known as the clover fern. The sporocarps 
 (commonly called seeds) are very numerous, and lie close to 
 the roots. They are first of all cleaned, then pounded on 
 stone, and the resultant " flour " is mixed Avitli water and 
 made into cakes. It was on this Xardu that King, the sur- 
 viving member of the Burke and Wills Expedition, subsisted 
 mainly until in October, 1861, he was rescued by A. "W. 
 Howitt on the banks of Cooper's Creek. During the wet 
 season, the Nardu grows in abundance in shallow ]>ools, its 
 clover-like leaves flecking the surface of the water. The hard 
 
sporooarps ripen after the water dries up, nnd jM-rsiHt for a 
 long time. From tlie Old Peake Station, near Lake Eyre. 
 (Presentetl by Professor Spenrer.) 
 
 r»n. SiMHJs or Sporoearps of Xardn. Thesr are some of the 
 aetual specimens eolleetetl by Bnrke, Wills, and King at 
 Cooper's Creek. Tlu'v were found by l>r. A. \V. Ilowitt, at 
 their eamp, in 1S61. (Presented by Miss K. H. liowill.) 
 
 6. Xardn. the spore oases of Marsilca qmulri folia: these 
 are pounded and made into a eake. Dieri tribe, Cooj)er*8 
 Creek. Central Austral'a. 
 
 7. Irriaknra, the bulb of Cifpcru.t rntumlus; used as a food. 
 Arunta and other tribes, Central Australia. 
 
 S. Cake nuide out of seeds of the water lily. I'mbaia 
 tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 9. Inpwiti'hika or Munyeru, the s<<d of Clai/lonia 
 halotmetusis ground up on stone and made into a paste and 
 then cooked; used as food. Artmta and other tribes, Central 
 Australia. 
 
 10, 11. Tjainda. a srrass t^eed. and eake made of the same. 
 The .seed is ground up, mi.\«'d with wat<'r, aiid us<>d for mak- 
 ing cakes. Harrow Creek, Central Australia. 
 
 12. Itata, a gra.ss seed ground up and used for making 
 cakes. Harrow Creek, Central Australia. 
 
 13. Cake made from gra.-^ »iH^d in bark receptacle. 
 Harrow Creek, Central Australia. 
 
 14. Krlipinna, gra.ss seed used for nuiking cakes. Barrow 
 Creek, Central Australia. (7-14 pre.'H'nted by Pn»fes.sor 
 Spencer and ^fr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 If). Clay, called " Kai-e." baked in ashes and eaten by the 
 natives of the L«iwer Herbert Ilivrr. \..rrli (,>U'^ :i«1:iii.l. 
 (Presented by Mr. J. CJaggin.) 
 
 16. Tiritipana, a grass seed, groiuici uji mum i i sir ;ii;ik- 
 
 ing cak«'S. t'raltunna tribe. 
 
 17. Madlakadui-kati. •»(><m1 of a plant ground up and u.He<i 
 for makincr cakes. Crabunna tri1)e. 
 
 15. Kndnang' rta-k.iti. •^•<-<| of a plant grotind up and )i-< I 
 for making cakes, rrabunna tril)e. 
 
 19. Kurangulla, a grass seed, ground up and use<i for nuik- 
 ing cakes, rrabuniui tribe. 
 
 20. Katnungara, seed of Claiflonia halonn^nsin, ground up 
 nnd use(l for making caki-s. rrabunna tribe. 
 
 21. 22. Two cakes or " damiH'rs " ma<le from i)ounded-up 
 lily se<'ds; after l)eing baked they are carried about in 
 roughly nuide ** paper-bark " baskets. .Mligator River, 
 Northern Territory. 
 
68 
 
 23. Mnpingalu, poundocl-up Avliite-aiit hill; caton as a onro 
 for colds by the natives of the Kakadu tribe. East Allipitor 
 River, Xortlieni Territory. (16-23 presented hy Profesi^or 
 Spencer.) 
 
 (DECOR AT IXd MATERIALS.) 
 
 24. Powdered red ochre, a haematite, used for decorating 
 the body during the ])erforniance of ceremonies. Daly River, 
 Northern Territory. 
 
 25. Shell (Milo diadcma) and yellow ochre used -whilst 
 decorating the bodies of performers. Melville Island. (Pre- 
 sented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 26. Mass of Avhite friable stone, which is ground up and 
 used for .decorating the bodies of men performing cere- 
 monies. Kakadu tribe, Xorthern Territory. (Presented by 
 Professor Spencer.) 
 
 27. A mass of charcoal mixed with grease, used for de- 
 corating the body during the performance of ceremonies. 
 Central Australia. 
 
 28. Kaolin, used by the aboriginals to jiaint their bodies, 
 ornaments, implements, kc. Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 29. Wilgi, a pipeclay used by the aboriginals of the 
 Whajuk and Ballardong tribes, Western Australia, for 
 decorating their bodies when mixed Avith grease. 
 
 30. Kaolin, used for decorating hy the aboriginals of the 
 Victoria and Ord Rivers, East Kiniberley, Western Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 31. Red ochre, used by the aboriginals of the Xgurla tribe, 
 Western Australia, for decorating their bodies. 
 
 32. Red ochre, taken from a special red ochre pit situated 
 near the River Jay in the Macdonnell Ranges, Central Aus- 
 tralia. The pit belongs to a local group of the Arunta tribe, 
 and has been worked for generations past. It is ground up 
 and used extensively for decorating their bodies and imple- 
 ments. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 33. Red ochre (hsematite). A lump like this is usually 
 carried about by a man when ceremonies are in progress. 
 It is ground up and used for decorations. Arunta tribe, 
 Central Australia. (Presented hy Professor Spencer and 
 Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 34. Red ochre, Avrappod in bark and human hair string. 
 From between the Ord and Xigri Rivi-rs, Xorth-West Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 35. Wad (?), a manganese ore, obtained near Ilenbury in 
 the Macdonnell Ranges, Central Australia, and used for 
 decorating the body. When ground up it has a dark pearl- 
 grey tint. Arunta tribe. 
 
36. A !■ -' oxwlr. ^;Ma;.a up an<i nii\i-.l '.vr 
 usinl for ; X il»«' Ih>«1v. WarraimiuuM tribi-, 
 
 Cmk. (Antral Australia. (Pn'sH'iitttl by I'rofpiwor Sjicucur 
 anil Mr. F. J. liilK-n.) 
 
 37. Bird's down, niixiil with piiMu-lay. in a bark wrappt-r. 
 Botweon the Ord and Xijiri Kivi-r«, North-West Australia. 
 
 3S. Six brushes nuule from twigs with their ends fraycvl 
 out; us'd for decorating tlie body or ceremonial object during 
 tlie performance of ceremonies. Native name, Jajin. 
 Kakadu tribe, Nortliern Territory. (Presented by Professor 
 SpcnciT.) 
 
 39. Cane sticks with the ends frayed out so as to serve as 
 brushes for decorating the bodi<'s of men performing cere- 
 monies. Nativf name. Tjeinjal. Northern Queen.sland. 
 
 (NARcorirs.) 
 
 ■10. I'lturi, the leaves of Jhthnisia Ilopiroodii : chewed and 
 ust»d as a narcotic, and also placed in wator holes to stupefy 
 (inus. Queensland. 
 
 41. IJas of Pituri. the haves of Duhnissia llopwoodii: 
 carried in this way it is traded over long distances in Central 
 Australia. Arunla tribe. C.-ntral Australia. 
 
 (FIXATIVH.S.) 
 
 42. Resin obtained from the porcupine grass (Triodia.sp.) ; 
 us<'d for haftiiig knives, spears, Arc. Arunta tribe. C.ntrnl 
 Australia. Thi» resin is in the form of a sticky colourless 
 s<"cretion on the surface of the gra.ss stalks, niore especially 
 at the nodes. The aboriginals cut the grass up info short 
 lengths when it is perfectly dry. They then burn it on a 
 piece of bark, blowing away the burnt remnants of the grass. 
 
 43. A lump of berswax use<l for hafting stone knives and 
 spears and in the making of ornament.s, A:c. Kakadu and 
 other tribes. Northern Territory. (Presented by Profe<.s4»r 
 Spencer.) 
 
 44. A ma.HS of resin ca\hd Pidgerong, derived from a 
 grass tree ( Xanfhitrrhaa sp.) Western Australia. 
 
 45. Portion of root of an Ironwood tre«' { Hriflhrophla'um 
 iMbinirherii), from which the alM»riginaN sin-ure a resin. The 
 outer .surface is scraped ofT, and uinlerneath this is a thin 
 layer of a dark resinous nuiterial which is chip|M><l ofT and then 
 moulded by h> at into a mass. Kakadu name is Ka|>ei; 
 on Melville Island it is calle<l Netima. (Prtsented by Pro- 
 fessor Spencer.) 
 
 46. A small mass of n*sin made as above do«cribed (45), 
 and carrieil about for ready use. Melville Island. (Pre- 
 bented by I'rofessor S|K'nccr.) 
 
70 
 
 MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. (Case 22.) 
 
 1-."). " Droiic-tubes," commonly called '' 'J'rumjx'ts," made 
 out of the naturally hollowed-out branch of a tree. One end 
 has a riug of resin, and through this the performer sings, the 
 sound of the voice being intensified. 1, 2. Arunta tribe, 
 Central Australia. (Fig. 145.) 3, 4. Macarthur River, 
 Northern Territory. 5. Powell Creek, Northern Territory. 
 
 6. " Drone-tube," made out of bamboo. Anula tribe, Mac- 
 arthur River, ]S'orthern Territory. (Presented by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 7-10. "Drone-tubes" from the Kakadu tribe. East Alliga- 
 tor River, N"ortheriL Territory. (Presented by Professor 
 Spencer.) 
 
 11, 12. Musical instruments, used by certain of the tribes 
 in Central Australia. One part, which has projecting points, 
 is held in the left hand while it is struck by the other. This 
 instrument is used during corroborees to mark time. Arunta 
 tribe, Central Australia. Native name, Trora. Presented 
 by Professor Spencer.) (Figs. 146, 148.) 
 
 13. Two sticks which are supjDOsed to represent small 
 frogs, and are used during the performance of a ceremony 
 connected with the frog totem by the members of the Arunta 
 tribe. Central Australia. These specimens are two out of 
 about thirty which were made on one occasion. They were 
 hidden during the daytime in a mound of earth on the ground 
 where the sacred ceremonies were performed. At night-time 
 they were taken out, and then, accompanied by the con- 
 tinuous clunk, clunk of the sticks, the men for two or three 
 bours chanted refrains, the burden of which was some such 
 simple phrase as " The frogs of Imanda are good " or " The 
 frogs came out of the trees." (Fig. 147.) (Presented by 
 Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 14. Two sticks, probably used for keeping time during the 
 singing or corroborees. Victoria. 
 
 15. A remarkable " Drone-tube " of great size, made from a 
 naturally hollowed-out branch of a tree. It can be liear.d at 
 a long distance. The instrument is to be regarded as the 
 property of the camp. Bloomfield River, Queensland. 
 (Presented by Mr. Dudley Le Souef.) 
 
 LETTER OR MESSAGE STICKS. (Case 23.) 
 Mr. AValter E. Roth, in his EthnographicaJ Studies among 
 the North-Wesf-Central Queensland Aborigines, says that 
 the letter or message stick is " usually a piece of Avoad, 
 gidyea, ti-tree, or any other convenient, coloured perhaps 
 black, red, or yellow, from 2 to 4 or more inches in length, 
 
71 
 
 cut to various shaiM-s. from Hat to rouml. ami inoiHttl with 
 various marks or patterns; oivasionally. if tin- wmU'r is in 
 n hurry or too hizy to inanufacturo ont\ it may consist of 
 some iHH'uliarly marked twig in the rough, a phiin piec- of 
 wootl cut to sha|»««. a snuill hundle of rags tieil rouini an«l 
 rouml with hair siring twine. (»r cotton. Arc. It means nothing 
 more than a sort of hraiul or mark iM-lunging to an in<livi«lual 
 who. so K»ng as he is abh- to recognise it again, or oth rs for 
 him. can vary it at will in shape, size, or design; in other 
 words, two which happen to be totally uidikc may be accom- 
 paniments of the identical message. More than anything 
 else, the stick acts as a sort of guarantee of good faith, to 
 show tliat there is " no gamn»on,'' and nuiy at times act as a 
 safeiruar I or passport over otherwise hostih* country. There 
 is notliing on it in tiie form of a communication which can 
 actually be read, the substitute or mess;Miger invariably 
 carrying the message- by word of ujouth. The messenger is 
 in ail cases an adult man, never a woman, and a person, such 
 as a brother, A:c., whom it is known can be trusted. With 
 regard to the particular shapes and designs of these message 
 slicks, there are traces of .similarity even over large areas 
 of country. In the Houlia district they ar • riatteneil, gene- 
 rally thiiiner at the edges than elsewhere, roundeJ or more 
 or less pointecl at the extremities, and incised only with 
 straight lines. Thesi- straight lines are i-ither parallel with, 
 at an angle, or across each other, and repnseiit quite arbi- 
 trarily anything which the manufacturer chooses, from a 
 mountain or a river to a station homestead. Sometimes 
 the comparatively large size of the head station or chief 
 encampment has been attempted in an extra number of lines 
 or cross-lines. The back of the m ssage stick bears the 
 same or similar design as the front, or el.sf is covered with 
 'flash' marks to nuike it look 'pretty fellow'; the.^e 
 marks have no other meaning whatsoever, alleged or im- 
 pliul." 
 
 1. Me.'isage slick. Wonunda-minung tribe, Esperance 
 Hay. Recherche Arch, Western .\ustraUa. 
 
 2. Message slick. Oriba-kulba tribe, llughend n. North 
 Queensland. 
 
 3. Message stick. Whajuk and liallardong tribes. York 
 district, W«-siern Australia. 
 
 4. 5. Me«»sagp sticks. Sharks* Hay. We-tt-m Australia. 
 
 6. Mes.sage stick. Queensland. 
 
 7. Mes.sage stick o--- , kulba tri''- H-i..' h-u \,.rtl. 
 
 Queensland. 
 
 2.Hrt2. 7 
 
72 
 
 8, 9. Message stirk. Kaw tribe, Xorihamproii, AVesterii 
 Australia. 
 
 10-23. Sticks called Kuiidle, said to be us, d in raiii-iiiakiug 
 ceremonies. Wonunda-niinnn^- tribe, Kspcrance l>ay, West- 
 ern Australia. 
 
 CANOES. (24, 25, 26, 27, 28.) 
 
 There are five main types of eauoos made by Australian 
 aboriginals, of which, three are indigenotis and two are de- 
 rived from outside sources. 
 
 The simplest (24) consists of a sheet of bark stripped from 
 a gum tree. The two euds are pointed, and while fresh and 
 more or less pliable the bark is manipulated so as to form a 
 very crude boat, which Avill float on the water and hold one 
 or two natives. In some cases, perhaps in most, advantage 
 is taken of a natural bend in the trunk of a tree so as to 
 secure the requisite concavity with upturned ends. Boats 
 such as these were used for crossing rivers and for fishing, 
 and were usually propelled by punting with a long stick. 
 
 In southern Victoria a second type is met with (25). A 
 sheet of bark of the desired length, usually 10 to 12 or even 
 15 feet long, is stripped from a gum tree. The rough outer 
 bark is removed, and it is held over a fire until the moisture 
 in it has been heated and the whole sheet rendered pliable. 
 It is then turned inside out, the sides are doubled up and 
 secured in jDosition by cords passing across from one margin 
 to the other so that a trough is formed, which is at first 
 open at both ends. The tAvo ends are then squeezed to- 
 gether in folds like those of a fan, which are tied round 
 securely with fibrous string. Where each rope passes across 
 from side to side a stick is placed to prevent the sides from 
 falling in, and at the same time pliant branches are fastened 
 imder the tie-rods, Avhich act as ribs and serve to maintain 
 the shape. 
 
 A third and higher type is met with on the northern coasts 
 and in the Gulf of Carpentaria (26). This is made of 
 bark obtained from one or two species of Eucalyptus, from 
 which during the wet season it is easily peeled off. In 
 some cases, if a suitable one can be obtained, only a single 
 sheet of bark will be used ; but this is not usual. In this 
 particular specimen there are seven pieces. One extends 
 from bow to stern along one side. Two are sewn together 
 to form the other side, and the two sides of the boat thus 
 formed are sewn together along the bow, stern, and keel 
 lines. At each end and on each side a small strip is 
 added to form the bow and stern. Along the bulwarks a 
 
73 
 
 ihin l»raiu-li of iuan|;rovi' wood is tii-d to thi* liurk to prt'voiit 
 the si(lt»j« from i-ollupiiiug out wards. In most cases eitlwr end 
 servfs as bow or sti-rn, but in soiuf out' (muI nuiy be nio<li- 
 fictl in form. 
 
 Till' fourth tyju' (27) is only mot with on thi- northi-rn coast 
 line, from (Marcmv Strait on the X.W. to llim-liinbrook 
 Passage on the X.E. It is an »»utri^,i;»'r boat, and, in the 
 north, was apparently introdueisl by thi> Mahiys. On tlie 
 Queensland coast it has Ikhmi adopted by th" natives through 
 intercourse with the Papuans of Torres Strait Islands. 
 
 The fiftii type is also an introduce<l one (28), and, like the 
 fourth, has Iktu derived from the Malays. It is met with 
 on the northern coast line, aiuj is commonly called a " dug- 
 out." In making the l)ont a .-suitable tree is cut down, and 
 the trunk carried to the water's edge, where it is fashioned, 
 now-a-days, with an iron tomahawk. This specimen is 
 slightly under 20 feel in length. The height at the bow 
 end is 2 feet, in the c<Mitre 1,5 inches, and at the stern 21 
 inches. It^ central width is 2 ft. 6 in. There is no keel, the 
 bottom being quite round. The paddles are simple flat 
 blades. This specimen was made on ^felville Island. 
 
 24. ilurray Kiver, Victoria. 
 
 25. Lake Tyers, Victoria. 
 
 20. Macartliur River, Xnrtheni Trrritoiy. i Presented 
 by Professor Spencer and Mr. V. .1. (iilleii.) 
 27. Ilinchinbrook Island. 
 
 2S. M-lvill.. M;in.|. . r,v<.-Mt...l l.v I'l-.f.-.,,,- Sj... r,'^ 
 
 WALLETS. (Case 29.) 
 
 Two wallets, such a- ;ii<- l'rii|ii.ii!ly used by a native for 
 the purpos<> of carrying odd bits of string, decorative objects, 
 Arc, and, not infrequently, a sacred stick or stone, which is 
 thus kept hidden from the women and uninitiated. For the 
 purpo.se of making an outi-r covering, the .skin of an animal 
 is sometimes usnl. or, more freipiently, as in both of these 
 specimens, thin strips of bark, usually of a tea-tre<', are 
 uiili7.4'd. The larger of the two contains (1) heail-bands, 
 (2) knouts, ustvi for frightening women, who are taught to 
 believe that they are endowed with evil magic, and that a 
 blow from them will produce serious results, (3) feathers for 
 decorative purposes, (4) a ball of string made from bandicoot 
 fur, (5) ornaments made out of resin and kangaroo teeth, 
 (6) shell ornament, (7) a lui-k-band, (S) a no.s<'bone, (9) 
 the wooden handle of a stone knife, aivd (10) a bone gouge. 
 The smaller oni> contains (1) feather ornaments, and (2) a 
 small sacred stick or Churinga. Both of them belonged to 
 
71 
 
 men of the Aruiita tribe, Central Australia. 'J'h- plentiful 
 amount of red oclire and grease which is smeared over the 
 different articles is very characteristic of this j^art of the 
 continent. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (Presented 
 by l'rofe,;snr Spencer and ^Iv. F. J. (Jillen.) 
 
 STONE IMPLEMENTS. (Cases 30-54.) 
 
 A series illustrating A'arious forms of stone implements 
 used by Australian aboriginals. The majority of the speci- 
 mens are from South-Eastern and Central Australia, but 
 there is apparently no essential difference in type throughout 
 Australia. The nature of the implement, whether it be 
 ground, chipped, or flaked, depends primarily on the nature 
 of the stone available in any particular district. There is 
 no such thing in Australia as distinct stages of culture or 
 time jieriods corresponding to the terms eolithic, palaeolithic, 
 and neolithic. In one and the same camp and district im- 
 plements are found Avhich, if discovered in the prehistoric 
 remains of Europe, would be assigned to one or other of 
 these periods. This is really the most striking feature of 
 the stone age in Australia, and it is essential to remember 
 that these various types of implements are all in use, often 
 side by side, at the present day. The various implements 
 may he conveniently divided into tAvo main grouj^s, and these 
 into various sub-groups, as follows": — 
 A. Cutting Implements. 
 
 (a) Cutting edge produced by flaking or chipping. 
 
 (1) Axes. The simpler ones amongst these are 
 merely pebbles chipped on one side only, and never 
 hafted. (Case 44.) In others both sides are 
 chipped, resembling the houcher or coup de poing 
 of Europe and Africa. A curiouis form is seen in 
 the flaked, pick-like axe (Case 31) from Central 
 Australia. 
 
 (2) Knives. These vary very much in size and 
 form; some are simply minute flakes with a sharp 
 cutting edge; others (Cases 32, 33, 34, 35) may be 
 of considerable size, and hafted with resin or Avith 
 resin and wood. Occatsionally, after the original 
 flake has been struck off the core, one or more of 
 the cutting edges are secondarily chipped (44, 46, 
 Case 32). A characteristic, but rare form (17-29, 
 
 The classification follows closely that proposed by Messrs. Kenyon and Stirling 
 {Pr^r. R.S. Vicl-ir,a, Pt. 2, rj. .riii.) and dealt with by Messrs. Kenyon and Mahony 
 in the guide to the classified collsction arransied by them in the Museum for the 
 meeting of the British Association in 1914. The Museum is especially indebted to 
 Mr. A. S. Kenyon for invalualilo assistance, not only in the arrangement, but also 
 in the securing of material. Many thousands of si^ccim-ns collected and presented 
 by Mr. Kenyon are in the reserve collection. 
 
PL\TF. 15. 
 
 STONE IMPLfcMtNl: 
 
75 
 
 Ca^o 32) is found amongst tin- AVarranninpa and 
 KaitUh tribi's in (Vntral Australia. Tli.sr havo n 
 luruliar roun.lrd end. with the margin marki-d com- 
 pUi.lv with sri-ondary i-hippings. They arc twwl 
 oxrhisivilv hv wonuMi. A spi-cial form of knife, or 
 more eorreetlv, saw, is nwuh- hy inM'rtmj? in resin 
 on a stiek a 'series of small Hakes, one hehuid the 
 other. (4, :., «, Case 20.) . 
 
 (3) Adzes or gouges. Thwe (Case 30) consist ot 
 flakes ins<'rted in resin at one or both ends of a .stick, 
 which mav be either straight or curved or, m certain 
 Central Australian tribes such as the Arunta, they 
 mav be inserted also in tlu' lump of resm that forms 
 the handh' end of a .^pear thrower. The flake may 
 be diminutive in size with a shan. point (13) or 
 very broa«l, and often has the bulb of p.Tcussion 
 on one side and the other worked with s.-condary 
 chippings. It is by means of this implement that 
 the grooved markings so characteristic of many Aus- 
 tralian wooden weapons are ])roduced. 
 
 (4) Scrapeiv. This is a rather vague term ap- 
 plied to a large .series of implements, the charac- 
 teristic feature of which is that one side of the 
 stone has a simide plane surface; the other is 
 marked with Haking and chipping. They thus ap- 
 proximate in certain rcsiH'cts to many of the im- 
 plenuMits calh'd knives, and were doubth^s iised 
 both for cutting and .scraping, as occasion required. 
 Some of them have a decidedly concave working 
 edge .suitable for nmnding off a spear shaft. 
 
 (r.) Spear heads. (Cases 32 and 36.) There are 
 two varieties of the.s( — (a) flaked or flaked and 
 chipped, and (/') flake.l and .«*errated. The former 
 are fundamentally similar to the flaked knives and 
 the r^ame stone may be u.>*eil either as a knife or 
 as a spear head. The latter an* the most highly 
 worked stone impleuH-nts mad«' by the Australian 
 aboriginal, an.l are only manufactured in the north- 
 western part of the continent, where suitable 
 material, smdi as opalescent (piartzite, is obtainable. 
 During 'rec<'iit years the native has utilize<l glas.«« 
 bottl<*» an.l porcelain telegraph insulators f..r the 
 ].iirpo.so. (Ca.so 32.) 
 (/<) Cutting edge produced bv griiuling and pol;,shiiip. 
 (1) Axes. (Cases 41. 42. 43. 14. 45. 4fi. 47.) 
 There is immense variation in the form of the.-w". So 
 far as their manufacture is concerned they may W 
 
Hi 
 
 (li\i(lfil into I wo iii;iiii scries: (d) those made from 
 suital»]_v sliajx'd pebbles, the edge of which is ground 
 and i)olished (('ases 48, 44), and (h) those jiiacle 
 from blocks of stone cut from solid masses. In the 
 manufacture of these the block is first of all roughly 
 trimmed by flaking to the desired shape and size 
 (Case 39, 1, 2) ; then it is hammered until the mam 
 inequalities of the surface are to a greatei' or less 
 extent removed, and finally it is ground on a flat 
 grinding stone with the aid of water and sand to 
 produce the polished surface. The area over which 
 the polishing extends varies much, but never, in 
 true Australian iniplementis, covers the whole sur- 
 face. In regard to form there are also two main 
 kinds: (a) grooved, and (h) ungrooved. In the 
 case of the former (Case 43) there may be one or 
 two grooves. The hafting of the axe was done hy 
 means of a bent withy of wood, the two halves heing 
 tied together by string or split cane; while the 
 head is enclosed in wax or resin. In many cases, 
 however, the implement wa^s never hafted, and 
 finger grips are present. Most of these axes are 
 made from diabase or diorite, and in Victoria there 
 were two principal quarries, one at Mt. William, 
 between Lancefield and Ivilmore, and another on the 
 Hopkins River, near Chatsworth, where the 
 material for these axes Avas obtained. At these 
 quarries the ground is strewn with " blanks," that 
 is, unfinished or rejected specimens. 
 
 (2) Wedges. It is difficult to draw a hard and 
 faist line between axes and wedges. The latter occur 
 all over Eastern Victoria, and may be grooved or 
 uiigroovefl. In some cases they are made of 
 vesicular basalt, and may be of little service for 
 cutting. They appear to have been used for sjilitting 
 wood, and in the better examples show a high grade 
 of workmanship. 
 
 B. Grindixg and ToixDixd Implements. (Ji'indMig imple- 
 ments may be divided into kerns or mills and whet- 
 stones. 
 
 (1) Kerns or mills. There are three main tvpes 
 of these: (a) those that are roughly elliptical in 
 shape, Avitli one or more o\-a] hollow grinding sur- 
 faces. (Case .")4.) These are characteristic of 
 many parts of the interior of Australia, and are 
 made of close-grained sandstone. They are used 
 principally for grinding grass seeds, though they 
 
may also be used for grinding uwn. In addition to 
 the large lower stone, there is always a Jii." 
 shaped upper stone. (/>) Those that are r.. 
 oireular in outline, though tlu-y may in > 
 be only roughly shaped blocks. Kaeh 
 one to fix or six spher'eal hollows, souie ol whicii 
 (2) may be present in both sides. On the obverse 
 side of the uiill there is fre<|uently present an in- 
 dentation usually reganled ai< a husking liole. (c) 
 Those that havr a Hat surfaee. (Case 4!», Xos. ^4. 
 44.) These an- often used for grinding down pig- 
 
 UH'Ut. 
 
 In .sonu' eases these grinding hollows are i>resont 
 on the surfaee of an axe. (Case 4:J, Xo. 10.) 
 
 (2) Whetstonct? (Cases 53 and 54) used as hone.** 
 for tlie grinding of axes, more es|H'eially so far as 
 the final i>roiluft'on of the eutting edge is eon- 
 cerned. 
 
 (3) Pounding implements and husking stones. 
 The former vary mueh in form, being .sometimes 
 irregular in shajH' (Case "»(). Xo. 23), but <»ft«'n 
 (Xos. 14, 22, \'e.) symmetrical, with a definite 
 pounding surface that may extend all round the 
 stone. It is quite evident that in some the stone 
 has been used for ])ounding relatively soft sub- 
 stanees, sueh as fibre, whilst in others the worn 
 surfaee shoWf; traces of fraetun-. The husking 
 stones or anvils (Ca.se 52, Xos. 2, 11, 12) arc 
 marked by one or more relatively small deprr-- 
 which may be more or less smooth, but always ~ 
 tracfvj of hammering. They are used for the smash- 
 inir of b.-ii'i) -i-i-cl-;. Iiniifi, »V<'. 
 
 STONE CHISELS OR ADZES. (Case 30.) 
 
 Tln-ri' arc two di>tinff types of these instruments, which 
 are found more es|M>cially amongst the tribes of the inter or 
 and west. In one of theni the handle is straight or perhnjis 
 t<lightly curved, and a cutting stone is pres<«nt at one end 
 only; in the other the handle has a «lecided curve, and there 
 is a cutting stone at each end. The stone is of various forms, 
 the most idiaracterist'c being that of a flake or chi|> of a 
 dense quartxite, one surfac** of which has a single convex 
 face, while the other is ehipped and concave. It in by means 
 of this, and also of the similar stone inserted into the end of 
 the spear thrower, that the eharacteristic grooves which are 
 9o often .se<'n on Wf»oden implements are nroduci-d. The 
 Stone is attached to the handle hy resin ootained from a 
 
78 
 
 grass tree in the caso of the AVestcrii Ansti-aliaii spociincne, 
 or from the porcupine grass (Trioda sp.) in the ease of the 
 Central Australian ones. There is usually part of the surface 
 of the handle close to the ^tone roughened so that it can be 
 firmly grasped by the hand of the operator. 
 
 1-3. Specimens from Western Australia, called Dowak or 
 Dabba ; the stone has a broad cutting surface. The handle 
 of Xo. 1 is grooved ; that of Xo. 2 is smooth ; and that 
 of Xo. 3 is grooved, except for a well-defiiied area close to 
 the stone. (Fig. 155.) 
 
 4. Specimen from Central Australia, called Ankura or 
 Chalunka, with a grooved handle, and stone with a broad 
 cutting edge. Arunta tribe. 
 
 5. Specimen from Western Australia, called Dowak, with 
 a pointed piece of quartzite. The handle is marked Nvith 
 broad, irregular grooves. 
 
 6. Specimen from Western Australia, with a short, straight 
 cutting edge; the handle is irregularly grooved. Xgurla 
 tribe, Roeburn. The handles of all the above siDecimens are 
 made of some dark wood, such as that of an acacia. 
 
 7. 8. Two specimens from the interior of Xew South 
 Wales. The stone has a broad cutting face, and the handle is 
 of much rougher workmanship than in the case of those of 
 the Western and Central Australian natives, and is made out 
 of some light-coloured wood, such as a Eucalyptus. 
 
 9. Specimen from Central Australia, with a curved handle, 
 and a cutting stone inserted in a mass of resin at each ena. 
 Xative name, Ankura or Chalunka. (Presented by Mr. F. 
 J. Gillen.) (Fig. 156.) 
 
 10-22. Central Australia. (10, 13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 20 pre- 
 sented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 23-26. Spear throwers with stones set in the handle to also 
 serve as adzes. 22. Ashburton Kiver, Xorth-west Australia. 
 23-25. Central Australia. 
 
 FLAKED STONE AXES OR PICKS. (Case 31.) 
 
 This series illustrates the structure of flaked stone axes, 
 which, like the flaked stone knives, are found amongst the 
 more northern tribes. Each axe-head consists of a flake of 
 quartzite, which is usually of a ridged form; that is, each 
 flake is characteristically triangular in section. The back of 
 the blade has a single ilat surface. In most cases the front 
 is formed of two surfaces inclined at an angle to each other 
 and to the back, though in some specimens there may be 
 more than two faces. There is often a fourth surface nekr to 
 the attached end, and when this is present it lies parallel 
 to the back surface. As in the case of the flaked knives, this 
 
79 
 
 may l»o absent, «>r piTliaps hidden from view by the rosinoiM 
 maiw into whit-li the tlake is fixed. The two halves of th« 
 withy are fastentd lop-tlier !>y l»fHid« of «»fri!i{r. wliirli are 
 sonietinies enclosed in n'sin. 
 
 t-8. Speeiniens from the v...;. ....;: . lu-h as are 
 
 made by the Warramunpa. Worg:ain, Artinta, and other 
 tribes, and are traded over wide areas in the interior of the 
 rontinent. In all of thes«' the withy is l»ent double, and each 
 is provided with a slu-ath made of bark ti«'d round with fur 
 string. Tile two halves of the handle are tied round with 
 liunian hair or vej;etaide-fihre striiij;, and are covered with 
 nil Mchre. (2, 4, .'> presented bv l*r«.f««-;or S|Miifrr aii! ^^r. 
 1-. .1. (;illen.) (Figs. 166. 167.) 
 
 0-1. ». Specimens from the Arunra triiM-, m uiii.ii i!i> li ik<' 
 ifj inserted into a split stick. (10, 11 presented by I'rofcssor 
 SpencfT and Mr. F. .1. Gilb-n.) 
 
 16. Specimen from (Queensland, in which the withy is Wnt 
 double, and the front of the blade has four distinct face*. 
 The end of the flake, unlike that of the other njK'cimens, 
 projects beyond the mass of resin. The two halves of the 
 handle are tied round with a neatly ])laited circle of thin 
 strips of cane. 
 
 CHIPPED AND FLAKED STONE IMPLEMENTS. 
 (Case 32.) 
 
 This eirrics illustrati's tin- usf nt stone, usually <piart/.ite, 
 which is acjapted for chijipiii/; and Hakinp, but not for jrrind- 
 ing. In all cases the stones are attached by resin to spears, 
 or else are fi.\e«l in a ma!«s of the same, which <»erves as a 
 handle, though, as in the roughly chipped pieces of quart/.ite 
 ust'd l»y tlu' women in the Kaitish tribe, the handle may be 
 only roughly shaped. In the case of the latter implements 
 the flaking and chipping is of the rudest kind, but in the 
 larger knives, such as .30a. 42. &c., the workman<<hip is ex- 
 celli'iit. .\s a g«'neral rule the flake is ridged, with a single 
 broad back surface, an<l two front surfaces inclined at an 
 angle to each fither. .\ fourth may be pres«'nt on the front, 
 parallel to the back surface of the bla<ie. down which it 
 ext«Mi<!s for a short«'r or longer distance (IIOa). A somewhat 
 unusual form is .sivn in '.i'2, wln-re, instead of a terminal 
 point, there is an obliquely placed cutting e<lge. The most 
 highly developed forms are whmi in the chippe<l chalcinlonir 
 spear heaflr*. tbt- edges of which are beautifullv serrated (53, 
 5^). 
 
 1-7a. Flake«l spear heads, .some of them showing aeeondarv 
 chipping. They have be<»n detache<I from the sjiears, to 
 
80 
 
 ■\vliicli tliry arc, wlicii in use, attaclicd by resin. Xo. 7 made 
 of slate, I lie others of (juartzite. l^'roui noi'tlieni ti'ihes in 
 Central Australia. (Fig. 165.) 
 
 8. Sjx'ar head of (juai'tzite; an excejil ionally h)ni>- flake 
 with oidy three faces. Maearthur River, Northern Territory. 
 (Presented by Professor Sjjeneer and Mr. F. J. (iillen.) 
 
 9-12. Spear Leads, showing an nniisual amount of 
 seeondary cdiipping. Daly River, Xurtherii Territory. 
 
 13-16. F^oiir roughly flaked knives or spear heads. 
 Tjiiigilli tribe, Central Australia. (Presented by Professor 
 .Si)eneer and ]\Ir. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 17-29. Thirteen specimens illui-trating a sjjccial form of 
 knife nsed by women only in the Kaitisli and Warramunga 
 tribes. Central Australia. This forms a very distinct type. 
 One side of the blade is always formed by a single smooth 
 face (25). The other has typically a distinct ishoulder near 
 to the obtusely pointed end. From the top of the shoulder 
 down to the end and then back along each margin the blade 
 is covered with secondary chippings. The handle end is 
 normally hafted with resin. (Fig. 162.) 
 
 29x\.. An implement closely resembling in form the women's 
 knives from Central Australia. It shows the same smooth 
 single surface on one side, the other having the characteristic 
 shoulder and extensive seeondary chippings. It was ap- 
 parently unhafted, and its use is unknown. (From Camper- 
 down. Pretsented by Mr. S. F. Mann.) 
 
 30-42. A series of flaked quartzite knives from Central 
 Australia. Knives such as these are found widely scattered 
 amongst the tribes inhabiting the Avhole of the central and 
 northern part of Australia. The great extent of hard quart- 
 zite formation associated with the deposit known as the 
 " Desert Sandstone " over large parts of the interior of the 
 continent provides an abundant supply of material which is 
 well adapted for flaking. In each specimen the blade has a 
 handle made of resin derived from the porcupine grass 
 (Triodia), and this may be ornamented with red ochre and 
 various designs, or may be uncoloured. Sometimes (Xos. 
 38 and 40) a band of bird's down may be added as an orna- 
 ment. The knife blade, when carried about, is enclosed in a 
 sheath made of bark tied round Avith fur string and tipped 
 with a bunch of emu feathers. (Fig. 161.) All the speci- 
 mens come from the Arunta and Warramunga tribes, Central 
 Australia. (33, 39, 40 presented by Mr. C. French. 34, 35, 
 37, 41. 42 ]n-esented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. 
 Gillen.) 
 
 43-46. Spear^ heads with so large an amount of secondary 
 chipping that, in some cases where there is chipping on both 
 
81 
 
 siiU-; «>i ill.- St. .11,- (4'>), thry alino^i >,.:;:..-, .. .iansilioii from 
 tlu- or.linarv Haknl luul sliiihtly chippnl spi'iir Wudu to tho 
 tli'finiU'lv chipiKHl ami scrrat*-.! forum. Save in !»iz««, and in 
 llio .srcoiulary cliippiuK Ixinj: only sliglilly niarkrd on ihc 
 lowtT suit' of 4.'». tlnn* is a rlos«» rt'S<Mnl»lanr«' lu'luvi-n 45 and 
 4l>. From ihi* Daly Hivrr, Xortlu'rn IVrritory. 
 
 4T-(»S. A series of chipped and serrated knives and s|>ear 
 lu>a«l> niatlf of stone of varions qnalities. In -:• t)«^) 
 
 till- material used ics a rompaot sandstone or ; in 
 
 others (S2, Sti, S7 ) it is an o|)aline «piarty.ite; and in 
 (:»G, 57) it has ahnost the nature of jasper or chain ; 
 These speeimens represent tin* hijilu'St level in the nianufa*'- 
 ture of stone implements reaehe<l hy the Australian 
 ahorijiinal, and are only made in certain parts of Xorth-\vi«st 
 Australia. In worknuinsh:)) they an- equal to the hest pre- 
 historic stone implements of the Old World. In some eases 
 (.SI and JMM»N) the serrations may h<' very pronoun<-cd. 
 f84-l>S presented hy Mr. K. (J. Austin. 53 presented hy I'ri>- 
 fescsor SpciHcr. ) In ran- instances shell is used. (126 
 pres<«nted hy Miss A. Keariland.) 
 
 99-125. With the advent of the white man the ahoriginal 
 took advantage of glass hottles, porcelain jars, and telegraph 
 insulators. Xos. 99, 100, 12:J, 124, J25. Arc, represent his 
 finest work in these materials. (99-125 pret^ented hy ^Ir. 
 K. (i. Austin.) 
 
 lL'7. .**'pear head showing the method of hafting with ri'sin. 
 (i*re.sented hy Professor Spencer.) 
 
 12s. Small pare<d of pai>er-hark containing a numher of 
 sorrjited stone spear heacls in process of making. The 
 nmterial used in (puirtzite of variotis qualities, some <»f it 
 being of the opaline jiikI chalcedonic varieties. The In-ads 
 are in different stages of mantifacture, some of them roughly 
 shaped, others ready for the final stage of produ«'tion of the 
 sharp jMiint and side .serrations. The parcel was carrie«l 
 about by a native who worked on the stones when oppor- 
 tunity offere<l. Port (i<«onre IV.. Xorth-we.st Australia. 
 (Presented by Kev. K. II. Wils..n.) 
 
 129, 130. rina and Fibula of a Kangaroo. One end of 
 each has iKt-n broken and ground ."o as to have roughly the 
 form of a gouge. This implenwnt is called dumba, and is 
 used for making the fine s<'rrati«Mis on qtear heads by means 
 of priNstire applied steadily to the ••dge of the stone, which 
 has i>reviotisly be«n ••hip|Md and tlake<l .-jo as to have the 
 desired shape. Port (^urge IV., Xorth-woat Australia. 
 riV.-.t.r,.,! I.v K.v. K. n. WiNon.') 
 
82 
 
 FLAKED STONE KNIVES. (Case 33J 
 
 1. "Rcsiii linftcd. 'I'lic Made is made of a tlake of some 
 suitalik' stoiu', nsuallv a (dose-graiiicd (|uartzitP, sucli as is 
 associated with the " desert Sandritoiie " formation that 
 occupies a hirge area in the interior of Qneenshuid, Xew 
 South Wak's, and the Northern Territory. The flakes vary 
 very much in shape and size. The simplest has three long 
 facets tapering to a jjoint, but there is no such thing as any 
 regulation pattern, and any which are suitable for tlie ]inr- 
 pose are used. In some eases small secondary <'liips are 
 added, but this is not frequent. They are made by succes- 
 sive sharp blows applied to the rim of a small block of 
 quartzite or other suitable material by a small stone held in 
 the hand. The blows are repeated until a flake of the requi- 
 site form is split off, but for every one that is regarded as 
 suitable for use scores of unsuitable ones are detached, the 
 knife quarries heing strewn with these discarded " blanks." 
 The handle end is embedded in a mass of resin, and for the 
 protection of the blade a sheaf is made. Strips of the bark 
 of the "paper-bark" tea-tree (Melaleuca leucodendron) are 
 bent together so as closely to encase the blade. The bark is 
 wound round and round with fur string (usually opossum 
 fur), and then a coating of white material, mich as ground- 
 up gypsum, mixed with water, is used. By way of extra 
 ornament, the end is tipped with a little bunch of emu 
 feathers — only very rarely those of any other bird are used. 
 The feathers are always attached to a small pointed stick in 
 such a way that the quill-ends are free. Knives siich as these 
 are used all over Australia. 1-19. From the "Warramunga 
 tribe, Central Australia. (1-5 presented by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillon.) 
 
 FLAKED STONE KNIVES. (Case 34,) 
 
 2. Resin and wooden haftcd. This series illustrates the 
 structure of Avooden-hafted knives Avhich have been found 
 amongst the northern tribes in the interior of ^Vustralia. 
 Each blade consists of a flake of quartzite of a ridged form ; 
 that is, each flake is characteristically triangular in section. 
 The back of the blade, ais it may be called, has a single flat 
 surface, while the front is formed of two surfaces inclined at 
 lan angle to each other and to the back. There is often a 
 fourth surface near to the attached end, and this lies in the 
 plane of the wooden haft. This fourth surface varies mucli 
 in extent, and may sometimes be com])letely hidden from view 
 by the resinous mass into which the flake is fixed at one end, 
 while at the otlier the wooden haft is inserted. The resin is 
 
olifaiiiiil troni |t<ir<'U|iiii<> |;ra>> { 1 n^dnt ), ainl or 1 
 
 with a I'oatin^ oi nvl oiOirt', wliili* thr haft is coin i 
 
 liiii's aii<l tlol,s of rnl, whiti", l»lark, and vdlow, thr tl.»;^ 
 sonu'tiini'S ('oiitiiiii('*| on th«' ri-sin. The l»hi<h' in pn-' 
 by a shnitli, wliirh is usually ina«l»' of hark ii««l romul Nvith 
 fur strinji, thi> wholo surface hviufi tlu-n coatfj with ]»i|i< l;i\ 
 or kaolin, anil a small tuft of oinu frathrrs, with tij 
 sertetl, ornainonts tlu' oml of the sheath. ( Fijr. 160.) 1 .. ^. 
 siH'fiinrns an- all froni tlu* Warraniunga an«l Kaitish tribes, 
 by the nienihers of which they are nuule. They are i ' ' 
 over wiih- areas. (>»-14. !•>-•_'! presi'iited i»v l*rofi>«i«ior Sj 
 an.l Mr. l". .1 . ( . " v* 
 
 FLAKED STONE KNIVES. (Case 35.) 
 
 This si'rifs i- a i-oiiiinnar i.m ^i' rlm^i' m < a-'' ^11. All 'li<- 
 8|M?ciu»ons are from the Warramunga tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 GLASS SPEAR HEADS. (Case 36.) 
 
 ('hi|>|».i .ii..i >.;;..;..; u'..i>> -pr.ir hia'i> Jri»ia Xorth- 
 •western Australia. It is only in the latter j)nrt of the oon- 
 tinent that the.se beautifully .serrated spear lieads are made. 
 (Case .*i2). Sincv the advent of wliite men the native has 
 usetl irlass in place of quartzite. The former lie secures in 
 the form of bottles of various kinds. In some cases a ]iortion 
 of the original smooth surface is retained, but in most the 
 whole face of the implement is worki-d. The ftm- point and 
 serrated edpe are produecn] by pressure. Alonp the overland 
 telegraph line the natives frequentlv used insulators instead 
 of glass. (3-'»4. Presented by Mr. C. Harnett. .'».'>, TiG. 
 Pequest of Mr. (leo. Mc.Vrthur. .'»7. .'»*<. Presented by "Mr. 
 A. L. Prenticf'.') 
 
 GROUND-STONE AXES. iCase37.) 
 
 1 hix- a.\t » arc i-baract(ri>ti.- f.\aniplis >>{ \Ur ^Muund-stone 
 implements used by the tribes of Xew South Wab-s and Vic- 
 toria. Each stone is en(dos«'d in a withy madi- of s<»me pliable 
 wood, the head of the stone, which is a form of «liorite. lM*ing 
 fastened to tiie wooden handli> by means of a mass of resin 
 derived from grass trees. Some of the stones are much better 
 ground than others; No. 7, es|K*eialIy, se«»mrt to be a more 
 or less naturally shape<l stone, which has Ikmmi chip|M'd 1o 
 a certain «-.vtent, and only slightly ground at the cutting 
 edge. \o. 4 (Fig. !.*•>) is of interi'st as being the axe which 
 was carried about and for many years u-huI by William 
 Pu<'klry. the runaway cfnivict, who for forty years ]ive<! 
 amongst the native tribe which inhabited the country round 
 tile head of Corio Hay, where (ii'elong is now situated. (Pit^- 
 sented b' ^^'• 'Jordon A. Thomson.) 
 
84 
 
 GROUND-STONE AXES. (Case 38.) 
 
 These axes are ehnrnctcrisric exaini)les n\' the iirouiul-stniie 
 iinpleinents iised by llic tribes of Centrnl Ausi ralia. Tb(> 
 stoneis are all eonii)Osed of a finely i>-raiiic(l dioiilc, and eaeli 
 one is eiudosed in a witliy of ])liant wood, the two halves of 
 Avliich arc bound tog'cthcr by means of human-hair string, 
 which may be enclosed in a eovering of resinous inaterijil 
 derived from porcupine grass. The wooden handle, as is 
 eharaetcrisric of (\Mitral Australian im]>lenients, is coloured 
 with red ocbrc. Tlic dioritc, of which these weapons are 
 made, is only found in certain ])laces, and is a valuable article 
 of exchange. (Fig. 157.) 6-11 presented by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. (Jillcn.) 
 
 GROUND-STONE AXES. (Case 39.) 
 
 1. Block of diorite ruughly chipped into sbape ready to be 
 further chipped and then ground to form an axe-head. 
 Warramunga tribe, Tennant Creek, Central Australia. 
 
 2. Block of diorite chipped and partly pounded pre- 
 paratory to grinding it for an axe-head. Warramunga tribe. 
 
 3. Ground-stone axe, showing the method of hafting. Thii-; 
 is done hy heating a withy of Avood cut from the stem of a 
 young gum tree, then bending it round the blunt end of the 
 blade, and securing the two ends of the handle with a band 
 of human-hair string. Part of the blade is afterwards encased 
 in resin obtained from porcupine grass to fix it more firmly 
 to the handle. "Warramunga tribe. 
 
 4. Large hafted ground-stone axe from the Umbaia tribe, 
 JSTorthern Territorv. (1-4 presented bv Profesi^or Spencer 
 and Mr. P. J. Gillen.) 
 
 5. Axe from Melville Island, of very crude form ; remark- 
 able for the fact that there is only a very slight trace of 
 grinding. (Presented hy Mr. P. J. Cooper.) 
 
 6. From the Binbinga tribe, Macarthur River, Northern 
 Territorv. (Presented bv Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. 
 Gillen.)' 
 
 7. 8. From the Ivakadu tribe, Alligator Eiver, Xorthern 
 Territory. 8 is of very crude form, showing only slight 
 traces of grinding. (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 9. Axe with ground-stone head secured by resin to a handle 
 of twisted twigs. South-Avest Queensland. 
 
 10. Axe with a flat ground-stone blade mounted in a cane 
 handle, which is bent round the blunt end of the blade and 
 fixed to it with resin. North Queensland. 
 
 11. Axe with flat ground-stone blade mounted in a cane 
 handle, which is bent round a groove cut in the blunt end of 
 the blade. TTinchinbrook Island, Queensland. 
 
STONE HAMMLR AXES. (C«»e 40.) 
 This form i»f i-iiiiiliincd haiimn-r an<| hm- i" fonnfl in 
 Wt'stoni Australia. To 4>in' nnl «>f a stirk a in;i 
 resin is attadu'd, and into this, at o|>|Ktsitc i I 
 
 two i»iiH*(»s of stono (nppanMitly gruniti* or dinhniw). An in 1, 
 tho stone at one end ha.s n distinct rutting vt\f(i\ while at the 
 other it is hhinter and prohahly serves uh a hammer; but in 
 souje eases, as in 2 and 6, th«'re is no euttin^; e<|jje at either 
 end. Xo. 4 is remarkabU* for the very small surface of stone 
 which is exi>os<'d. in every example the chipping of tin- stoni* 
 is of the (-rudest possibK' nature, and, if found alone, rb*' 
 stone would e<'rtainly not be recognised as tlu- work of 
 It is possible that in .some ca.ses the stone runs contiir.i 
 throujih the resin. The end of tlu' handle is .sharpened so 
 that it can be driven into the trunk of a tre<>, aiul fo i-«i-f 
 tlu' native in climbing. All the specimens arc from "W' 
 Australia, in which part only of the continent this foni. ■>i 
 implement has yet been found. Native name. Kadjo. 
 
 GROUND STONE AXES. (Case 41.) 
 A series representinif various sizes, shapes of cutting eclge 
 and degrees of grinding. In some eases the ground .surface 
 may be very small (13); ••• others it may occupy betwj'en a 
 third ami a half of the surface. 16 is an example of a large 
 axe made of diorite. Xorthern Territory. ( Presented by 
 Professor .^^pencer. ) 2> is ground at both ends. .'»0. A 
 specially l:irir«' nxc. Tully K., (^ncen-jbuid. 
 
 GAD-SHAPED AXES, Etc. (Case 42.) 
 
 Xos. 1-12. A series representing gad-shaped axes, the 
 extreme, almost i-ylindrical, form of which is seen in Xo. 10. 
 Oad-shaped axes are more generally found in Eastern Vic- 
 toria. Xos. l.'MG are heavy, ovate, ground axes. Xos. 17-2.'» 
 are exampbt' «"f grotmd axes nnule out of pi>]ibles. 
 
 GROOVED AXES. (Case 43.) 
 A series «»f giooveil axes, .-.ome ot (iiem ot larg«- s.7.«'. In 
 all of them one groove is pres4>nt, except in X<». ^, where 
 there are two. These grooves were usisl for attaching the 
 withy. Xos. ITj and 16 show husking \utU^, which are iiresent 
 on both sides. The ovate-shaped forms link on with the 
 wedir<-i, from which it i- -(.iiif rin.i .: ,|i*'- ■;'• • i ^ •; 'hem. 
 
 STONE WEDGES AND AXES CHIPPED ON ONE 
 SIDE ONLY. (Case 44. 
 
 Xos, 1-7. (iroUlid >!4iiu- wrdgc.n. .\ o,«.. >-I>. A .".erjes rejtrr*- 
 senfing pebble axes chipped on one si<le only. 
 2862.-8 
 
86 
 
 PEBBLE AXES. (Case 45.) 
 
 ]N"ok5. 1-0. Pcbblo axes chiiipc'd on oiio side only. Xos. 
 10-15. Pebblo axes cliiiiped on both sides. !N"os. 16-25. 
 Pebble axes cliijjiicd and sliiibtly .'iron.nd. 
 
 VARIOUS CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. ^Case 46.) 
 
 2s OS. 1-!) suggest a rostro-t-arinate form. Tliey are found 
 all over Victoria, but most frequently in the "Western Dis- 
 trict. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) Xos. 10-10 re- 
 semble the rostro-carinate form in the manner of chipping 
 bitt are cons'stently roughly circular in slia])e. These forms 
 gradually approach the typical chipped scrapers, making it 
 im]:)Ossible in this, as in many other cases, to draw a hard- 
 and-fast line of distinction between different types of imple- 
 ments. Their use is conjectural; possibly they Avere used 
 in scraping down the surface of wooden implements. They 
 are found all over Victoria. (Presented by Mr. A. S, 
 Kenyon.) Xos. 20-22 are scrapers of a special form, made 
 out of pebbles, the chipped face being lateral. Xos. 23-35. 
 A few specimens illustrative of a vast number of chipped 
 implements, the form and nature of which varies according 
 to the material available. They are Avidely r-cattered over 
 the Avhole of Australia, Avherever material suitable for 
 chipping is obtainable, and amongst them can be found re- 
 presentatives of nearly all the pahi^olithie and even more 
 primitive implements of the Old World. (Presented by 
 Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 
 
 " BLANKS," PARTLY GROUND AXES, GROUND 
 KNIVES. ^Case47.) 
 
 Xos. 1-12. A series of " blanks,'' that is, unfinished axes, 
 found in old axe-head quarries, such as that at Mt. William, 
 near Lancefield. Scattered around these old aboriginal 
 quarries are numberless axe-heads, either unfinished or dis- 
 carded as unsatisfactory. The quarries are found at such 
 places as Mt. William; in the Grampian Mountains; on the 
 Hopkins Piver; at Salt Creek, near Bolae; at the Dog Rocks, 
 near Geelong; at Katandra, in the Goulburn Valley; and 
 at many other places where there are outcrops of suitable 
 rocks. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) Xos. 13-10. 
 Axes the grinding of which has not been completed. Xos. 
 20-50. Ground-iStone knives. The larger ones of these might 
 be regarded either as small axeis or large knives. There is a 
 great range in size amongst them from Xo. 48, which is 
 almost ])igmy in size, to Xo. 51, which is not distinguishable 
 from an axe. The material used is generallv finer arained 
 
niul tou^ht-r Iluiii litac rui|)l>i\f.i lUr a\i'.-<. I\ .<iS 
 
 thi'S*' uiTf UM'd fi»r vari«>ii,s purposrH, sxuAi as - nn 
 
 to luukt' (luMii supple, riMiiovini; luiir from varioun purtii of 
 th.' ImkIv. A:f. (20, 2:., 31. ;U. m ph-himiUnJ by Mr. IT. W. 
 HiiiM; 'M pr<»iionted by Mr. K <• ,. ; 46 prpsontpd by Mr. A. 
 I.. ]»,-..„,;.... ^ 
 
 SPOKESHAVES, CHIPPED FLAKES, Etc. Cut 48.) 
 
 Skkiks 1-5, Piemy inifilompntii probably U!*o<l for rutting 
 and scrapie . -. The brst namr for these is 
 
 proha'ily sp 1 . liave a strong res4'iiil»lan«v to 
 
 certain .Vnrijrnacian inipleineiits. The hookinl ones are Use<l 
 for smoothing down surface.s and probably shar|M'ning 
 wooden $|M>ar points. (iUmi Thompson, in the (frampian 
 
 Mountains; Lak- !" " - •'■ \! •".... , |... . .. 1 i. m.. 
 
 A. S. Kenyoii. ) 
 
 Xos. 6-l.'K ('liij'j"-..! 1"! iit-'d iim'l'Mii'm- r.«. inl'liu;.' .-j-ar 
 headrs. in some eases (S and 0) showing much s«-condary 
 working. ( Presented by Mr. (J. .V. llohh-r.") 
 
 Xos. 14-40. Cliipped stone knives of vari' .1 r,rni, lu.'Uiv ..f 
 them indistingnishnbh' from small scrap 
 form are seen in Xos. 22 and 40. 
 
 Xos. 4 1 -01. Fliikecl stone knive- 
 
 X.»s. C,2-\0l. ("hii ! • •. rt:iK.-, - ., M> M.r 
 
 adzes, and ha f ted. 
 
 GRINDING STONES. (Case 49.) 
 
 Various forms ut gnnthng stom-s. Xos. 2, .">1. ami 't2 are 
 blocks of vesicular basalt, with hemispheri(*al hollows on •acli 
 side. In some, such a.* Xos. 7, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14. 17, 18, 25, 
 26. &o., it is quite evident that the hollows have been pro- 
 diie^d by grinding, an upper stone Ix'ing held in the hand; in 
 others, such as Xos. 23 an<I 20. it is equally «'lear that the 
 stone has been usi>d as an anvil or husking •-.ton**. Others, 
 such as 34 and 44, li ' -nrfaces, and have In^en usi*d for 
 
 rulibing down soft ■• -. such :i>! n-ltrr; wliil.^f -.•Ihts. 
 
 .such as 3.'». have been usc*<l as < 
 
 (Xos. 33 and 3>) lead on to the la:^ _ . _ . . ...1.; 
 shown in Case .'>4. 35 and 50 have been used as whetstone.s 
 for sharjiening stone axes. 
 
 1. Ilochkireh, Vietorln. 2. T,ake I.inliflnrou*. Virtnrin. 
 3. Mortlake. (Pn-Si-nted by .Mr. II. (J r 
 
 Mnrrjiv. .'1. Omeo. 6. Near Went worth. 
 
 (V' '-y .Mr. F. Cinlmore.) 7. Lower .Murray. Jj. 
 
 Xo! Victoria. 9. Victoria. 10. Hream ('re«'k. 11. 
 
 Avm'a. 12. Wimniera. 13. Victoria. 14. Xear VVentworth. 
 (I»r.-.-.t...l J.v \fr V (•„.!..,. .r.. > ]', pirola. ' !•.-■..! ' - 
 
88 
 
 Mr. J. Allen.) 10. T)ciii]i(iuiii. (Prescntod by Mr. M. 
 McCrae. ) 17. Vietoria. 18. ^"car' Corowa. (Presented 
 by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 19. Victoria. 20. Lower Goulburn. 
 21. Loddon River. 22. Avon River. 23. Wiraraera. 24 and 
 25. Milkengay Lake, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. 
 M. R. Cudmore.) 26. Wimmera. 27. Mortlake. 28. IS^orth- 
 Avest Victoria. 29. Milkengay Lake, jNTew Sontli Wales. 
 (Presented by Mr. M. R. Ciidmore.) 30. 'Near Corowa. 
 (Presented by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 31. Victoria. 32. Eustoii, 
 New South 'Wales. 33. New South Wales. 34. Darwin. 
 (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 35. Near Corowa. 36. 
 Victoria. 37. Near Hamilton. (Presented by Mr. C. 
 French.) 38. Near Corowa. (Presented by Mr. J. G. 
 Gray.) 39, Victoria. 40. Victoria. 41. Near Corowa. 
 (Presented by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 42. Altona Bay. 43. Wil- 
 laura. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 44. Upper Goul- 
 burn River. 45. Victoria. 46. Upper Goulburn, Victoria. 
 47. Victoria. 48. Near Went worth. (Presented by Mr. F. 
 Cudmore.) 49 and 50. Darling River, New South Wales. 
 51 and 52. Near Hamilton. (Presented by Mr. E. G. 
 Austin.) 53. Jeparit, Victoria. (Presented by Constable 
 Wilson.) 54. Lake Bolac. (Presented by Messrs. T. Park 
 and O'Rourke.) 
 
 GRINDING AND POUNDING STONES. (Case 50.) 
 
 Nos. 1-5. Pestle-shaped upper etones used for grinding in 
 mills. Nos. 9-28. Pounding stones. The marks on their 
 edges show where they have been used for grinding or 
 pounding. In some cases, also (26), they have been used as 
 nether stones for grinding or (28) Inisking. 
 
 CHIPPING HAMMERS. (Case 51.) 
 
 Nos. 1-18. Chipping liamers used for the chi])ping and 
 flaking of knives, adzes, &c. Nos. 1 and 2 clearly show 
 hollows made to allow the stone to be gripped firmly by the 
 fingers. Nos. 19-29. Hammers or pounding stones. 
 
 ANVILS, HUSKING STONES. (Case 52.) 
 
 Nos. 1-12. Anvils or husking stones. The concavities are 
 made by the pounding action of a stone used as a pounder or 
 hammer. In the case of No. 9 an ordinary axe-head has 
 been used as a husking stone. (Presented by Mr. J. J. 
 Fletcher.) Nos. 13-15. Stones used as weights to assist in 
 maintaining the shape of the basket during its manufacture. 
 Nos. 16-22. Stones used for throwing at birds, &c. Nos. 
 23-36. Playing stones. 
 
GRINDING AND WHETSTONES. (Case 53.) 
 
 Stuiir.; u-ta I'll* drts>llig ;iii<i sui'xjtiiiii'; sliatt.s ol .<i|>oare, 
 oluhs, ice; sonif of tlipin, such as No. 0, havr rvidi'iitly hocn 
 used also as whrtstoiiw. Xos. ll-.'U, Stoiu's uso<l as ffrinrl- 
 sloiu'S aiul uln'tstDnt's. Xo. 20 was cut from a solid rock 
 surface iu the Cioulbuni Valliv. 
 
 GRINDING STONES. (Case 54.) 
 
 Larg^p «rrinding stones. These are made from suitable 
 ehibs of close-grained sandstone, and must often be carried 
 lojip distances, because they are frequently found in camps 
 far away from sandstone formations. When camp is shifted 
 they ar«' buried in tlic ground or hid<K'n in a rock <-b'ft. 
 Then are used i)rip.eipaliy for grinding grass seeds, out of 
 which tlu' natives ma(K' cruth* cakts. Tlu' needs are jdaced 
 on the grindstone, water is a<Kl d, and the grinding process 
 is conductetl by means of the "niuUer" stone held in the 
 hand. In some cases (Xo. 10) there may be more than one 
 grinding surface; and also, as in X^o. 2, both siden of the 
 stone have been used. X"o. 1 shows a specimen in which the 
 stone has been gmund through, and it is evident from the 
 smoothness, size, and depth of the concavities, that many of 
 these stones have btH'u in use for a long time. X'os. 11. IJ. 
 1*{, 14. l.'> arc '* muUer " stones. 
 
 1. ."'. "-. :'. 12, 13, !.'». From Popio. 40 mih's west of 
 Pooncaric, Xcw South Wales. (Presented by Mr. M. ]{. 
 Cudmore.) 2 and IS. From Milkengay Lake. (Presenti-d 
 by Mr. .M. H. Cudmore.) 3, 4, and 11." From near Corowa. 
 (I'rwented by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 6. From the Gawler Kange. 
 (Presented by Professor Spencer.) 7. From Hourkc. 10. 
 From the Darling River. 14. From Xew Soutii Wal.s. 
 (Presented by Profe.ssor Spencer.) 16. From Charlevillc, 
 Queensland. (Presented by Mr. K. (;. Austin.) 17. From 
 the Darling River. (Presented by ^Nlr. K. (i. Austin.) 19. 
 From Wilcannia. (Presented by i;.\. W. W.bster.) 
 
 CYLINDRICO-CONICAL AND CORNUTE STONE 
 IMPLEMENTS. (Case 54a.) 
 
 Though a Uii-fii- huuiIm r <.f tin >*• rt s have been diM-rilied. 
 
 it is not possilde to say anything definite in regard t<» their 
 use and significam-e. They have l)een variously designafe.l 
 as ceremonial stones of .souje nature, pounders. Phallic 
 symbols, grave markers, &c. The evidence in all cases is 
 v.rv j.M-agre and inconclusive, but such as there is scorns to 
 
90 
 
 sngi^-ost that tlioy were ceremonial in funeiidii. 'I'hey may 
 liave been associated "with ceremonies for the incica-e of the 
 food supply. Their ditstribution is well marked, coinciding 
 roughly with the country occupied by the Barkinji, Itchu- 
 muiidi, and Karamundi uations, and drained by the Kiver 
 Darling and its tributaries, though the exti'eme northern 
 locality is Muttaburra, in Queensland, and tlie extreme 
 western is Hergott Springs, in South Australia. They are 
 found sometimes on the surface of the ground bordering the 
 clay pans that form a characteristic feature of the central 
 country, at others ou, or in, the sand hills around them. 
 
 They may be divided roughly into two main types (1) 
 cylindrico-conical, and (2) cornute, but, as the si)ecimens ex- 
 hibited show, there is a gradual and complete transition from 
 the smallest and most dumpy cornute form to the largest and 
 straightest cylindrical^ — there is no break in the series. 
 
 (1).-CYLINDRIC0.C0NICAL TYPE. 
 
 These vary in length from less than 3 inches to 26 inches. 
 In general form they may be thin and elongate (51, 52), or 
 short and stout (96, 97), and, in transverse section, circular 
 or oval. The material of Avhich they are made is either elate 
 (4, 8, 82) or some form of sandstone, varying from a soft, 
 largely decomposed felspathic sandstone (89, 94, 95) to a 
 hard quartzite (46-49). One specimen (63) is composed of 
 a very soft ochreous claystone. All of them are made of 
 material found in situ, though in not a few caises the rock 
 may be so decomposed (94) as to suggest that they have been 
 moulded out of some substance such as gypsum mixed with 
 clay. A feature peculiar to them all is the distinctly flattened 
 or saucer-shaped ba6e (73) which in rare cases may be 
 radiately grooved. Rarely also (59) the original tip end 
 may be flattened. jSTos. 101, 102, 103 are evidently broken 
 jiieces that have been used as pounders or upper grindstones, 
 whilst, on the other hand, Xo. 40 has equally clearly been 
 nsed as a pounding stone. Such are of rare occurrence, 
 and must indicate only a secondary use. In the great ma- 
 jority the surface is smooth, but a curious feature of a small 
 number is the presence of rudely-made incisions which take 
 the form of (a) emu feet, (&) longitudinal, and (c) trans- 
 verse lines. In a few (78, 98, 100) a ring is present a short 
 distance below the apex which may also bear radial cuts. 
 The meaning of these markings, which are chiefly remarkable 
 for their crudeness, in which respect they stand in marked 
 contrast to those incised on the ceremonial objects of other 
 Central xVustralian tribes, is entirely unknown. There is no 
 direct evidence that they are phallic. 
 
«>1 
 
 iZ.) CORNUTE TYPE. 
 
 Tlu'se, in thrir most pronouiuTtl form (116, &c.) are much 
 smalK'r in length than iln- cvlintlrical tyju', l>»t, oii the other 
 hand, tliev riliow a series leading from the ronniU'd i»el>blo 
 (104) t!iat has also hien used as a pouii<U'r, to the tvpieal 
 coruute** (llt>. 11!*) and so on t«) the more jdonpatr and only 
 slightly eurveil forms (120, 71. I.'t. 1(») that shade imper- 
 ceptildy into the straight st«»nes. 
 
 This unitjue and extensive eoUeetion was made for the 
 Museum by Mi\>!srs. II. S. OtKeer and A. S. Kenyon. The 
 locality and the name of the donor are attached to each 
 speeimen. 
 
 1. Louth, New South Wal s. (Presented hy Mr. IIS. 
 Othit-r.) 2, Louth, New South Wales. (Presented l>y ^[r. 
 II. Murray.) '^ Louth. New South Wales. (Presente<l hy 
 Mr. II. S.'otlicer.) 4. Wih-annia, Xcw South Wales. ( I're- 
 penteil hy Miss Hyrne.s.) .'». North-west New South Wales. 
 6. (Joorimpa, Xew South Wales. (Presentctl by Mr. II. S. 
 OiKcer.) 7. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by 
 ili.»s ()tH(vr.) S. Louth, New South Wales. (Presented by 
 ^Ir. Tulloh.) 0. Wilcannia, New South Wales. 10. (Joor- 
 impa. New Stmth Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S. ()tii<-er.) 
 11. Wih-annia, New SduiIi Wales. ( Pre.sented by Mrs. 
 Johnston. 12. Tilpa, New Sonfli Wah-s. (Presented by Mr. 
 (i. Turner.) I'l. Kallara, New South Wales. (Presented by 
 Mr. Tulloh.) 14. Wilcannia, New wSoutli Wales. ]'>. I.^iuth, 
 New South Wah'S. (Pre.sented by ^Ir. II. S. OtHcer.) 16. 
 Tilpa. Xew South Wales. (Presented by ^Irs. ^Iclnernt-y.) 
 17. Marra, New South Wahs. (Pre.s<'nted by Mr. John 
 I.' 'L • ) 1>. Wilcannia, Xew South Wahs. (I're.sented by 
 .Mr-. .\l:tsel!)erg.) in. Louth, X'ew South Walo'. (Pre.sented 
 by Messrs. Murray Prothers.) 20. Wilcannia, Xew South 
 WaK'^. 21. Loiith, .\<w South Wahs. (Presented by Mr. 
 II. Murray.) 22. Til|»a, Xew South Wah's. (Presented by 
 Mr. (f. Turner.) 23, Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. ( Pri»- 
 -nted by Mrs. Johnston.) 24. Louth, X^ew South Wale.s. 
 ( Presentj'd by Messrs. Murray Prothers.) 2.'!. Tilpa, Xew 
 South Wales. ( Presented by Mrs. Mclnernev.) 26. Wilcannia, 
 Xew S.Mifh Wah'S. (Presented by Mr. T." .\. Do.dan.) 27. 
 LiUith. New South Wales. (Presented by .Mr. 11. S. OlHcer.) 
 2n. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. W. 
 Pike.) 29. lAiutli, X'pw SoJith Wales. (Pre.sented by M«ssrs, 
 Murray Hroihers.) 30, Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Pro- 
 wnfed by Mrs. Mit.selberg.) 31. Lotith, Xew South Wales. 
 (Presented by Messrs. Murray Hroiln-rs.) 32. Mjirra, New 
 South Wales. (Presented by Mr. John Ix>igo.) 33. Wil- 
 caiuiia, Xew South Wales, 34. Lmth, X'ew South Walc«. 
 
92 
 
 (Presented by Mr. JI. S. Olliccr.) 3."). J.uiitli, Xcw Sontli 
 Wales. (Presented by ^Ir. U.S. Officer.) 36, Wileaiiniji, 
 New South Wales. (T'reseiitc'd by Mi-ss Officer.) 37. Wil- 
 cannia. Xew South Wah'.^. (Presented by Mr. W. T. Dell.) 
 :5S. Kiillnra, New South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. 
 Keiivun.) 39. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. 
 H. Murray.) -10. Darling Piver, Xew South Wales, -ll. 
 Marra, Xew South Wales.' (Presented hy Mr. John Leigo.) 
 42. Darling River, Xew South Wales (Moorara). 43. Louth, 
 Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. IT. S. Officer.) 44. 
 Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. 11. Murray.) 
 45. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. 
 Kenyon.) 46. Kallara, Xew South Wales. (Presented by 
 Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 47. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. 
 (Presented bv Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 4S. Wilcannia, Xew 
 South Wales'. (Presented by 'Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 49. 
 Murtee, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. 
 Kenyon.) 50. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented by 
 Mes.srs. Murray Brothers.) 51. Wilcannia, Xew South 
 Wales. (Presented by Miss OtHeer.) 52. Paroo Eiver, Xew^ 
 South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 53. Louth, 
 Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 54. 
 Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mns. Mitsel- 
 berg.) 55. Wilcannia, Xew South Wale?. (Presented by 
 Mrs. Johnston.) 56. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented 
 by Mr. H. S. Officer.). 57. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Pre- 
 sented bv Mr. H. S. Officer.) 58. Wilcannia, Xew South 
 Wales. '(Presented by Mrs. Mitselberg.) 59. Tilpa, Xew 
 South Wales. (Presented by Mrs. Mclnerney.) 60. Wil- 
 cannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Ken- 
 yon.) 61. Tilpa, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mrs. 
 Mclnernev.) 62. Louth, Xcav South Wales. (Presented by 
 Mr. H. S.'Officer.) 63. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented 
 by Mr. II. Murray.) 64. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Pre- 
 sented by Mr. II.' S. Officer.) 65, Wilcannia, Xew South 
 Wales. '66. Xear Broken Hill, Xew South Wales. (Pre- 
 sented by Dr. Dobbyn.) 67. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Pre- 
 sented by Mr. II. Murray.) 68. Louth, Xcav South Wales. 
 (Presented by Messrs. Murray Brothers.) 69. Kallara, Xew 
 South Wales. (Presented by' Mr. II. S. Officer.) 70. Louth, 
 Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S. Officer.) 71. 
 Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. 
 Kenyon.) 72. Kallara, Xew South Wales. (Presented by 
 Mr.'H. S. Officer.) 73. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Pre- 
 sented by Mrs. Johnston.) 74. Louth, Xew South Wales. 
 (Presented by Mr. H. Murray.) 75. Kallara, 'New South 
 Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 76. Wilcannia,. 
 
93 
 
 N.« >..utli Wal.-^. ( I'n»s.'nli'a by Mr. W. 1. IMl.) 77. 
 Darlinj; RiviT. Xi-w Soutli Wulrs. (Prt-s.-nted by Mr. J. 
 A. Ki«-lil.) 7s. KjiMara. X«'\v Soiitb Wab-s. ( PrrsciiKMl by 
 Mr. TuUoh.) 71>. Loutli, New South Wab-s. ( I'rfsentitl by 
 Mr. II. S. Ortii'.r.) >0. Marra. Xfw South "Wab-s. f Tn- 
 uvuU'd bv Mr. John I-t-igo.) 81. rutbt-r.) Station. Darling 
 Uiver, New South Wab-s. ( I'rrsi-ntod by Mr. L. Bell.) S2. 
 Wentuortb. Nrw S.nitli Wales. f l*rc.s<-ntt-<l by Professor 
 Spencer.) 83. Louth. New South Wales. (Presented by Mr. 
 II. S. Ortieer.) S4. Kallara. New South Wales. (Prtvented 
 by Mr. Tulloh.) ST). Louth, Xew South Wab-s. (Presented 
 by Me.ssrs. Murray Hrotbers.) 80. Xew South Wab-s. C Pre- 
 sented by ^Ir. S. F. Mann.) S7. Tonjro Lake. X^'W South 
 Wales. (Presented by Mrs. Iloiiriirnii.) s*^. Wib-annia, X'ew 
 South Wales. ( Presentt-d by Mrs. Mitsc-lberjr.) 80. fopago, 
 X'ew South Wabri. ( Pn-st-nted by Mrs. .Johnston.) !»<». Wil- 
 eannia. Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. W. T. Dell.) 
 91. Louth, XVw South Wales. (Presented by Mr. H. 
 Murray.) 92. Louth. X>w South Wales. (Presented by Mr. 
 II. S. btticer.) 93. Kallara. Xew South Wales. (Presented 
 bv Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 94. Wileannia, X'ew South Wales. 
 (Presented bv Mr. W. Pike.) 9."). Kallara, Xi-w South 
 Wales. (Pre.^nted by Mr. IL S. Offieer.) 90. Copago, Xew 
 South Wab-s. (Pre.sented by Mrs. Johnston.) 97. T'opago, 
 Xew South Wab*^. (Presented l)y Mrs. Johnston.) 9S. Wil- 
 eannia, Xew South Wale.s. (Presented by Mrs. Mitselberg.) 
 99. Tongo Lake, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mrs. 
 Hourigan.) 100. Louth, X"ew South Wales. (Presented by 
 Messrs. Murray Brothers. 101. Wib-annia, X'ew South 
 Wales. 102. Tongo Lake. X'ew South Wales. (Presented by 
 Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 103. T'opago. X'^ew South Wab-s. (Pre- 
 9ente<l by Mrs. Jolni<foii.) 104. Louth. Xew Soutli Wales. 
 (Presented bv Mr. II. Murray.) lOR. Wileannia. X'ew South 
 Wab-s. (Pre-«ented by Miss (')tH«-er.) 1(»0. Louth. Xew Sonth 
 Wales. (Presented by Me.ssrs. Murray Brothers.) 107. Kal- 
 lara, X'ew Soutli Wales. (Prersented bv Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 
 lOS. Louth. Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S. 
 Offiper.) 109. Louth. X'ew South Wales. (Presented by 
 Afi— iv Murray Brothers.) 110. Marra. Xew South Wales. 
 I l'r.-< iited by Mr. John Leigo.) 111. Wib-annia. Xew South 
 Wales. (Pri-sented by Mrs. Mitselberg.) 112. Tilpa. X'ew 
 South Wab>s. ( Prersented by Mrs. Melnerney.) 113. Wil- 
 eaimia. XVw South Wales. (Presented by Mrs. Mitselberg.) 
 114. Wilennnin. X»-w South Wales. (Present«d by Mr. John 
 I^-igo.) ll.'». Marra, X'ew South Wales. (I'resented by Mr, 
 John I^igo.) 110. Wib-annia. X'ew Sotjtb Wales. (Pre- 
 sented bv Mr. A. S. Kenvon.) 117. Wib-annia. X'ew South 
 
94 
 
 Wnlrs. ( Prosoiitpd by Mrs. Mitsolbor<>-.) 118. fopago, 'Now 
 South Wales. (Pre^ontcd by ]\Irs. Joliiistou.) 119. .l)arling' 
 Ilivcr. Xcw Soutb Walos. (Prpsoiitcd by Mr. (\ O. Ofliccr.) 
 liM). Wib'annia, New Soutli Wales. (Presented l)y .Mi'. A. 
 S. Kcuyou.) 
 
 TASMANIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS. (Case 55.) 
 
 Tlie only sIdiic i iii |ilciiii'nts used by tlie Tasniaiiimi 
 aboriginals were roughly ilakei] stones, sometiuies inipi'ovcil 
 as cutting and r^eraping inqdenients by means of secondary 
 cliippings. In no ease were any liafted ; all were bold in the 
 hand. They vary nineh in size from the "hand axes," 4 to 6 
 inches in length to small chips less than an inch in diameter. 
 The main types seem to have been axes, scrapers, some of 
 wluLdi were notched like certain Australian and prehistoric 
 forms, and pounders. They are all decidedly crude, some of 
 them so much so that unless thej had been found on definite 
 camping grounds along with better-fashioned ones, they 
 would, just as in the case of many Australian implements, 
 scarcely be recognised as Iniman in origin. The resemblance 
 between them and the cruder forms of Austi-aban Haked im- 
 plements (Case 4Q) is very striking. 
 
 COMPARATIVE SERIES OF STONE IMPLEMENTS. 
 
 (Case 56.) 
 
 A comparative series in which stone impalements of various 
 ]iinds from Australia and Tasmania are placed side by nide 
 with approxinuitely similar implements from prehistoric re- 
 mains in the old world. The close resemblance between the 
 two series is very evident, such differences as exist being 
 ■due to differences in the material available. 
 
 CEREMONIAL OBJECTS. (Case 57.) 
 Nos. l-60a. 
 
 The objects in this case represent a typical series of those 
 which are used during and in connexion with the 2:>erformance 
 of sacred ceremonies, more especially those associated with 
 the totems in various Central Australian tribes.' In some in- 
 stances, as, for example, in that of the Nurtunjas and 
 Waningas, the object is supposed for the time being to repre- 
 sent the totemic animal or plant ; in others the designs 
 drawn on the head-dresses are associated with the particular 
 'totemic group in connexion wdth which the ceremony is 
 being performed, as, for example, in the case of the wooden 
 slabs from the Tjingilli tribe, decorated with conventional 
 drawings of yams. In other cases there is no apparent 
 connexion at the present day between the design and the 
 
95 
 
 totomic proup with wliich it is associated, as in the instance of 
 the hiTfiv wooden shil)s ust'«l «iurinjr the rain ceremony. Tnder 
 normal conditions the dcsijrns arc ninovcd from the ohjects 
 at the cK»s«' of thr crrcnioniit* in which they liavc been \iM-*\. 
 The Nijrtunjas, Waninjras, and simihir ol)ject8 are always 
 taken to pieces as soon as ever tho ceremony is concluded, 
 the same Xurtunja or Waninga, as the case may be, never 
 being used for more than the one ceremony. Two apparently 
 closely iMmilar objects will represent totally distinct thing.s, 
 according to the nature of the ceremonies in which they arc 
 used. As they are intimately connected with sacred cere- 
 monies, the variotis objects are th<'mselves regarded as being 
 sacred, and may not be seen by any one who is not an initiated 
 member of the tribe. The decorations consist of down, 
 derived either from birds, more especially the eagleliawk, or 
 from plants, such as species of Epaltes. In some cases the 
 two forms may be mi.xed together, and the down is always 
 covered with pi|K'clny or red ochre, and fixed on by means of 
 human blood. 
 
 1. Xurtunja used during the performance of a ceremony 
 associated with the Adiilpa totem (" wild cat ") of the Arunta 
 tribe. The top is decorated with a bunch of eaglehawk 
 feathers, and nine wooden ("huringa are attached to it. The 
 Xurtunja is supposed for the time being to represent the 
 animal which gives its name to the totemic group, and the 
 ('huringa belong to individual menibers of the same. (Fig. 
 169.) 
 
 2. Xurtunja associated with the .\chilpa totem ("wild 
 cat") of the Arunta tribe. Six wooden ('huringa are at- 
 tached to it. This and the one above described are fixed up- 
 right in the ground (hiring the performance of the ceremony, 
 and the men dance round and round shouting " Wah I Wah I" 
 
 3. A similar Xurtunja used during the perforniame of a 
 ceremony associatr-d with a kangaroo totemic grouji. This 
 one wart carried by a man, who held it up with both li:iii<ls 
 behind his back. Arunta tribe, 
 
 4. Xurtunja used during the perfornian-e of a <-<nniony 
 associated with the ** |dum tree " totemic group. For the time 
 being it repn'sente<l the toti-niic jdant, an«l was carried, as 
 shown, on the head of a man, the decoration of whose face is 
 copied on the cast. Arunta triin'. 
 
 5. Xurtunja used during the jh rtoiinance of a ceremony 
 connecterl with the sun totem. This was worn on the head; 
 the down tiseil i.s derived from the inv(ducral hairs of a 
 sjioeies of I'orttilaca. Tlu' bun-shaped object (4.'») repre- 
 sents the ,sun and its rays. Arunta tribe. 
 
96 
 
 (i. Waiiiii.ua. 'riii> has the same .s'giiificanfc as the Xiirtmi- 
 ja. and is nsod ninrr (i-|)ci-ially auidiiiist ill" uiciiilxTs of llu' 
 soutlioru groui)S of ilic AiMiiita tribe and in the Luritja tribe. 
 It varies in size and form to a large extent. This one is made 
 out of a central spear with sliort eross-bars, strands of human 
 hair paivsing from bai' to bar ])arallel to the length of the 
 spear. Eaglehawk (b>\\ii is attached by means of hnmaii 
 Mood. Kain totem. Artiiita tribe. (Fig. 168.) 
 
 7. AVaniiiga nsod in connexion with a rat totem. The 
 main part is supposed to represent the trunk of' the animal, 
 ,the point end the tail, and the handle end the head. Tlie 
 cross pieces indicate the limbs. Arnnta tribe. 
 
 8, 9. Two small Waningas used during the performance of 
 a ceremony associated with a kangaroo totemic group. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
 10. Three bunches of the tail feathers of the black cocka- 
 too, with down attached to their tips. They -were used during 
 the performance of a sacred ceremony connected with the 
 Irriakura totem (Irriakura is the name of the tuber of a 
 Cyerus plant, which is a favorite food of the natives). 
 For the time being the feathers svmbolized the Howering 
 Irriakura. Arunta tribe. (Fig. 172.) 
 
 11. Head ornament of the tail feathers of the black 
 cockatoo, tipped with bird's down. Used during the per- 
 formance of a rain ceremony. Arunta tribe. 
 
 12. Three " pointing sticks," carried on the head of a man 
 representing an " Ortmcha/' or mischievous spirit. Arunta 
 tribe. 
 
 13-16. Shields decorated Avith designs in ochre and down. 
 TJr^ed during sacred ceremonies of the Fdniringita (a grub) 
 totem. Arunta tribe. (Figs. 173, 174.) 
 
 17. Small Pitchi, decorated with designs in ochre. Used 
 during the performance of a sacred ceremony associated with 
 the Unchalka (a grub) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 18. Small Pitchi, decorated with bands of down. Used 
 during the performance of a sacred ceremony associated with 
 the rain totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 19. Small Pitchi, decorated with designs in ochre. In this 
 a pretsent of food was sent to certain old men by special 
 women after the performance of an initiation cereniotty in the 
 Warramunga tribe. 
 
 20. Head-dress made otit of twigs bound round with luiman 
 ha"r string, and decorated with down obtained from the in- 
 volucral hairs of the plant Portulaca flifolia. Arunta tribe. 
 
I'! M» '■ 
 
 CKKK'vi • M M 
 
97 
 
 21. II«'ncl-iln'Hi« inailc out «.f twiji-* l.min.l rouml with liumaii 
 hair string, and drcoratrd with a design in down and ttrniinal 
 tufts of emu feathers. I'si'd durinj; a cortMnony associated 
 with the wind totem. Warraniunga trihe. 
 
 •J2-J'k Four hi-ad-tl reuses of a h)W eonieal form, decorated 
 ■with desijjns in jdant (h»wn. I'^'d during the perforniancM* of 
 a ««a(Med eereujony associated with the Tjudia (deaf adder) 
 totem. "NVarrannmjra tribe. 
 
 26, 27. Two head-dresses mad*- out of '* paper hark '' 
 (Melaleuca leucodeiulron), and ornamented with a design in 
 down. L'.sed during tlie perfonnance of .«5acred ceremonies. 
 Aruntn tribe. 
 
 2S-,'J4. Seven head-dresses, with hirge wooden shibs. The 
 latter are decorated with designs in red, wliite, and bhick. 
 Each shib is covered first witli red ochre, and then, except 
 along certain lines or bands, which in two cases are ccdoured 
 black, the whole of the surface is covered with a niast^ of dots 
 of white pipeclay. Each slab is worn at the ape.x of the 
 head-dress, into which it is fastened, while the wearer dances. 
 Used in connexion with a rain ceremony. Arunta tribe. 
 
 35, :)6. Two wooden slabs decorated with designs in down. 
 I'ped in connexion with sacred ceremonies. Anula tril>e. 
 
 :J7. Wooch'u slab «Kcorated with wavy design <lrawii in 
 black on a red ground. I'sed during tiie performance of a 
 ceremony associated with a snake tot«*m. The slab was 
 broken across the back of a performer at the close of the 
 ceremony. Tmbaia tribe. 
 
 :\S. Wooden slal), with design in black and white. Used 
 during the perfonnance of a ceremony of the wallaby totem. 
 I'mltaia tribe. 
 
 :i0-42. Four woo«len slabs, witli conventional designs in 
 black, representing yams attached to roots. rs<'d in con- 
 nexion with a sacred ceremony associated with tlu' yam 
 totem. The slabs are worn fixed into tin- apex of a head- 
 dress made of twigs. Tjingilli tril)e. 
 
 43, 44. Two head-dresset*. consisting of flat discs, made of 
 grass stalks tied rotmd with hunuin hair string, and decorated 
 with designs in down. Used during the jterformanee of a 
 cen-mony associated with the yam totem. Tjingilli trilx-, 
 
 4.'>. Sacreil obje<'t. with design in whiti* and red «lown, 
 wh'ch is supposed to represent the navel of an ancestral 
 indivirhial and the rays of the .sun. I'sed <hiring the ]»er- 
 
 fortnance '>♦* i ■• riiiuinv .•i--iii-iatr(| uitli till" -nil t"»lem. 
 
 Arunta tri' 
 
 40. Object .ii[([M.«<ii ill Hjui-iiii .1 '111.111 ".111...... I M-d 
 
 during the perfornuincc of a .sacrwi ceremony a.*i«M'iated with 
 the black snake totem. Warramunga tril)c. 
 
 2Srt2. t 
 
98 
 
 47. Object sni)]ios<>(I to ropresent the scrotum of a kauii'a- 
 roo. Used during tlie ])erforiii:uice of a ceremony associated 
 with the kangaroo totem. AVarramnnga tril)e. 
 
 4>. Ohji'ct made ou.+ of grass slalks hound round with fur 
 string and ornamented with bird's down. Worn on the head 
 of a man pel-forming a sacred ceremony of tin' white hat 
 totem. It is supposed to re])resent the^dead, limp hody of a 
 man wliom the natives are about to eat. Arunta tribe. 
 
 4!). Object supposed to represent a white cockatoo. Used 
 during the performance of a sacred ceremony associated Avith 
 tlie white cockatoo totem. Tjingilli trihe. 
 
 ,->(). Object sn])poi3ed to represent a white cockatoo. Used 
 during the ])erformance of a sacred ceremony, the object of 
 which was that of increasing tlie number of Avliite cockatoos. 
 AVarfamunga tribe. 
 
 r>l. Object worn on tlu^ head during the performance of a 
 sacred ceremony associated with the TliabaUa (or hiughing 
 boy) totem. Tjingilli tribe. 
 
 52. Stone, called Anjulukuli, carried in the hands of men 
 performing sacred ceremonies in the Undjaia trihe. 
 
 53. A mass of red-ochred resin, carried in the hand during 
 the performance of a sacred ceremony in the Anula tribe. 
 
 54. 55. Two head ornaments made of grass stalks bound 
 round Avitli fur string and ornamented with designs in pipe- 
 clay and ochre. Each lias a terminal tuft of emu feathers. 
 Worn on the head during dancing ceremonies. .Anula tribe. 
 
 56, 57. Two Avands, carried in the hands of men 2:)erform- 
 ing the Tjitingalla corroboree. Arunta tribe. 
 
 58. A stick, round the end of Avhich a feAv r,trands of human 
 hair are wonn(L Used for smearing human blood on the body 
 of a man who is being decorated for a corroboree. Arunta 
 tribe. 
 
 59. DoAvn obtained from a species of Epaltes, ready for use. 
 Warramunga tribe. 
 
 60. Portions of a plant of the genus Epaltes, from Avhich 
 down used during ceremonies is obtained. Warramunga 
 tril)e. 
 
 60a. Sacred object called Pariltja, Avorn on the head of 
 the headman of a snake totem group in the Urabunna tribe 
 AAdiile performing a ceremony to insure the increase of the 
 snakes. The ceremony consists in his kneeling doAAm, extend- 
 ing his arms and piercing the skin of each with a pointed 
 bone, another man holding up a fold, of the skin for this 
 purpose. The bones AAdien not in actual use are greased and 
 Avrapped in liair cut from the head of a man of the snake 
 
Pl.MT.. 18 
 
 aj^EMOMAL OBJECI 
 
w 
 
 toti-iii. rnil)unna iriU-. OM INakf Station, noar Lake 
 Kyrr. 
 
 N..>. til- MM. 
 
 These objects an- all used duriiijr a special ceremony calle<l 
 Mtiraian. wliicli is perfiirnuui h\ the Kakadii. rnir»riii. 
 Kulunplutji, and allied trilxs that inhabit the country drained 
 by the West, South, and Kast Allipitor Rivers and, probably, 
 aU» the Cobur^ Peninsula and country extending to the east 
 of this ahmg tlu' coast line of the X<»rthern Territory. 
 
 The objects are divided into two scries — Sticks and stones. 
 
 Kach stick represents a toteniic animal or plant. The 
 stones, for the most part, repnt^ent either <'ggs of totemic 
 animals or yams. Their significance is thus radically di- 
 fereni from that of the Churinga auiongst the Arunta. The 
 latter is associated with the spirit part of a human totemic 
 ancestor, the former with the totemic animal or plant itt*elf. 
 
 In most cases the form and design of the stick are jjurely 
 conventional. The colours us<'d are two shades of red ochre, 
 yellow ochre, white pij)eclay, and charcoal. A very character- 
 istic ft'ature of the ornamentation is the fact that, whatever 
 the final design is to be, theistick is first of all covered with a 
 complete coat of red ochre. Fine cross-hatched white line* 
 form a very distinctive feature on all of them. In some 
 ca.ses strings or f<'athers derived from the iJluc ^lountain 
 parrakeet are added by way of ornament. 
 
 Whilst most are jjurely conventional, it it-; interesting to 
 note that this is not true of all, and that a gradation can be 
 traced from what are undoubted zoomorphs to strictly con- 
 ventionalized forujs. Xos. 103-110 are all supposed to 
 re|)resent turtles. In most of theni the resemblance in un- 
 mistakable, ('Specially in Xos. 104, lOS and 110, in which 
 vyvA are present, in 1<>7 the head is <bcidedly conventioiuil- 
 ized ; and the shovel-shaped structure seen in lO.'i in well on 
 its way to lose any close resemblance in .shaiM- to tin- animal it 
 represents. 
 
 Xo. 96 is suppo.sed to rrprcwnt a fish, thr tail being clearly 
 indicated as well as the «'Ve. Xo. (!(J. again, represents a 
 native companion, and, with its well-marked beak and at- 
 tenuated body, it is certainly suggestive of a bird living, with 
 its legs stretched backwards. In HIJ and 7.'» we have repre- 
 sentations of two snakes, whose sinuous movements are sug- 
 gested by the curvature of the stick. (Fign. 177. 178.) 
 In S3 the head and teeth are clearly indicate<l. In several 
 other specimens eyes are indicated. In r»7 and I>7 there is no 
 
100 
 
 iiiistakiiii;- \\li;il llir |Kiir uf. respectively, l)lack ;iii(l wliite 
 spots live iiirniit lo indicate; hut it is only because they are so 
 clearly maikrd in these examples that the significance of the- 
 two yellow spots in 106, each surrounded by its circle of white 
 si)ots, can be understood. The same is true of the two holes in 
 72 and 74, which are now purely ornamental, but are modified 
 vestiges of original eyes. In many other caseis, such as 
 62, 67, 72, 74, 84, SG, 88, 97, 99, and 101, the terminal prongs 
 may possibly represent the two jaws of an animal; but, for 
 the most \)nv\, these and the remaining speciments are purely 
 conventional. (Fig.s. 179-1 S2.) 
 
 All the stonci^ appear to be naturally shai)e(l, and the de- 
 signs ar<' purely geometrical, with the exception of 125 (Fig. 
 186), on which in the centre is a conventional drawing of a 
 turtle. 
 
 These sticks and stones are handed down from generation 
 to generation. 
 
 The first one to be discovered was the turtle called Muraian. 
 An old ancestor, named Kulbaran, saw something strange 
 moving about in the water. He caught it, and discovered 
 that it was Muraian, and the latter then showed the man how 
 to make the sticks and stones and liow^ to perform the 
 Muraian ceremonies. 
 
 Others, such as the emu egg, represented by 133, were 
 found subsequently. This particular one was secured origin- 
 ally by a man named Nauundel, and since then it has passed 
 down through nine generations. The long stick, 140, repre- 
 sents a crocodile, and has descended through a line of nineteen 
 men, the names of whom are all known. 
 
 The Muraian consists, first, in the performance of a series 
 of totemic ceremonies, and may only be witnessed and taken 
 part in by elderly men, who, thereafter, receive the status term 
 of Lekerungen. It thus corresponds to the Engw^ira of the 
 Arunta, and forms the final initiation ceremony. It has, 
 however, a second aspect. x\t one special time a certain 
 number of sticks and stones are brought on to the cere- 
 monial ground, and after the men have performed various 
 grotesque dances, holding them in their hands, they are 
 ])laeed in a circle on the ground, and all those present dance 
 round and round them, alternately extending and drawing 
 back their arms, and yelling " Brau ! Brau! " that is, " Give! 
 Give!" The idea is that the natives are demanding the 
 sacred representatives of the various animals and plants to 
 provide them Avith these same animals and plants that form 
 their food supply. The Muraian thus serves the double pur- 
 pose of an initiation and Inticliiuma ceremony. 
 
J 
 
 ^fnHhfi 
 
 1^ 
 
 ( I Ul \1( i\1 \! ( iHirrT: 
 
101 
 
 Tlu" objfi'ts ri'|»nsc«iitiHl arc as follow: — 
 
 (A) Sticks. 
 
 61. Tjunpoaii. a snake. (Fig. 176.) i'rJ. .limidaiiapa. a 
 fish. 64. Tjunara. a yam. 0.'). MiiiuK'lx'iibo. native turk«'V. 
 66. tlinu'ribunna. native coinpanion. 67. Kriliinj<»ri, a fi-inalr 
 croftulile. 6M. Kultkuli. cat-fish. 6i». Tjunara, a yam. 70. 
 Murlapn. a yam. 71. Tjunara. a yam. 72. .limidauapa, a 
 fish. (Fip. ISO.) 7:?. Murlapa. a yam. (Fifr. 17!>.) 74. 
 Mui.l)urunjn>i>. 7.'». Xumtrcji, a t*nakr. (Fig. 177.) 76. 
 Murlapa. a yam. 77. Kimhrrikara, Harramunda fish. 78. 
 Tjunara. a yam. 7!>. Tjunara, a yam. ^(>. A yam. >^1. 
 Murlapa. a yam. n2. .Timidauapa, a fish. s:{. Xunnn-ji, a 
 snako. (Fig. 17S.) vS4. lirutiu-niweir, the jahiru (Ximtr- 
 fii/nchus asiiiliciis). (Fig. 1n1.) N."). A yam. S6. Erihinjori, 
 a male crocodile. S7. Bararil, a small fish. S>. Munhurun- 
 gun. sn. liararil, a small fish. (Fig. 1.S2.) JH). Kimherikara, 
 Harramunda fish. !»1. Imnwulakeri, roots of the red lily. 92. 
 Tjunara, a yam. !>.'5. Minjiweya, a yam. fl4. A yam. 9.j. 
 Tjunara, a yam. !••'». Hararil, a small fish. !»7. .limidauapa, 
 a fip:h. I>S. Kimherikara, Harramunda fish. 0!>. Karakera, 
 the sptir-winged pluvf-r. K'O. Murlapa, a yam. KM. lirut- 
 peni\v<'ir, the jahiru. HL'. Harmil, a small fi<li. li>.">-lin. 
 Kudjalimra. a turtle. 
 
 (H) Stonks. 
 
 111. .Mlierjiji. egg of the ehestnut-hreasted duck. 11:.'. 
 Kulijidho. a yam. li:?. .Mundehenho, wild turk«'y egg. 114. 
 Idabarahara. ll.">. Kudjalinga. turtle egg. 116. Tjunara. a 
 yam. 117. Mundeheid)0. wild turkey egg. US. Erihinjori, 
 crocodile o^p. ( F'ig. US.) 110. Ko|>ereii)i. emu egg. 120. 
 Jimeribunna. native com]>anion eggs. 121. Kintjilhara. a 
 .snake. 122. Kulekuli. cat-fish. (Fig. 190.) 12:J."Worki, a 
 lily root. 124. rngaimiramilla, a yam. (Fig. is:{.) 12.'». 
 Kudjalinga. turtle egg. (Fig. 1S6. ) 126. Erihinjori. croco- 
 dile egg. 127. Kurijeama. '' plum." 12S. Kudjalinga. turtle 
 egg. 129. Kudjalinga, turtle egg. 130, ll]\. Koju-reipi, emti 
 egg. i:i2. .Jimeribunna, luitive companion egg. l^'l. Kop- 
 ereipi. emu egg. (Fig. 1S7.) 134. MundelH-nho. native 
 turkey egg. IS'i. A vam. 136. Mtin«lebenl>o. native turkey 
 egg. '(Fig. 185.) 137. Purijiliji. lily root. (Fig. ISS.) 138. 
 Jimeribunna. native companion egg. 13M. Kulori. a yam. 
 (Fig. 1S4.) 140. Erihinjori. crocodile. 
 
 Xo.s. 1-60 were collected and presented by Profesaor 
 Spencer ai ' M F 1 CMlm; .V..^. 6M40 by Professor 
 Spencer. 
 
102 
 
 CEREMONIAL OBJECTS. (Case 57a.) 
 
 Six (li'corati'd slabs from Groot? Island, (iulf of ('ai'pcii- 
 taria. 'I'licv were found \vrai)i)od u]) in |iai>ci' liark aniongst 
 the rnins of an old cauip. Unforl nnandy noTliini;' definite is 
 known alioiit tli;'m save tlie fact that no child or luhra is 
 allowed lo see them, which indicate? that they are (udv used 
 in the |)erf()i-nianee of sacred ceremonies, prohaldy during 
 initiation of tlie yonnu- nion. They call to mind the sacred 
 objects associated with the Muraian ceremony of the Kakadu 
 tribe, each of which is su])])osed to represent some totemic 
 animal. The crude zoomorphic drawings on one or two of 
 them loud su])i)ort to this view. Apart from this they are 
 of great interest as showing a special form of colouration and 
 design suggestive of Eathurst, Melville Island, and Kakadu 
 objects. During the performance of ceremonies the natives 
 ]irobably (lance round the larger ones which must evidently 
 be planted in the ground, and carry the smaller ones in 
 their hands. In each there is a series of panels divided off 
 by transverse bands, the former being filled with, for the most 
 part, purely conventional designs, the original meaning of 
 which cannot be told. In Xo. 1, however, the second and 
 fifth panels from the top show representations of turtles and 
 l)robably a turtle egg, an animal well known to the natives and 
 important as a food supjily. In Xo. 5, turtles are jirobably 
 also indicated on the seeo]id and third panek, and in No. 6. 
 the sixth and ninth panels have draAvings of some hairy but 
 unrecognizable animal. ISTo. 1 measures 7 feet in height by 
 1 foot in width; Xo. 2, 6 ft. 8 in. in height by 10 inches in 
 width; Xo. ?k 6 ft. 10 in. in height bv 6 inches in width; 
 No. 4, the smallest, 2 ft. 10 in. in height by 2.1 inches in Avidth. 
 Nos. 1 and 2 are simple slabs of heavy wood, probablv 
 Eucalyptus; Xos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 are made of light Avood. Xo. 
 3 is definitely shaped, the upper end possibly representing a 
 head and neck of some animal very much conventionalized, 
 and though ci'udely cut, suggests an association in form Avitli 
 certain of the Muraian objectr,. (Case 57.) (Presented bv 
 Mr. H. L. White. ^ 
 
 CEREMONIAL OBJECTS. (Case 57b.) 
 
 Four ceremonial slabs, sometimes de-;crib;'(l as d:incing 
 hoards. The largest measures 10 ft. 2 in. in length, by 4| 
 inches in Avidth; the smallest, 7 ft. 2 in. in length by 3!} inches 
 in Avidth. They are used during special ceremonies, but 
 their meaning and the exact Avay in Avliich they are used is 
 not known. Each of them is decorated on one side only, 
 Avhich has also been red-ochred, Avith the very characteristic 
 square, grooved design met Avith noAvhere except in "West 
 
Pb\TE 20. 
 
 aJ<KM()MM. OBJLCIb 
 
PLATE 21 
 
 SACRED STICKS AND STONES. 
 
103 
 
 Australia. Knuii l\iv fart that tlw- <lfsiirii cxtriiils along tho 
 \vli»»li' li'iipth of i-ai-h slab, it would appfar likt-ly that tlu-y 
 art' carrirtl ami not fixnl in the ground. From the Kalgoor- 
 
 lir I>i>tric't. AV. <• Aintnilia. 
 
 SACRED STICKS AND STONES. (Cases 58 and 59.) 
 
 1 li. -•■ .-a^'-i (•xutaiii a type st-rii--; uf tin- inMi-f imimrtaiit 
 forms of stono and wooden ohjeets associated in various ways 
 with the saered eeremonies of Australian native trilws. 
 (For explanations see also Cases 60-72.) DiflF.rent names 
 are given to them in different i)arts of the eontinent, 
 and while they vary very niueh in shajM*, many of them 
 U'long to the elass of ()l>jeets to which the name " hull- 
 roariT *' has he<Mi eomumnly applied. The term sacred is useil 
 Invause they are nevt-r alh»wed to l)e seen, or only on very rare 
 occasions, by the women and children; any infringement <»f 
 this rule, even if it be an accidental one, b«'iiig punishalde by 
 blinding or death. In probably all parts of Aur^tralia Hattened 
 sticks, most usually of the form of Xos. 1 and 14, are used in 
 connexion with the ceremonies attendant upon the initiation 
 of the young men, and the loud roaring noise, which is made 
 by rapidly twirling them round at the end of a string, is su|)- 
 pos«'d by women to Ih' the voice of a sjiirit which has conic to 
 take the youths away. In certain of the Central Australian 
 tribes each of thes«' sticks and stones is believed to be asso- 
 ciated with the spirit part of an individual (Xos. J>. 14, ir», 
 16. 21, 23); in other trilx's, such as those which formerly in- 
 habited Victoria, no such definite at^sociation between the in- 
 dividual and the sacred object is known to have existed; and 
 in such tribes as the Kurnai. the Tunduu or bull-roarer was 
 identified with a great ancestor who conducted the «'fremony 
 of initiation and mad*- the bull-rnarcr, ami also a smaller one. 
 which represents his wife. 
 
 1-4. Sacred sticks, caHed -Miru; fn»m WiT-t Au-tralia. 
 This is twirled round at the end of a string .so as to mak«' a 
 roaring sound, which is a warning to women and the uniniti- 
 ated not logo near to the men's camj) while sacre«l ceremonies 
 are in course of performance. Huring om* c«'remony, calle<I 
 Kauri, which lasts one month, one or two men are told off 
 daily to swing the Miru. Kaw triln?. Northampton. Went 
 Australia. ( P'ig. 201.) 
 
 5. Thni' stone Churinga of the Warramunga tribe. wrappe<l 
 in emu feathers. 
 
 6. 7. S. Stone Churingas, palled .\nauarinia, oval and flat, 
 with a knob of porcupine-grass resin. Warramunga tribe. 
 
 9. Stone Churinga belonging to a rat totem. Warramunga 
 tribe. ( Fig. 192.) 
 
104 
 
 10. II. II'. Sioiic ( 'lim-iii,i;;is liclonii'iii<>- to tlie Kulpu or 
 honey loU'iii. \Varr;iiHiiii,i;:i lril)c. (i'reseuted. by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iilli'ii.) 
 
 13. Stono Cluiringa of cnrions ronnck'd form, supposed to 
 have been carried by certain mythical ancestral women of the 
 yam Iiticm. AVarraimui^iia irilie. 
 
 14. Woixlcii Churiiifia, wild cat totem. Aniiita tribe, 
 Central Ansli'alia. 
 
 1,"). Stone Churiniia, wild cat totem. Kaitish frilir, Central 
 Australia. 
 
 Hi. "Wooden Churinga, a grub totem. Arniita Tribe, 
 Central Australia. 
 
 17-19. Three stone Churinga, pear-shaped, witli a knob of 
 resin, and (irnamentation of circles, bands, and spots of white, 
 black, and red. Kaitish tribe. Central Australia. (Presented 
 by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 20. Sacred stone of the Warramnnga tribe, encloi-scd in emu 
 feathers. 
 
 21, 22. Stone Churinga of the lliaura tribe, Ct'iitral .Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 23. Sacred stone of the Worgaia tribe. Central Australia. 
 (Fig. 195.) 
 
 24. Sacred wooden stick. Lower Darling Kiver, New South 
 Wales. 
 
 25. Bull-roarer, used at initiation. This is the smaller one 
 of two used, and represents the wife of the supernatural 
 being who is 'SUj^posed by women and children to conduct the 
 ceremony. Chi para tribe, Tweed Kiver, North Queensland. 
 (Fig. 200.) (Presented by Dr. A. W. Howitt.) 
 
 26. Chimhaliri, sacred stick of the Urabunna tribe, used 
 during initiation ceremonies. (Presented by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 27. Bidu Bidu, sacred stick of the Larakia tribe, used 
 during initiation ceremonies. Darwin. (Presented by Pro- 
 fessor Spenccu'.) 
 
 2S, 29. Kunapippi, sacred sticks of the Nullakun and 
 Mungarai tribes, used during initiation ceremonies. Roper 
 River, Northern Territory. (Presented by Professor 
 Spencer.) 
 
 30. A stone which is supposed to represent the egg of an 
 emu, and wliicdi, during the performance of sacred cere- 
 monies, the object of which is to insure the increase of the 
 bird, is placed out in the bush, with the idea that the bird, 
 seeing it, will lay eggs. Kaitish tribe, Central .Vustralia. 
 
10-, 
 
 .'ll-Ili^ Ston s, calh'il Cliuriiipa I'lu'liitn.!. sii|»|h»sci| to 
 reprrsfnt thf rjr^s wliifh prudiun- a grub that fi'wvs its iiaiiif 
 to a totem group in thf Arunta tribe, Ciniral Australia. 
 These stones are ear -fnlly |»re.s«'rve<l in saered store-housis, 
 anil are only bandhul by the men of tlie grub totem wheti 
 thfv are pj-rforntini? i-mMnoiii s f ' ' insurinj? 
 
 an abundant supply of ilu- grub. 
 
 34. A stone, ealh\l Bulk. This name was given by th«* 
 nativi'S of (iippsland to eerfain round stones whieh brlonged 
 to th- wizards or medicine uumi, the possession of the stone 
 being intinuitely associated with their magic power. Stones 
 such as tiiis are widely distributctl amongst the Australian 
 tribes, and are never allowed to be s <>n by women and 
 nninitiativl men. (Presentetl by Dr. A. W. Ilowitt.) 
 
 35. Stones which are supposed to represent certain parts of 
 a kangaroo. During a ceremony meti are rubbed with these 
 stones, an action which is supposed to assist them in catching 
 the animal. Warramuiiga trii)e. Murchisoii Kange, Central 
 Australia. (Presented l>v rmfe^^nr .*^pfii'vr int. I Mr. F. J. 
 Gillen.) 
 
 36. Stones, call <i .\tiiuni:;ira nv l;ie Aruiiui ;iiii-. l.>>iN 
 HH'dicine man is supposcvl to liave a number of them di.s- 
 tributed through his body, and to project them at will into 
 the boijy of tlu' patient, in whom they counteract the evil 
 magic from the effects of which he is suffering. Wlieii this 
 has been accompli-b«d 'bi- -ton « rrtiiin iiili> tlu- body of tie- 
 medicine man. 
 
 37. Sacred objerl iii itii- t.-iiii «>t a .jiiari/ crystal wrapped 
 in human hair. l»ird*s down, and skin. Dieri tribe. Lake 
 Kyre. 
 
 3.S, Sa. . ''V rain-makers. Wilpma, S..iitb 
 
 Australia. 
 
 39. Sacre.l .<.nn- uf ilie tribe inhal>iting the diMrict of 
 Springshaw, (^ne<-nslaiid. The ston«' was carried about 
 wrapped in several layers of opossum skin, and was not 
 allowed to be s<'en by women and uninitiatol men. Obtained 
 from the natives bv Mr. S. Holitho, of Kainworth Station. 
 (Presented by Mr. C. D. Harber.) 
 
 40. Stone Churinga. made by a man of the Kuro (a kan- 
 garoo) totem. an<l given by him to a man of the *' plum tree'* 
 totem to enabl • the lattr>r to catch Kuro. The eoncentrie 
 circles on each side represent the intestines of the animal. 
 The two groups of si-mi-cirdes repnsiMit a male and female 
 Kuro. .\runta tribe. (Presented bv Professor Spencer and 
 
 Mr. I- .1 <;;". > 
 
10(i 
 
 CHURINGA. (Cases 60-72.) 
 
 Ill these cases various forms of Churiiigu are illustrated. 
 Cliuringa are sacred stones and sticks which may only be 
 seen by the initiated members of the tribe, and are carefully 
 hidden from the .si.ffht of woincii and tlie uninitiated. Each 
 individual member of tlic tribe in whicli they are found has 
 his or her Cliuringa, whieli was carried about before birth by 
 the spirit whose reincarnation the man or woman is supposed 
 to be. In the Aruiita and other tribes of Central Australia 
 the ancestors of the tribe are regarded as the transformations 
 of various animals, the name of one of which each human 
 being bears as his or her totemic name, an,d therefore each 
 Churinga is associated with some totem. They vary con- 
 siderably in size and shape, and may be either perfectly plain 
 or ornamented with incised patterns, taking the form, most 
 usually, of spirals or series of concentric circles, with minor 
 ornaments in the form of wavy or straight lines. The mean- 
 ing of the ornamentation is perfectly arbitrary, but in all 
 cases it has reference to the totem of the individual with 
 whom the Churinga is associated. Every individual of the 
 tribe has his or her Churinga, and these are kept hLdden 
 away out of sight of women and children in some secret spot, 
 the locality of which is known only to the old men of the 
 totem group. They are carefully stored up in the sacred 
 store place, Avhicli is called an Ertnatulunga. Before birth 
 the spirit child is supposed to be especially associated with 
 the Churinga, and after birth the Churinga is searched for, 
 and if not found (wdiich it often is by some old man, Avho, 
 presumably, has j)rovided himself with one taken for the 
 2:)urpose from the store-house), then one is made and placed in 
 the store. At special times they are shown to the younger men 
 after their initiation, when sacred ceremonies commemora- 
 tive of the tribal ancestors are performed, and it is by means 
 of them that a verbal record is kept of the unwritten history 
 of the tribe. Churinga of this form are characteristic of 
 the Central Australian and probably also of the Western 
 Australian tribes, while the smaller wooden ones are found 
 all over Australia, and are commonly know^n as " bull- 
 roarers." They are usually made out of Mulga or some 
 hard wood, and are ^periodically rubbed by the old men with 
 grease and red ochre. The pattern is incised by means of 
 the lower incisor tooth of an opossum. 
 
 STONE CHURINGA. (Case 60.) 
 
 1, 2. Churinga of the emu toteni. 
 
 3. Churinga of the Luritja tribe. Central Australia. 
 
-I. » liui inga of the ri\ ' 
 
 tralia. 
 
 J. Churinga (totnn nui kiiuwiij ol liic Aruiilu iriLn . ' 
 tral Australia. 
 
 6. Churiii^a of the Kuro (wallabv) tnf.tii. Arunta iriU-, 
 LVntral Australia. (Fig. 15H.) 
 
 7. Churiiiga of the Kuniiijira lol.ni. Kaitish tribe. Cen- 
 tral Australia. 
 
 8. i). C'liurinjia of a gra.ss-seed totem. Kaitish tribe, Cen- 
 tral Australia. Thrse two Churiiipi arc decoraHvl with 
 |>ij;nients and bird's down, and were tlms used during the 
 i)?rforn»ancf of a sacn-d cfrt'inony. tlie object of which wan 
 the procuring of a plentiful supply of gras3 seed, which is 
 eaten bv the natives. 
 
 10, 11. Churinga (totem not known) of the Arunta tribe, 
 Central Australia. 
 
 12. 13. Two stone Churinga from the Kaitish tribe. Cen- 
 tral Australia. (Presented bv Professor Spencer and Mr. 
 F. J. (;illen.) 
 
 14. Stone Churinga of the *' wild cat " totem, decorated 
 with red an<l white down. Kaitish tribe. Harrow Creek. 
 Central .\ustralia. ('PnseMt<d by Professor Sp.ncer and 
 Mr. F. .1. (;illen.) 
 
 Stone a.m> Woukkn CutKi.Ni.A. (Case 61.) 
 
 1. Three stones belonging to nu-n of the emu totem, e!i- 
 elo.'i.d in a ca.^e of emu feathers, closely similar in shape to 
 one of the Kurdaitcha shoes. Annua tribe, Central A\is- 
 trnlia. 
 
 2. Three stones, enclosed in emu feathers, belonging to men 
 of the rain tot m. One of them, with a knob of resin at the 
 end, is similar in shajM" to the sacred stones of the W:irr!i- 
 munga tribe. Arunta tribe. W. -• Macdonnell Hange«. ' 
 tral Australia. 
 
 3. A very old snere*! stone of a man log totem, 
 I.uriija tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 4. Sacre.l stone of the Iliaura tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 5. 6. 7. Three sacred atones of the Warramunga tribe. 
 Central \"-' 'lia. Kach with a kmd) of resin at one en«l. 
 
 S. W ' luringa. Arunta tribi'. Central Australia. 
 
 9. Stniir * miringa of the Witehetty grub toteni. .Vrunta 
 tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 10. Stone rhuringa of the Witehetty grub totL>m. Arunta 
 tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 11. Stone Churinga wrapped in feathers. Arunta tribe, 
 Central Au-iraliii. 
 
 2862. 10 
 
108 
 
 Xos. 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, aiul 1 1 presented by Professor 
 Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 Stone and Wooden Cm kin(;a. (Case 62.) 
 
 A series illustrating the stone and -wooden Clinringa of the 
 Arunta and Luritja tribes, Central Australia. 
 
 1-11. Illustrating woaden Churinga. 1. A caterpillar 
 totem; .Vrunta tribe. 2. Totem not known; Arunta tribe. 
 ;'. Acliilpa (Dasyurus geoffroyi or "wild cat") totem; 
 Arunta tribe. 4. Euro totem; Arunta tribe. 5-8. Totem 
 not known; Arunta tribe. 9. Snake totem; Arunta tribe. 
 10, 11. Snake totem; Luritja tribe. All of the rest belong 
 to the Arunta tribe. 12-15. Irpunga or Jfish totem. 16-23. 
 Totems not known. 24-29. Witchetty grub totem. 30-31. 
 Emu totem. 32-35. Witchetty grub totem. 36-39. Euro 
 totem. 40-44. Witchetty grub totem. 45. Kangaroo totem. 
 46. Euro totem. 47. Witchetty grub totem. 48-55. Little 
 hawk totem. (Nos. 12-55 presented by Professor Spencer 
 and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
 WooDEX Churinga. (Case 63.) 
 
 1. Bandicoot totem. 2. White bat totem. 3. Lizard 
 totem. This is a very rare shape, resembling a boomerang, 
 and is a very old one. (Fig. 197.) 4. White bat totem. 
 (Fig. 196.) ' 5. Water or rain totem. (Fig. 194.) 6. 
 Frog totem. 7, 8. Totem not known. The former has a 
 hole bored through one end so as to allow of its being hung 
 on to some such object as a N^urtunga during the perform- 
 ance of sacred ceremonies. (Fig. 198.) 9. Opossum totem. 
 Human hair string is attached to it, by means of which it is 
 hung on to a l^Turtunga. 10. A lizard totem belonging to a 
 Purula man. 11. Totem unknown. 12. A lizard totem be- 
 longing to a Purula woman. 13. Totem un.known. 14. A 
 lizard totem belonging to a Kumara man. 15-18. Totem 
 not known. 19. Witchetty grub totem belonging to a Bul- 
 thara man. 20. Witchetty grub totem belonging to a male 
 Kumara. 21. Witchetty grub totem belonging to a young 
 Bukhara boy. 22. Dingo totem. All these Churinga are 
 from the Arunta tribe. Xos. 10-21 were collected for the 
 Museum by Mr. E. C. Cowle. 
 
 Wooden CHrRiN(?A. (Case 64.) 
 
 1-9. Wooden Churinga of the yam totem. Arunta tribe. 
 Central Australia. 
 
 10-13. Wooden Churinga of the honey-ant (Yarninpa) 
 totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
14. WooiU-n I'huringa ul lUv .-ran.- . Auj • '"' 
 
 Arunta tribf. „ , , \i 
 
 All ih.-st. siMH-iuu-nts Nverp vo\\vi'U-d for ti.. Mh-um, ..j 
 
 Wooden Ciukinua. (Cast" 0:..> 
 l.:5. Wooclon Churinpa of a man of the niiu (Krlia) totem. 
 AniMta tribe. fVntral Australia. 
 
 4. Wooilen Churinpa of a man of the t.ilka totem. Arunta 
 
 ^5. 6. Wooden Churinga of a man ..f tli<- '* will-eat ' 
 (Aehilpa) tottm. Arunta tribe. „ , , - i ;, »,.. 
 
 7. \Voo.le.i Churinga of an ""-;»';'•' ;""':f,,^"\"'V ';„ ,u 
 
 8 Wooden Hiuringa of a n.an of the Inehillkineha (a bu.h 
 food on the ranges) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 All these speeimens were collected for the Museum hy 
 Mr. K. ('. Cowlc. 
 
 WooDK.N C'niKiNtiA. (Casc G6.) 
 
 J, -. Wooden Churinga of a man of the kangaroo totem. 
 Vrunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 :i 6. Wooden Churinga of a man of the carpet snake 
 ( Knnia') totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 \ Wooden Churinga of a man of the dove {(leopeha Iran- 
 ,iuilla) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 S. Wooden Churinga of a man of the honey-ant ( \ arumpa ) 
 
 totem, .\runta tribe. , a. k,. 
 
 All th.se speeimens were collected for tin- M.is.'um bv 
 
 M. K. C. Cowle. 
 
 Stoxk and Woodk.n CiiiKiMJA. (Case 67.) 
 
 1 • Wooden Churinga of a man of the emu (Krlia) 
 totrm. Arunta trilns Central Au.ntralia 
 
 :j. Woodn. Churinga of a man of tin- W itchetty grub 
 (Tdnirringita) tot.-m. Arunta tribe. 
 
 4. Stone Churinga nrn-.-nting the liver of a green snake. 
 
 Arunta triln*. __. . ..„ „_„u 
 
 :., 6. Stone Churin^ nuui of the W.tchetty grub 
 
 (Tdnirringita) totem. Arunta tribe 
 
 7. Wooden Churinga of a man of the litth- grub (In- 
 
 chaika) totem. Arunta tribe. ^ , ,, , , 
 
 s-io. Wooden Churinga of a man of th.- Mulga .•^e-I i.. . ,„. 
 
 Arunta triln'. 
 
 11. Woodrn (l.uringa of a man of the crane (Anju;w..i. 
 
 totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 12. Stone Churinga of a man of a grasa seed totem. 
 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
110 
 
 13. Stone (Muiriiiii-;i I'cprcsciitiiiii; tli;' liver of an emu. 
 Anuita tribe. 
 
 All these specimens were colU'ctcil I'oi- llie Museuni hv 
 .Mr. K. C. Cowle. 
 
 Stone (^iii{i.\(;a. ((^is^' GS.) 
 
 1-7. IMackcned stone (Mnirini^'a of the Knro (AiMUi^-a) 
 totem. Arnnla tribe, Ccntrnl Australia. 
 
 8, 9. Stone C'huringa of the Hakeu flower (Unjianiba) 
 totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 10, n. Stone Churing-a of a rat (Illuta) totem. 10. 
 Ai'unta tribe. 11. Kaitish tribe, l^an'ow Creek, Central 
 Australia. 
 
 12. Stoue Churinga of tlie water ((^natcha) totem. 
 Aruuta tribe. 
 
 13, 14. Wooden Churinga of the rain totem. Kaitish 
 tribe. 
 
 15-17. Small stone Churinga of a fish (Wunta) totem. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
 18. Wooden Churinga of the bell bird tot in. Luritja 
 tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 19. Stone Churinga of a grass seed (Injirra) totem. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
 20. Stone Churinga of the fire (Ura) totem. 
 
 (Nos. 1-18 presented bj Professor SiDeneer and Mr. F. J. 
 Gillen.) 
 
 Stone Churinga. (Case 69.) 
 
 1-7. Set of stone Churinga of men of the Hakea flower 
 (Unjiamba) totem. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (Fig. 
 193.) 
 
 8, 9. Stone Churinga of men of the honey-ant (Yarnmpa) 
 totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 10. Stone (Miuringa of a man of a snake totem. Arunta 
 tribe. 
 
 (!Nos. 1-7 presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. 
 Gillen. 8, 9, 10 collected for the Museum by Mr. E. C. 
 Cowle.) 
 
 Stone and Wooden Churinga. (Case 70.) 
 
 1. Wooden Churinga of the lizard (Eehunpa) totem. 
 Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 2. Stone Churinga of the eaglehaAvk (Irritcha) totem. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
 3. Stone Churinga of the little hawk (UUakupera) totem. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
lit 
 
 I ^ < 'liuriiign of the emu (Erlia i \ 
 
 tril>.-. 
 
 5, Wooden Ciiuriiiga of the honey-ant (Yarumpa) totem. 
 Kaitisli tribe, IJarrow 0«H'k, rrntral Ausfralin. 
 
 6, Small .stom» C'liuriiiga of the tly (Aiiiiinga) totem. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
 7, S. Stone Churinga of the Irriakura totem. Edible 
 bulb of ('«//>♦• rii.f roluiulu.s. Arunta trib**. 
 
 9. Wooilen Churinga of the Witehetty grub (Udnirriii- 
 gita) totem. Arunta trilx;. 
 
 10. Stone Churinga of the Yam tot<ni. Worgaia trihi', 
 Tennant Creek, C»'ntral Australia. 
 
 11. Stone CIniringa of the wrm totem. Anuita tribe. 
 12-14. Stont' Churinga of a grass st-ed (Arawinnia) totem. 
 
 Kaitish tribe. 
 
 1."), 16. Stone (Ijuringa of the Witehetty grub (Udnirrin- 
 gita) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 17. Boomerang-shaped woodt-n Churinga. From a native 
 ?ravo. 40 miles north of tht- Harrier Ranges, Xew South 
 Wales. 
 
 IS. Wooden Churinga. Found on a native grave at 
 Crystal IJrook, South Australia. 
 
 19, 20. Wooden Cliuringa of the Tjingilli tribe, Powell 
 Creek, Cvntral Australia. 
 
 21. Wooden Churinga ornamented with an iueistd design 
 of squares. Xorth-We.st Australia. 
 
 fXos. 1-lC, 19, 20 presented l)v Profes.sor Speneer and 
 Mr. F. J. (Jillen.) 
 
 WfwnEN Cm Ki.\(i.v. (Case 71.) 
 
 1. Wooden Cliuringa of the Fmbaia tribe, Whanaluru 
 lagoon. Xortlnrn Territory. 
 
 2-6. Wooden Churinga of the Gnanji tribe, Maeartlmr 
 Kiver. Xortiu'rn Territory. 
 
 (XOS. 1-n ..v..^. .,r.-.l I.v I'r,.r,.>„,r Sm.-im-...- n.i.l Mr I .T . 
 
 Gillen.) 
 
 W«MM»K.N CiirKl.MiA. (Case 72.'* 
 
 1-... ■ <'huringa of a Panunga nun 
 
 (Erlia) Arunta tribe, Central Ausfrjil; 
 
 4. Wi»> It ii (liuringa of a Purula woman of I'ae wagtail 
 (Ti-er-tjirra-tjirra) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 r>. Wooden Churinga of a wood swallow (Turlpungi) totem. 
 .\runta tribe. 
 
 0. Woollen Churinga of a Kunuira man of the Eehumpa 
 iotem. .Vrtnita tribf. 
 
112 
 
 7. Wooden Cliui-inga of a Punila man of a sanilhill rat 
 (Mulla) totem. Arimta tribe. 
 
 8. "Wooden Churiiiga of a stone standing np (Ulalla) 
 totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 9. Wooden Cliuringa of a Pnrnla man of the green snake 
 (Talta-Kulpilla) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 10. 11. Wooden ('huringa. Totem unl^nown. Arunta 
 tribe. 
 
 12. Wooden Cburinga of a Panunga man of the carpet 
 snake (Kunia) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 13-15. Wooden Cburinga of a Purula man of a yam totem. 
 Arunta tribe, 
 
 16. Wooden Cburinga of a man of an ant (Mantu-pailka) 
 totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 17, IS. Wooden Cburinga. Arunta tribe. 
 
 19. Wooden Cburinga of a Panunga man of a grass tree 
 {Xanihorrhcea Thorntoni) totem. Arunta tribe. 
 
 20. Wooden Cburinga of a man of tbe fire (Ura) totem. 
 x\runta tribe. 
 
 21. Woaden Cburinga of an Appungerta man of a bandi- 
 coot totem {Peramelcs sp.). Arunta tribe. 
 
 All tbese specimens were collected for tbe Museum by Mr. 
 E. C. Cowle. 
 
 MAGIC. (Cases 73-77.) 
 
 Like tbat of all savage peoples, tbe life of tbe Australian 
 aborigine is largely influenced by magic. If be desires to 
 belp bimself to procure food, to avoid or injure an enemy, 
 be bas recourse to magic. If bis food supply fails be attri- 
 butes tbis to tbe evil magic of an enemy, wbicb can only be 
 overcome by means of tbe exercise of stronger counter magic. 
 In tbis matter, like all other savages, he never dreams of 
 putting bis belief to anything like experimental test; what 
 his father and ancestors believed that he implicitly believes; 
 in fact, so strong is the influence of long-established custom 
 that he dare not do otherwise. The consequence is that 
 his life is really governed on all sides by magic of one form 
 or another. If he has eaten too much when food is abun- 
 dant, then the medicine man must exorcise the evil magic 
 wliieh is causing him pain, and his last moments, if he be 
 conscious, are spent in indicating to the medicine man the 
 individual by means of whose evil magic he is being killed. 
 
 When fighting he will, if possible, carry with him some 
 magic object, such as hair cut from a dead warrior, which 
 will both give him accuracy of aim and, at the same time, 
 destroy tbat of his enemy. If, on tbe other hand, he be- 
 lieves that the spear which has wounded him, however 
 
PLATE 22. 
 
 OBJECTS OF MAGIC. 
 
1 I ••, 
 
 slighllv, Ji:i> iMi-ii ■• -wiii: .1 .11. !..».. I ».i. .-• . ■• ;■' 
 
 so stroiij! is his hVivi in tlu- «'tticacy of tlii«, that he will 
 simply lii- ilown and tlio unl.-ss som.- wi/.anl. stronj; in ninpw 
 nowfr, can <-Mtiiittr:!"f ?!»»• ''vi! iiitlinnrr wiiii-h has i-iitrred 
 his bo«ly. 
 
 The i.alural ■ •, • tliat amon;;^- . ari»us 
 
 Australian tribes tlnri' are niunberlcss objects of magic, 
 whii-h \vi- may r..u«;lily divide into two groups— (1) Tl-- 
 whii-h ar«' used with the nuiin idea of helpini; their po~ 
 as, for example, in the ease of the saered ** bull-roam , ..- 
 lock of hair eut from a deaa nuin; and (2) thosi>, such as 
 pointing sticks and bones, which are solely used to injure or 
 kill an enemy. 
 
 lu some tribes the power of dealing in magic matters is, 
 to a large extent, confined to a sp.cial class of men, who are 
 spoken of as nu'dicine men, or wizards; but in others this is 
 not at all the case, an<l th • ordinary individual deals freely 
 in magic, tiiougli some m ii, an^l liiese by no means of neces- 
 sity the medicine men whose special functiou is the curing 
 of disease, are regarded as being more skilled than othrs. 
 
 It is naturally ditticult, in fact impossible, to draw any 
 hard-and-fast line between, on the one han<l, what are 
 d:'scribed as sacrivl objwts, and, on the other, objects of 
 magic. We have, however, speaking generally. coiifine<l the 
 former term to objects which are used in sacred cer. monies, 
 such as those concerned with initiation or the totems, and 
 the latter to those used by individuals for th.- purpose of 
 directly benefiting themselves, usually at the expense of some 
 other individual, or of injuring <>r killing the latt»r. 
 
 VARIOUS ARTICLES OF MAGIC. (Case 73.) 
 
 1, :.'. .N.-.-klii'^ nm.l.- inMii li»»' .»p..>>iim fur string girdb- and 
 head-band of a dead man. After the mourning ceremony 
 has been performed, thesi- are taken to pieces and re-made 
 into necklets, to which the name, Okindialanina-irrulkna- 
 kinna, is given. The first of these two wonls is th ordinary 
 name applied to th • necklets; the second is compounded of 
 the words irra (he), ulkna (grave), kinna (from), which will 
 serve to show that the ornaments are supposed to be in .some 
 way endowed with the attributis of the dead man. These 
 necklets nnist bp given to some member of the tribi- who 
 beh>ngs to the half of tlie tribe to which th- dcjul manN 
 mother belonged, and he must also be a nu-mber of some 
 other local group. When the neekl ts are ready, the men 
 of the group to whom they are to h^ i>res<'nie«l are sum- 
 ,„f, : ... rl. . .MM... vili.r.-. out of slL'ht of th • W(»men. the 
 
114 
 
 sou or younger brother of the dead luuu phices theui round 
 the necks of the recipients. From the northern part of 
 Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (2 ]iresented by Professor 
 Spencer.) 
 
 3, 4, and 5 are different examples of the same object, in 
 which there is but one horseshoe-shapod coil, the two ends of 
 which are tied together with oi)ossum fur string, decorated 
 with the tail-tips of the rabbit-kangaroo. These forms are 
 made amongst the western groups of the Arunta tribe, Cen- 
 tral Australia, and may be decorated with red ochre or with 
 bands of bird's down. They are supposed to endow the 
 wearer with strength and accuracy of aim, and to deprive 
 his enemy of the same. (Fig. 208.) 
 
 G. Left human femur (leg-bone), with the ends broken off, 
 decorated with red ochre and woun.d round with human hair 
 string. At one end is fixed a bunch of owl feathers. It is 
 carried in the hand during a fight, and is supposed to be full 
 of magic power, which is of benefit to the carrier and most 
 harmful to his enemy. (Fig. 212.) 
 
 7. A waist girdle made from the hair cut from the head of 
 a dead man. It is a most sacred object, and, except when in 
 actual use, is carried about wrapped up in bark with human 
 hair string wound round. The hair is cut off by the sons or, 
 if there be none of these, by the dead man's younger brothers 
 or their sons. While the hair is being cut off, the women 
 and children retire out of sight. The sons and younger 
 brothers of the dead man make it into a girdle, to which the 
 oldest son has the first right. The girdle must always 
 descend to a man who is tribally younger than the dead 
 man. It is called Kirra-ulkna, is suj^posed to be endowed 
 with the attributes of the dead man, and is worn on such 
 occasions as a Kurdaitcha expedition. The spirit of the 
 dead man is supposed to be resident in the tail of the rabbit- 
 kangaroo, which projects from one end. Arunta tribe. 
 Central Australia. 
 
 8. Bretta turdi Kurnai, or dead man's hand. In the 
 Kurnai tribe, soon after the death one or both hands were cut 
 off and dried, and a string of opossum hair was attached, so 
 that the hand could be hung round the neck and worn in 
 contact with the skin under the left arm. It was carried by 
 parent or child, brother or sister. It w^as supposed that on 
 the approach of danger the hand would pinch or push the 
 wearer, and as soon as it did so it was taken and held up 
 in front of the face, and the question put, " "Which way are 
 they coming?" If it remained at rest, the question was 
 again put, facing in another direction, until at last the 
 hand vibrated, thus indicating the direction in which the 
 
li:. 
 
 daiig»T lay. lUv vibrations \v»ti' said to bi- so grral that 
 it " wouKl almost come over to the hoUIi-r." On the apju-ar- 
 aiicf of till' Aurora Australis tht* iiativfs iningincd that tho 
 worlil was about to be burnt uj), and tho hand was hold up 
 and niovcil backwartls and forwards whih- the wearer eon- 
 stanlly repeated the wonls. *' (io away I" This specimen was 
 found suspeiidetl round the neck of a woman who was shot 
 during a Hght with her tribe on the station of Angus 
 McMillan, (tippsland, Victoria. {Presented by Mr. Win. 
 Lynch.) (Fig. 211.) 
 
 9. A lock of hair cut from the head of a dead man, en- 
 cIoschI in bark and fur string, and worn as a charm. It is 
 supposed to act as a counter charm to evil nuigic, and during 
 fights to endow its possi*ssor with accuracy of aim. No 
 wonuin or child may see it. Arunta tribe. Central .\ns- 
 tralia. ( i're.-^ented by Profes.sor Spenc«T an.1 Mi-. I- . .1. 
 Gillen.) 
 
 10. A lock of hair, probably cut from the head of a dead 
 man, enclosed in bark antl wrapped round with 413 yards of 
 hunuin hair string. (Presented by Mr. J. A. Panton.) 
 
 VARIOUS ARTICLES OF MAGIC. (Case 74.) 
 
 1. .V " trumpet." calb'd ITpirra, used by natives in Central 
 Australia for the purpo.ses of charming women. A fire is 
 nuvJe, and then the man inhales some of the smoke through 
 the trumpet, singing as he does so. That night, while the 
 corrobore*' dance is held, he blows through the instrument, 
 and then the special woman feels tin* iiiHucnce of the charmed 
 trumpet. Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 L'. A small bull-roarer, called Xama-twiuna, use<l for 
 charming a woman who belongs to a distant group. A few 
 men retire at night to a .M'cludetl spot and chant songs of 
 amorous phrases addres.sed to the wonum. At daylight the 
 man who desires to .secure her swings the bull-roarer; the 
 humming sound is carried to the ears of the woman, ami has 
 the pow«>r to cause her to conu' to the man. The name is 
 derived from nama (grass) and twinna (to strike), because, 
 when u.sed, the instrument is made to strike the ground. 
 Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 .'I, 3.\. A shell (trnanxMit, called Lonka-Lonka, often worn 
 by men suspemled from the waist. It is \\>n-i[ for charming 
 women. A man who is desirous of .«H?curing .some women 
 charms it by singing over it an invitation to the lightning to 
 come aitd dwell in the sludl. At night ho wears it sus- 
 pendinl from his waist, and then, while he danc<>s, the woman, 
 and she alone, .sees tho lightning flashing from tho shell, 
 
Ho 
 
 ami is ;irtr;ict('(l to tlif man. hi llic case of these tlire.^ 
 iiistniiueiits (A'os. l,'-2, 3), the wniiiaii cliarmed must beloiiii' 
 to the grouj) into wliieh the man may hiwi'ully marry, and 
 if she be assigiioJ or married to another man, a fight always 
 en sties. 
 
 4. Three spceimens of a string knout, wliich is ma(h' by the 
 Warramunga tribe, and endowed witli magic power. One 
 at least of these is possessed by almost every man of the 
 Arunta and oiher ("entral Australian tribes, and is used to 
 keep women in subjection, its stroke being supposed to result 
 in very serious injury. The knout is also cracked like- a 
 wliip iu the direction of any one whom it is desired to 
 injure, ihe evil influence being carried to the- Adctim through 
 the air. The implement is made by the Warramunga 
 tribe, and is used by Arunta, Ilpirra, and Kaitish men over 
 a large area of Central Australia. (Fig. 209.) 
 
 5. A knout, similar in its use to Xo. -i, found amongst 
 the Bingongina tribe. Central Australia. (Fig. 210.) 
 
 6. A charm, called Tikovina, worn during fights by the 
 natives on the Herbert Eiver, Queensland. The natives 
 say that in times past a powerful being, named Kohin, came 
 to the Herbert Eiver in the form of a carpet snake from the 
 Milky Way, which he said was full of fish. He brought two 
 of these Tikovina with him, and instructed the men how to 
 wear them, which they do by means of a string round the 
 neck, the charm hanging down between the shoulders. It 
 insures accuracy of aim with the spear and immunity from 
 injury. It is further said that the head men of the tribe 
 have to eat human flesh every three years, or else they are 
 unable to commune with Kohin. (Presented by Mr. John 
 Gaggiu.) (Fig. 207.) 
 
 7. 8. Case of bark and object of magic, called Tchintu. 
 The latter was wrapped in the former, and consists of a 
 knob of porcupine-grass resin with two incisor teeth of a rat 
 and a hair string, covered with down, about 2 feet long. 
 Tchintu is the name for the sun, and this object is supposed 
 to contain the sun's heat. If placed in the track of any 
 individual the heat follows him up, and sooner or later he 
 will be seized by a violent fever, which will burn him uj). 
 Wyingurri tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 9. Okincha lanina irrulknakinna, necklet made from th^ 
 hair string girdle and neck-bands of a dead man. Worn 
 on an avenging ])arty. The s])irit of the dead man is sup- 
 posed to be resident, for the time being, in the dog's tail. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
117 
 
 10. riiilara, a head-band inad«' of \vliit<iiod fur string, 
 worn bv men to chnrm women. Aninta tribe. 
 
 11. Object of iiingie, ealbnl Kupitja. worn through th? hole 
 in the nasal septum by medieine men in the Warramunga 
 tribe. It is supposivj to br full of magie eonnected witli a 
 mythie snake, from whom the nudieine nien receive tlieir 
 power. Warramunga triV. 
 
 (Xos. 7-11 presented bv Professsor Spencer an<l M:. 1 . .1. 
 Gillen.) 
 
 1'2. I'eriperipu, a bull-roarer u.^ed as a charm. Xorth 
 Quccnshmd. 
 
 VARIOUS ARTICLES OF MAGIC. (Case 75.) 
 
 In many Australian tribes the hair of the head is wholly 
 or partly removed immediately after d-ath, and used for 
 magic purposes. In tiu> Arunta and rnmatjcra tribes in 
 Central Australia «)nly the hair from the top of the hejij is 
 removed; in the Kaitish tribe the whiskers are also cut oflf 
 an<l made into a special magic impleujent. called Aknntilia; 
 farther north, in the Warramunga. only the whiskers are 
 used; but in the Tjingilli and west from them, right down, 
 jjppar.ntly. to tlie coast of the (lulf of Carpentaria, both 
 iiair and beard are pr<."served. In eadi case the hair is mad<.' 
 info some such sacred object as the Kirra-ulkna (Arunta), 
 Wailia-wailia and Akuntilia (Kaitish), Tana (Warra- 
 munga), Tjantimmi (Tjingilli), Arc, which is carried by 
 the avengc-r of the dead num. Such hair is always k<'pt, 
 because it is supposed to be eiulowed with the attributes of 
 the (h'ad man, and, tiierefore, to give sp.cial power to its 
 jmssessor. In thj* Warramunga tribe a girl sometimes car- 
 ries a Tana containing hair cut from the whiskers of a dead 
 Xaminni (mother's broth r). This man lias the right to 
 allot her, and the Tana iikdicates that she is the property 
 of some man, and "•'- ■'^-•' •«- ' ■•''•■'•'n .i./.i-n^; ilir ,i,U :iti,-.'< 
 of other men. 
 
 1-7. Tana. Warrauiunga triln-, I iimaiil Lr.i-k, ( miral 
 Australia. .'» is carried i)y a young w<»nuin to signify l)e- 
 trothal. 
 
 S. \L K' ■•■-'-■ '••;!. . |::.>--..v. ('.•...L. ('.-,•.•,1 \iis. 
 
 tral 
 
 9, ID. WaiUa-wailia. KaUi.'.ii tribe, lia:ruw fn-ik, ( m- 
 tral .Vu-itralia. 
 
 11. Irrulknakinna, in a cover of emu feathers, with tin- 
 head-l>ands of the (had man. .\r>inta tribe. CiMitral Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
118 
 
 12. liuruniburii, .dciul man's anii-boiie, wrapped in paper- 
 bark, ornamented with a design of yellow and black spots. 
 Tliis bone Avas taken out of the ground after having been 
 broken and buried according to certain burial rites of the 
 Warramunga tribe. It had previously been taken out on an 
 avenging expedition. 
 
 13. Head-bands, containing hair of a .dead man. Arnnta 
 tribe, Central Australia. 
 
 (Xos. 1-13 presented bv Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. 
 Gillen.) 
 
 POINTING STICKS AND BONES. (Case 76.) 
 
 These are implements of magic which are used for the 
 purpose of injuring an enemy. Each one consists of a 
 piece of bone or wood, one end being pointed, and the other 
 often tipped with a small mass of resin. They may be 
 ornamented with marks made by a fire-stick or with bird's 
 down or with rings of white, red, yellow, and black pigment, 
 while, occasionally, they may be rubbed all over with grease 
 and charcoal. In the Central Australian tribes, from 
 amongst whom most of the specimens have come, a very 
 common method of using them is as follows : — The man 
 who has made one goes along to some unfrequented spot, 
 and mutters over it such curses as the following : *' May your 
 heart be torn asunder! May your backbone and ribs be 
 rent asunder! May your throat and head be split 
 open ! " That is what is called " singing the stick," which 
 results in endo"v\T.ng it with evil magic. He then leaves it 
 at the spot for a few days, after which he brings it at dark 
 to the camp where his enemy is sitting, and from some little 
 distance points it at the latter, at the sam'^ time repeating 
 the curses. After this has been done the victim is supposed 
 to sicken and die, unless his life be saved by the counter 
 magic of a " medicine man." 
 
 123. Various forms of pointing sticks, used by the Arnnta, 
 Jlpirra. Kaitish, and other Central Australian tribes. The 
 rounded ones are commonh" called Irna, and the more 
 flattened ones, Takula. (Figs. 202, 203.) 
 
 2-i. A double pointing stick, peculiar to the locality of 
 " Running "Waters,'' on the Finke River, Central Australia. 
 When used, two men stand facing one another. One holds the 
 string, while the other, grasping the instrument in both hands, 
 points it, with a series of jerks, between his legs, in the direc- 
 tion of the man whom it is desired to injure. The effect is 
 supposed to be the discharge of blood from different organs 
 of the body, resulting in a wasting death. Arnnta tribe. 
 (Presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) 
 
PLATE 23. 
 
 KURDAITCHA SHOES. 
 
lilt 
 
 25. A spi'i'iiil form i-arriitl by tlu- iin-dii-iiu- niuii who a<- 
 coiupjinics a man going as a KnrJaiti-ha to kill an t-ni-my (for 
 ixj.lanation, sec casi- of Kunlaiti'ha shoes). The pointing 
 bone is earrieil inside a hoUow bone, which is worn as u nose- 
 bone. The fcirm is calUtl Injilla. aiwJ is phiced by the 
 meilicine man under tlte tongu.- of the victim after the latter 
 has been speare.l, an.l has the power of ren<lering him 
 oblivious of evi-rything that has occurred. (Fig. 204.) 
 
 2t3-31. Pointing bones, or Injilla, of the Arunta tribe. 
 Central Australia. (Fig. 205.) 
 
 32. 33. rilinka. pointing sticks supposiU to b,- u-ed by 
 spirit individuals for inserting in the bodies of men. Arunta 
 tribe. Central Australia. (Fig. 206.) 
 
 34. Special form of pointing apparatus, called Cngakura. 
 It consists of a strand of human hair string, to which is 
 attached at one end a pair of (daws of tlie eaglehawk. and at 
 the other five pointing bones. Arunta tribe. Central .Vus- 
 iralia. 
 
 35. Pointing stick, Wanga, with burnt design. M:. Mar- 
 garet, Western .\u>tralia. ( Pn's<Mite.l by Mr. \N . X 
 Cannon.) 
 
 36. Pointing stone, Xakitja. This is an opaline (|uart/. 
 spear-head that has been "sung" by members of a distant 
 trilu', and so endowed with evil ntagic. It is u.<tvl by the 
 Kaitish tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 37. Two pointing sticks wrapped in bark. Kaiti.-h trib.-, 
 Central Australia. 
 
 38. Six pointing bones, Tjingilli tribe, with knobs of resin 
 covered with white down. Tjingilli tribe, Central .Vustralia. 
 
 39. Six short poijiting bone.<. Arunta tribe, Macarthur 
 Kiver, Xorthern Territory. 
 
 40. 41. Flat pointing bonrs. Arunta tribe. Central Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 42. Double pointing bone. Frabunna tribe. Lake Fyre, 
 Central Australia. 
 
 (.Vos. 33, 36-31», 42 pro>onted by Profes-<or Spencer and 
 .Mr. F. J. (;illen.) 
 
 SHOES, &c., WORN DURING A KURDAITCHA. 
 (Case 77.) 
 
 .V Kurdaitcha num i- '-i>e who has either been formally 
 .selected, or goe« out on his own initiative, wearing emu- 
 feather .shoes, to kill an individual who is accused of having 
 injured .some one by magic. He may or may not be accom- 
 panied by a medicine man. If he be, then the latter also 
 wears the shoes, which are attached to the ankle and leg by 
 human hair string and decorated with binl's down fastene*! 
 2W12. 11 
 
1 ■_'( I 
 
 on by Iniinaii blootl. 'I'lic bodies of the iiicii arc also decorated 
 with clown and charcoal, and the hair tied up in the manner 
 shown in the photograph. Xo man may " go Kurdaitcha " 
 win:) lias not submitted to having the great toe of one foot 
 dislocated. In .doing this the ball of the toe is applied to a 
 hot stone until it is supposed to be softened, when it is sud- 
 denly pulled out violently' to the side, and thus dislocated. 
 Each shoe consists of a pad of emu feathers, which are made 
 to adhere by continuous prodding with a bone needle, so that 
 they become closely intertwined. The upper part consists of 
 human hair string plaited into a net, in which, at one side, 
 is a hole for the dislocated toe to pass through. The Kur- 
 daitcha man carries one or more of the sacred stones or 
 wooden Churinga (bull-roarers), which, while creeping upon 
 his enemy, he carries between his teeth. The possession of 
 this sacred Churinga both gives him accuracy of aim and 
 prevents his enemy from discovering his presence. After 
 being wounded the enemy faints, and the medicine man 
 comes up and heals the wound by magic, often inserting into 
 it a small lizard, which is supposed to suck up the blood. 
 When the man revives he is obliviotis of all that has hap- 
 pened, and returns to camp, where, soon afterwards, he is 
 supposed to sicken and die. It is commonly stated that the 
 object of the shoes is to conceal the track of the wearer, but, 
 inasmuch as an overturned stone or a blade of grass pressed 
 down is sufficient to reveal to a native not only the fact that 
 some one has been walking, but also the direction in which 
 he has walked, the most that the shoes can do is to prevent 
 its being known exactly who has made the track. At the 
 present day the Kurdaitcha is probably a matter of make- 
 belief, and the equivalent of a bogey-man. 
 
 1. Under surface of a shoe. Arunta tribe, Central Aus- 
 tralia. (Fig. 215.) 
 
 2. Upper surface of a shoe. Arunta tribe, Central Aus- 
 tralia. 
 
 3. Pair of shoes tied together with human hair string. 
 They are often used like this for carrying about small sacred 
 objects, such, for example, as the stone knife used during the 
 initiation ceremonies. Arunta tribe. 
 
 4. 5. Upper surfaces of a pair of shoes. One of them is 
 decorated as it is when being used, and contains a small 
 wooden Churinga and the ball of human hair string used to 
 tie the shoe wit\. (Figs. 213, 216.) 
 
 6. Small stone Churinga, carried between the teeth. 
 
 All the above are from the Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 7. Kurdaitcha shoes used by the Kaitish tribe, which 
 inhabits country to the north of the Arunta tribe. The front 
 
IJI 
 
 l.ari of tlu- ti»ot is t-m-lo-sol h\ a covfring of ••mu fi-ath<'rs. 
 no network of hunmn hair string being employed. ( Fig. 214. ) 
 S. Patl of emu feathers used in eonnexion with th«' Kur- 
 daitelia e. remony. The e.xaet u.se of lliis is not known. 
 .\runta tribe. Central .Vustralia. (Presented l)y Professor 
 Speneer.) 
 
 9. Uiuler and upper surfaees of a pair of shoes, eonsisting 
 of a flat pad of emu feathers cilged witli a narrow network 
 of bandieoot-wool string. Wilgena distriet, Soutli Australia. 
 Presented by Mr. Bernard Hall. 
 
 10. Noo.se, or Xeeruni, u.sed for strangling an enemy. 1; 
 consists of a needle made from the fibula of a kangaroo and 
 u rope 2 feet 6 inches long. The eord is formed of string of 
 seven stranils. whieh are '> feet long. One end of the rope 
 is fixed to th- bone by kangaroo tendon; the other is nnule 
 into a loop, also fi.xed by tendon. It is .said that the bone is 
 slid under the vietim's neck while asleep, put through the 
 h»op, an<l quickly drawn tight. The inidy is then carried away 
 to a seelmled spot, wh-re the '" kidm-y fat " can be extracted. 
 Wotjoballuk trilM'. Vi.-r..ri;i. 
 
 STONE KNIVES USED IN CERTAIN INITIATION 
 CEREMONIES. (Case 78.) 
 
 1. Knife with resin haft, in a Kurdaitcha .shoe nuide of 
 emu feathers and iiuman hair string netting. The carrying 
 of the knives and other small objects used during sacred cere- 
 monies in these shoes is ap|)arently a precaution for keeping 
 them from being seen by women and ciiildren. to whom the 
 shoes are also forbidden. Arunta tribe. Central .Vustralia. 
 (For explanation and <|..-e|riien< ..f Kurd;iiie]ia shoes, see 
 Case No. 77.) 
 
 2. Knif«' with resin haft, wrapped ni iiunian liair string. 
 
 A( nling to tradition this is one of tin- old ston<' knives. 
 
 caUiNl Lalira. us d in the far past when the performance of 
 the rite during which it wa- used was first iiiTro.luceil. 
 Arunta tribe. 
 
 3. Circular stone knife, known a- a Knnda >l"ii--. .md used 
 for circumcision. From Western .Vustralia. ( Pre.s«'nted by 
 Profe.H.sor Speiu'er. ) 
 
 4. Decorated knife with yellow-o. hri d resin haft, and 
 sheath made of paper-bark and whitened fur string. r-s<'d in 
 ceremonies connected with women, ami also in the circuiii- 
 cision c«-renjony. Warramunga triln-. 'i'ennant Creek. Cen- 
 tral .Vustralia. ( I're.sented by Profess.. r Spencer and Mr. 
 F. J. (iiUen.) 
 
122 
 
 5. Docorati'd knife, and shcarli iiiadL- of paper-bark and 
 whitened fur string. Warrauiunga tribe, Central Australia. 
 (^Presented by Professor Spencer and ^Ir. V. J. Gillen.) 
 
 6. Decorated knife, and sheath nia.de of paper-bark and 
 whitened fur string. Used in the circumcision cei'eniony. 
 Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 
 
 MOURNING AND BURIAL. (Case 79.) 
 
 Amongst the Australian aborigines it is a widely-spread 
 custom for the hair of the head to be plastered over with 
 pipeclay or kaolin in token of mourning. In some tribes 
 individual locks of hair are thus enclosed, causing the hea-d 
 to appear as if it were ornamented wdth a lot of white 
 sausages, the upper part of the face and the body being also 
 smeared over with white. In other tribes the Avhole of the 
 hair is enclosed in a dense mass of gypsum, forming what is 
 called a '' Kopi," specimens of which are seen in the lower 
 part of the case. It is said that this, which weighs 10 or 11 
 pounds, is renewed at intervals of a week or two, and the old 
 " Kopis," as they are removed, are p)laced on the grave, their 
 number testifying to a certain extent to the esteem in which 
 the dead individual was held. 
 
 The two chaplets seen in the upper part of the case are 
 worn by the widow of a dead man, or mother of a dead 
 child, on the occasion of the performance of a ceremony 
 called " Urpmilchima " in the Arunta and Ilpirra tribes. 
 Central Australia. In these tribes the bodies of the mourners 
 are, as usual, plastered over with pipeclay ; the women in the 
 camp cut themselves with knives, beat themselves with sticks, 
 and give vent to the strange, weird wail which all day an.d 
 night is to be heard arising from a camp in which a death 
 has taken place. After the lapse of perhaps twelve or eigh- 
 teen months the final ceremony, which indicates that the 
 jjeriod of mourning is at an end, is carried out at the grave. 
 The chief mourner, widow or mother, has made a chaplet, 
 called " Chimurilia," out of little groups of hones attached 
 by porcupine-grass resin to one of the ordinary fur string 
 head-rings. Her head and the upper part of her body are 
 again bedaubed with pipeclay, and the chaplet is worn so 
 that the bones hang down over her face and nearly conceal 
 this from view. In addition, she wears little tufts of the 
 bright-coloured feathers of a cockatoo. At the grave, amidst 
 loud lamentations, the men and women cut their bodies in 
 token of grief, the chaplet is torn to pieces and buried in the 
 grave, and the twigs which covered the latter are trampled 
 upon and broken in pieces. The name of the ceremony, 
 
PL\TF. 24. 
 
 MOURNING QiXPLETS. ETC. 
 
123 
 
 *• rrpiuiK'hima." iiicans " breaking tlu- twigs iit pita-cs ' ; and 
 after this tii:- spirit, which has hith<-rti) haunted the old 
 i-anip. is suppDsi'd to return to its ancestral huntinj? grounds, 
 wliern it associates with other spirits; though at times it 
 will return to visit, but not unnoy, its living relatives, who, 
 by placing the broken chaplet and colour«'*l feathers in the 
 grave, have signitii'd tliat tiiey have properly mourned for 
 the dead. 
 
 1. C'haplei ornamented with tlu- red bea<ls of the bean 
 tree { Kri/thrina ri'spcrtHlu). From the llpirra tribe, Cen- 
 tral Australia. (Fig. 218.) 
 
 2. 3. C'haplets (I'himurilia) of the Annua tribe, Central 
 Australia. (Fig. 217.) 
 
 4. Chaplet which has been brokt-n up ami placfd in the 
 grave. 
 
 3. Fur string rings, worn by the women mourners and 
 then buritvj in the grave. 
 
 6, 7. Small pitchis in which the Cliimurilin arc carried. 
 ( Xos. 1-7 presented l>v Professor lS]»encer and Mr. 1". .1. 
 Gillen.) 
 
 5. Parcel of bones of a child, wrapped in paj)er-bark and 
 fur string. Carried by the mother. Ord and Nitrri Jvivers, 
 Kimberl -y district. 
 
 1», 10. 11. Widow's head-dress or "' Kopi," made of gypsum. 
 Murray River. ( Fig. 219.) 
 
 12. Widow's head-dress or " Kojti " matle of gypsum. 
 Tilpa, Xew South Wales. (Presented by .Mr. .1. Mungovan.) 
 
 13. Armlets, worn by women of the Kakadu and allied 
 tribs during the Morlil or mourning ceremony. They arc 
 made out of string manufactured from fibres of the bark of 
 the Banyan tree. Tlu'V are worn on the arm. just above the 
 elbow, and are called Kundama by the Kakadu. (Presented 
 by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 14. An exce|)tionally large widow's cap or *' Kopi." Kallara. 
 Darling Hiver, New South Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S. 
 Ollicer.) 
 
 l'»-22. Ovnl grave stones made of gypsum. I.'»-I7. i I'r - 
 sentcfl by Mr. (traham Oflicer.) 1S21. Tongo Lake, New 
 South Wales. ( Pr.s«nted by Messrs. If. S. OtHcer aiul A. 
 S. Kenyon.) 22. Tilpa, Xew South Wales. (Pre.scnte*! bv 
 Mr. MnnL''>Viiii.~) 
 
 MOURNING AND BURI.\L. (Case 80.) 
 In the Hinbinga. Anula. Mara and other tribes inhabiting 
 the country on the west coaat of the (iulf of Carpentaria 
 the ceremonies conneeted with mourning and burial are of an 
 <daborate description. 
 
121 
 
 Soon after death the greater part of the flesh is removed 
 from the bones and eaten by certain individnals. The 
 bones arc placed on a platform in a tree, and allowed 
 to remain there nntil they are dry and clean, \yhen they are 
 taken down and wrapped in pa])er-bark. The parcel is 
 placed in a forked branch of a tree, Avhich stands npright 
 in the middle of a small cleared space margined by a little 
 circnlar mound, which is incomplete at one side. 
 
 The greater part of the bones are wrapped in one parcel 
 (1), but the arm-bones are kept apart and enclosed in fur or 
 hair string (2, 3, 4), and at a later date are handed over to 
 men w^hose duty it then is to avenge the .death. 
 
 The forked stick is placed close to the camp of the father 
 and mother of the dead person, and there is always some one 
 watching over it. A little fire is kept burning day and night 
 within the raised circle, and is never allowed to go out. 
 Finally, the bones are taken down and, after an elaborate 
 ceremony, during which performances connected with the 
 totem of the dead person are enacted, they are placed in a 
 kind of coffin, called Lurkun or Lurgun, made out of a hollow 
 branch decorated with a design belonging to the totem. 
 This coffin is then carried away, and left in the branches of a 
 tree overhanging a Avaterhole in which water lilies, a staple 
 food of the natives, grow. Here it remains undisturbed until, 
 perhaps, it tumbles into the Avater, or is carried away by a 
 flood. 
 
 The parcel of bones in this case was obtained in a camp of 
 Binbinga natives on the banks of the Macarthur River, and 
 the coffin was made by the mother's brothers. 
 
 1. Parcel of bones wrapped in paper-bark. 
 
 2. Arm-bone of the same individual. wrapi)e(l in fur string. 
 
 3. Arm-bone, wrappod in fur string and enclosed in paper- 
 bark. 
 
 4. Arm-bone, wrapped in human hair string. 
 
 5. Coffin, decorated with design of the Turtle totem. 
 
 6. Smaller coffin for the bones of a young person. 
 
 7. Small coffin, wra])ped in paper-bark (bark of Melaleuca 
 leucodendron). 
 
 8. A large coffin, or Lurkun. Boroloola, Macarthur River,. 
 Northern Territory. 
 
 (Nos. 1-7 presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. 
 Gillen. Xo. 8 presented by Sergeant Dempsey.) 
 

PLATE 26. 
 
 GRAVE POSTS. 
 
\-2'> 
 
 MELVILLE AND BAIHURST ISLANDS GRAVES. 
 {Case 81.) 
 
 On Mt'Ivillc aiitl lSaliiui'>t I>lait.i> tlu- <lt'U(l arc |)lartil in 
 tlu' ^niuml, a small iiiouiul covcri-d with shci-ts of paprr-hark 
 at first marking tin* spot. Tlu' grass and hrrbagr art- flearc*! 
 away, and aftiT the lapsi* of sonu* months gravi'-posts arc 
 crcetfd. The total numbi-r of posts does not appear to ex- 
 ceed twelve or thirte,-n, and they may be erceted at intervals 
 of time. Eaeh of them is decorate<l with a crutli- tlesign in 
 red and yellow oehre, ehareoal, and pipeelay. I'hey vary in 
 height from '2 or ."{ tt» 12 feet, with a diameter of from 9 to 
 12 inches. They are crudely carved, in such a way that 
 alternating broad and narrow bands are often present at the 
 upper end, which may be pierced by a rectangular space, 
 leaving only a thin slab on each sLile to support the uj)per 
 part, or it nuiy terminate in two elongate prongs. On every 
 grave there are usually t»ne or more posts notably taller than 
 the rest, an«l on thest- bark baskets are placed which have 
 been used by the native. Until the total number of posts 
 has been erected the grave is looked after and, wheiu'Ver 
 visited, the grass and herbage on and immediately around it 
 are cleared away. When fresh posts are erectej special 
 danc<*s are performed around the grave, but when once — 
 it nuiy be after the lapse of somi- years — the posts are com- 
 plete no further trouble is taken, and as time pa.sses by they 
 rot away or perish in bush fires. 
 
 The.se post"* wer;- removed from two graves placivl side by 
 side in tin- interior of Melville Lsland. The posts of one 
 grave have been repainted by the natives to show the original 
 scheme of decoration. The photograph shows the two graves 
 in their original surroundings and condition. HMates 2.'», 26.) 
 
 GRAVE-POST. (Case 82.) 
 
 This inci.s«'d di-"!;;!! wa- iiiii'l \>y a man of the Varra trib •, 
 Victoria, as a grave-post to be placcvl over the grave of an 
 aboriginal named nungelin. It was not known what meaning 
 was attached to the .'Several figures; but it was suppos-d by 
 the aboriginals of the Varra Kiver tribe that the men repre- 
 ,s<'nted in the tipper part of th- drawing are frii-nds, who 
 have been appointed to investigate the cause of the death of 
 Hungtdin. The figures of the birds and nuimmals (etnus, 
 lizard, wombat, and kangaroos) are sai^l to indicate that he 
 (lid not die for lack of foo<l ; and the strange anc] .somewhat 
 ob.Hcure forms Ir low the cro.ss band are tho.se of Mumps, or 
 spirits who have cau.sf>d the death of the aboriginal by their 
 wicked enchantments. 
 
12() 
 
 OBJECTS USED BY THE NATIVES OF MELVILLE AND 
 BATHURST ISLANDS. (Case 83.) 
 
 1-19. Baskets made out of tlie bark of a gum tree (Eucalyp- 
 tus tetradonta). The bark is stripped from th(! tree during 
 the wet season in slabs of various lengths and widths, accord- 
 ing to the size of the basket desired. Each slab is folded 
 upon itself, and the edges are sewn together Avith split cane. 
 One-half of the margin of the mouth is strengthened with 
 interlaced split cane, and the fragile handle is always at- 
 tached to the middle of this side. The baskets are decorated 
 with designs drawn in red and yellow ochre and Avhite pipe- 
 clay. They are bold, crude, very characteristic of the natives 
 of Melville and Bathurst Islands, and quite unlike any met 
 with on the mainland. In some cases, as iu Xos. 1 and 6, 
 they are the same on both sides, but in others, as Nos. 2, 3, 
 and 8, those of the two sides are quite different. They are 
 carried about by the women, and are used for holding water 
 and food supplies, such as yams. (Figs. 120-122.) 
 
 20-25. Baskets made of palm leaves. The edges of the 
 leaf are folded over so as to form two sides of the basket ; 
 the folds are stitched together with split cane. The stem, 
 which is retained attached to the leaf, is bent over, as seen 
 on the right side of Xo. 21, and twisted up outside the folds 
 of the leaf. It is there kept in place by a stitching of split 
 cane. A very simple design is usually painted on the outside 
 surface, and in Xo. 22 a pendant made from a flattened-out 
 tip of a dog's tail has been added by way of ornament. Small 
 specimens, such as Xo. 25, are used by children, and also for 
 carrving such things as little lumps of ochre. (Figs. 12-1, 125, 
 126,"' 128.) 
 
 26 and 27 are examples of baskets roughly made for tem- 
 porary use. The material employed is paper-bark derived 
 from Melaleuca leucodenclron. (Figs. 123, 127.) 
 
 28-48. Armlets, used by women during mourning cere- 
 monies on Bathurst and Melville Islands. They are made 
 of the bark of a gum tree, and may be divided into two 
 groups, in one of which the fold is a single one, whilst iu' the 
 other it is double. The first of these is the less common 
 type, and is represented by Xos. 29, 30, and 35 ; the re- 
 maining specimens are all made of a double fold. In most 
 cases where there is a free edge, and in all where tAvo free 
 edges come together, as along one side of the double-fold 
 specimens, split cane is stitched round to prevent fraying of 
 the bark or to join the edges together. The bark is cut in 
 such a way that, when it is folded over to form the armlet, 
 projections of various shapes and sizes are formed on what 
 
PUTE 27. 
 
 Z20 
 
 \^i.^ 
 
 Z1I 
 
 225 
 
 MULKMNU \KMii. i>. 
 
PLATE ;8, 
 
 MOURNING ARMLETS. 
 
rji 
 
 is ihe outer surfurr of tlic latter when it i>* worn. Various 
 other ornamentations may be ad«le(l, as sitn in the speei- 
 mens. Abrus s-«"Js stuek into lumps of beeswax are fre- 
 ijUently emi»love<l, and tin- jrenerai schfine of design and 
 colouration of the bark is elosely similar to that of th<- 
 baskets. In rare ca.ses, as in Xos. 29 and 35, the bark is un- 
 painted. It is possible that in some the ornamentation niay 
 be su^gi-stive of «lefinite objects; that. ft)r example, in Xos. 
 31 and 37 calls t.) mind the rigging of a sliip. In .som-.' 
 cases, as in Xos. 31 and 37, 42 and 44, they are made in 
 pairs, but tiiis is somewhat infre(|ueiit. Th -y vary much in 
 size, some of them being much too large for a woman's arm; 
 whilst others, such as Xo. 4h, are very small and worn In- 
 young girls. When in use they are held against the sid • of 
 the body, with the arm through them, bent at the elbow. 
 Carrying them in this way, with gum-tree twigs in their 
 hands, the women and girls solenuily dance round the gravt- 
 posts during the final mourning ceremonies. (Figs. 22()-2l'7. ) 
 
 49-72 are representative series of armlets, together with 
 two discs. The smaller armlets, such as N"os. 59. 61, 63, 65, 
 and 67 are worn on ordinary occasions by the women. From 
 these whidi are actually worn, a series can be traced, gradu- 
 ally increasing in size until the form seen in X'os. 52, 54, 
 anil 56 is reached. In the case of these, the object is just as 
 much out of j)roportion to the size of the arm as is that of 
 the bark arndet ( Xo. 32). There is, howeVi-r, a complete 
 gradation betwwn the larger and the smaller ones, and the 
 forujer have un<loubtedly bten developed out of the latter, 
 size being adth^l to give importance. The-i- large ones and 
 the two di.-^-s. Xos. 5S antl 66. are carried in the han<l by 
 women wln-n they dance round the grave-posts during the 
 mourning ceremonies. Each arndet is made of a larger or 
 smaller number of concentric rijigs of cane, wound rouml 
 and round with human hair string. On the inner side the 
 rings are bound together with a stitching of split cane, as 
 is well se<Mi in Xo. 50. Tas.'tels of various forms, ornamentitl 
 with snuill discs, hunps of Abrus seeds and bunches of 
 feathers, are added by way of ornament; and in Xo. 54 the 
 external margin is decorat***! with tufts of human hair 
 coloured alternately n^l and white. Attention n>ay be drawn 
 to the very eharactJ'ristic sidieme of decoration in Xos. 52. 
 56, and 5s". (Figs. 22S-230.) 
 
 73, 74, 75, 76. and 77 are examples of arndets mad«- of 
 split cane, worn by men. 
 
 7S-.H4 are objects used durinu' thr initiiition ceremony of 
 the Milville Island natives. 
 
128 
 
 78 and 70 ai-c ii cklcts, callcMl Maniiii>-\viiiii, worn liy the 
 youth, called Watjiiiycrt i, who is passing throuiih tlie cere- 
 mony for the secontl lime, (i'igvs. 238, 240.) 
 
 80 is a belt, called Olturuma, worn by the initiate while he 
 i> out in the bush after th? performance of the ceremony. 
 (Figs. 235, 236.) 
 
 81 is a necklet worn by tlic mother of the Watjinyerti 
 youth so long as he wears the Marungwum. ( Fig. 237. )_ 
 
 82 and 83 are chaplets ornamented with dogs' tail-tips, 
 worn by young girls, called Mikinyertunga, who take part in 
 the initiation ceremony. (Fig. 241.) 
 
 S4 is a ball of birds' feathers, which the Mikinyertunga 
 girl bites with her teeth while performing a special dance 
 during the ceremony. (Fig. 239.) 
 
 85-90. Ornaments of various forms made of lumps of 
 beeswax covered with bright red Abrus seeds. They are 
 worn round the neck or suspended from the head by string 
 nuide from human hair or some vegetable fibre, such as 
 the inner bark of the Banyan tree. 
 
 (All the objects in this case were collected and presented 
 by Professor Spencer.) 
 
 NATIVE BARK DRAWINGS. (Case 84.) 
 
 'Drawings such as these are madi' by natives of the Kakadu, 
 Umoriu, Iwaidji, and other tribes living in the vicinity of 
 the Alligator River in the Northern Territory. They are 
 done either on the sheets of gum-tree bark that form the walls 
 of their mia-mias, or on the roofs and walls of their rock- 
 shelters, and represent animals with w^hich they are in daily 
 contact, and mythical gnomes and spirits, of whom they 
 stand in dread. In all cases the draAving is more or less con- 
 ventionalized. In some the external form only is repre- 
 sented, but in others the internal anatomy is suggested. The 
 backbone is usually drawn, and also the alimentary canal, 
 while masses of red ochre represent flesh. The materials 
 used are sheets of bark, red ochre, and white pipeclay, with, 
 more rarely, yellow ochre and charcoal. It will be noticed 
 that, in almost all cases, whether the animal be drawn in 
 side or front view, both eyes are indicated. There is very 
 considerable difl^erence amongst the natives in regard to the 
 making of these drawings, one or two men in each camp or 
 local group being recognised as distinctly more capable than 
 their fellows. 
 
 1. Kopereipi, an emu. The backbone is shoAvn on the left 
 side, as also the intestine and the masses of flesh on the breast 
 and pelvic region. 
 
PLATE 29. 
 
 MOURNING RINGS. 
 
 2862. 12 
 
PLATE 30. 
 
 INITIATION OBJECTS. 
 
PLATE 31. 
 
 BARK DRAWING. 
 
129 
 
 2. Jurluni|H'rai. u ffiuali- kaiiganMi that livrs in jungles. 
 Tho V-shaped lines on a while baekground behind the 
 shoulder represent ribs. 
 
 :i. Kopt-n ipi, an emu. Th • details of the internal anatomy 
 of the bird are elearly indieated. Along the baek runs the 
 backbone. In the neek the (esophagus is shown with flesh on 
 the under surfaee. The shoulder girdle and muscles on it 
 are represented bv ero.ss-bars of red ochre. Behind thes.- 
 the alimentary canal is drawn, with the heart above it. On 
 the fornur there i.s, first of all, a bilobe<l structure represi'ut- 
 ing the livi-r. with the gall-bladder indicated by a black 
 mark. A little further back is the giz/ard, followed by tho 
 intestine. On the under surfact*. just b low the neck, there 
 is a solid mass of red ochre representing the " tar," or, as 
 the natives said, " the place where it talked." The three 
 characteristic toes are clearly indicated. 
 
 4. A gnome or sprite amongst the Geimbio tribe. It is one 
 of a number to which the general term, Gnormo, is applied. 
 It is supposed to Hy about during the day or on moonlight 
 nights, never during the dark. It rests amongst Bamboo 
 trei'S. hanging on by means of a special rope structure made 
 from Banyan-tree bark. This is represented by the whin- 
 lines. Only medicine men can .^'e this CJnormo, who itself is 
 also one. It doc*s no harm to the natives; on the contrary, 
 if it sees one of the latter ill, it tells a medicine man to p» 
 and make him well. (Fig. 242.) 
 
 .'i. A gnome or sprite, called Warraguk, of the (Jeimbio 
 tribe. It walks about during the day time on the look-out 
 for other (Jnormos. It is only about 4 feet high, and lives 
 amongst Bamboo trees, hanging on to them like a bat, of the 
 general form of which tin- drawing is suggi-stive. 
 
 6. A fish, calUJ Xupadaitba. The backbone is represented 
 running down the middle, and, below it, the alimentary 
 canal. 
 
 7. .\ gnome or sprite, calh'd Nangintain by the (»«'ind)io 
 tribe. It lives in cavj-s amongst the hills, and is very n>is- 
 «hievous, roaming about during tin* night time, and capturing 
 the Iwaiyu, or sjiirit part of boys who venture away from 
 the camp, or make too much noise in the latter. If it does so, 
 a metlicine man, taking with him a Xumereji. a spjvial 
 snake to which \\v owes his magic powers, goes in search of 
 the Xangintain. After finding the latter, he brings the snake 
 out from under his arm an«I shows it to the sprite, who b«*- 
 eonH-M very frightened and says. "Take back th* Iwai\nj!" 
 The medicine man does so, hurries back to camp, and replaces 
 it in the boy's body. The projtvtion behind the h« ad repre- 
 sents two v«rv l.iiiL' tars, and the two whit<' marks undi-r this 
 
130 
 
 indicate the dorsal spines of two vertebral bodies that are 
 much longer than in human beings. When it comes out from 
 the cave, it shakes its ears, making a noise like a rushing 
 wind. 
 
 8. Three snakes. The two on the right side are death 
 adders, called ]N"arenna, in which the characteristic spiked 
 tail is indicated. The one on the left is a mythic one, called 
 Gnabadaua. 
 
 9. Jimmeriburra, or native companion. The native is 
 supposed to have just thrown his double-pronged spear by 
 means of a spear thrower. Around his neck he carries a dilly 
 bag. In this, as in all the drawings in which human figures 
 are represented, there is a great disproportion in the size of 
 the latter, as compared with the animals. 
 
 10. The right-hand figure represents a Monmorlpa, a large 
 rat; the middle one, a fish, called Xupadaitba; and the left- 
 hand one, a Kupulapuli, or white egret, the plume of which 
 is indicated. A native is capturing the fish with one of the 
 four-pronged spears used for this purpose. 
 
 11. Two drawings representing an adult and a young 
 i^umereji, a mythic snake that figures largely in traditions of 
 the Kakadu tribe, and is especially associated with medicine 
 men, who alone can see it. 
 
 12. Madjiborla, an " old man " kangaroo. The native has 
 been out searching for honeycomb or " sugar bag " that he is 
 carrying in the dilly bag hung from his neck. On the way 
 back to camp he comes across the kangaroo, which he is 
 attacking with his Jiboru, or spear. 
 
 13. The upper figure represents a Pewi, or pigmy goose 
 (Xettapus pnilchellas) ; the middle, Aperlul, or snuill Barra- 
 munda fish. The lower two figures are drawings of hands. 
 The hand is first placed on the wood, and poAvdered pipeclay 
 blown over so as to produce a stencil. After this the red 
 ochre outline is added. 
 
 14. The upper figure represents a Kudjalinga, or fresh- 
 water turtle. The zig-zag line down the centre indicates the 
 alimentary canal. The middle figure is a fish, called 
 Kunaitja, a mullet; the lower is a cat-fish (Copidoglanis), 
 in which the very characteristic barbels around the mouth are 
 clearly indicated. 
 
 15. This refers to a tradition connected with a mythical 
 individual, called Bubba Peibi. He is a little, squat man 
 v.-ho is supposed to walk about in water-holes at night time, 
 catching fish. As he wanders about, he talks to himself, 
 saying " Bi, Brr; Bi, Brr " (with a long roll on the "r"). 
 He carries a dilly bag, or Meilla, on his head, in which he 
 
i:U 
 
 phu-fs the fish; and in tlu- .Irawiiig is reprostMitcd carrying 
 st'ViMi of them on a long grass stalk that passes through their 
 gills. 
 
 l»j. Tlu- left figure rejjresents a fresh-water turtle; aiil the 
 right a small fish, ealle«l Hurramt-ippa. 
 
 17. The ujtpir figure repres<*nts a small fish, ealleti Jimi- 
 dauapa; the lower, a young cat-fish. 
 
 l'^. A small crocodile {Crocodilujs juhnstoni). 
 
 r.i. An Tngaiigir. or small crocodile {Crocodilus jolin- 
 tloui). 
 
 20. Urdpipa. a fresh-water turtle. The drawing represents 
 an outside view of the animal, with the exception of four 
 white i)atches. two at the front and two at the hind tMii. 
 which represent I'aloma, or fat. 
 
 21. A (Jnormo or spirit, caliiHl Yungwalia, who lives in 
 caves amongst the hills, and is supposed to visit the grave 
 of a dead man. He puts both hands on the dead man, presses 
 down, and shakes him to make him gel up. After he has 
 gone away, other spirits, called Xorminada, come up and 
 make corroborees. He is shown carrying a bunch of 
 leathers that he us<'S during dances in his left hand, and a 
 Kadimango, or club, in his right; the lattr in case he should 
 have to fiirht a hostile Yungwalia belonging to another 
 country. 
 
 22. A (•iiuiiiio 111- >pirit, called Auuenau, which livi--; 
 amongst the hills in the country of the Goimbio tribe. lit- 
 only walks about at night time, .searching for dead nativ.-s to 
 eat them. At the back of his hea<l \\v carries a projection, 
 called Marigik, which he can en'ct and rattle .so that all in 
 camp can hear him. The tail-like structun- represents light- 
 ning, which the natives often see at night time along the 
 tf)ps of the hills. On his wrists, elbows, knetv:. and ankles 
 he carries knobbed structures, which are supposed to be the 
 bonw of dead natives placed there by hiniMdf. 
 
 23. An eaglehawk, or Xungortji. On th- wings the 
 feathers are represent«vl. 
 
 24. Scene repres^-nting a kangaroo hunt. From left to 
 right the figures represent a man running, with a spear and 
 .•ipi'ar thrower; a woman, Avith a «ligging stick, and a dilly 
 bag hung from her head; a man who has just thrown a stono- 
 hcadfd spear; two men running, drawn upside down; the 
 katigaroo; and on the e.xtrcnif right a man hitting it with 
 a club. 
 
 25. An old male pied goose, or Kurnembo. The charact-T- 
 i.<5tic bony protuberance on the head is clearly indicated. 
 
132 
 
 26. 'I'lic l('ft-li;iii(l fii;-iii'(' rcjiroseiit.s a small fish called 
 MunKM'ciiiia ; and llir riiilil, a I'cwi, ov piiiniv a'oose. In 
 tlie alimentary canal the tt'sophagiis is shown, followed hy 
 ihe gizzard, and then by the intestine, Avhich is supposed to 
 be distendcil with food. Behind this is a mass of Paloma, 
 or fat. 
 
 21. The upper figure n-presents a Madjiborla, or large 
 kangaroo. In the head the brain and tongue are shown; 
 then follow the (psophagus and be-art, with the curved dia- 
 ipliragni and coiled intestines. Above the latter is the back- 
 bone, and above this again is a mass of Tjali, or flesh. 
 
 28. A Kulckuli, or cat-fish {(^opodofflatiis), with the bar- 
 bels, or Tjari, round the mouth. 
 
 29. A Naburpungenyi, or black kangaroo iM(Arn)i)a.'< 
 hernardus), which lives amongst the ranges. The diaphragm 
 is shown, with the heart and two lungs immediately in front 
 of it. The colour of this kangaroo (Macropus hernardus) is 
 quite distinct from that of any other, and is expressed by the 
 use of a body-ground of black charcoal. 
 
 30. Represents an Eyenbumbo, or eaglehawk. In this an 
 attempt is made to show the wings, or Yaiyilla, extended with 
 the feathers on. 
 
 31. The two figures on the left represent Wonjella, and 
 the one on the right a Murali. All these are salt-water fish. 
 
 32. The left-hand figure represents a Miniorko, or bandi- 
 coot; and the right-hand one an Erlaungerla, or echidna. 
 (Fig. 243.) 
 
 33. The upper figure on the left represents a rat, called 
 Imberilbumbu; the one underneath, a small fish, called 
 Kunbaritja. Those at the right end represent two other 
 fishes, called Tjameru and Pulauerbulla. 
 
 34. A large cat-fish, or Kulekuli (Copidoglanis). 
 
 35. A Barramuiida fish, or Kimbcrikara (Scleropages 
 leichhardti) . 
 
 36. A large crocodile, or Eribinjori (Crocodihts porosus)^ 
 Some of the internal anatomy is shown, such as the a?sophagus, 
 heart, and liver. On the left side of the body the scales 
 on the undersurface are shown, and on the same side the 
 crest on the tail. 
 
 37. A large crocodile, or Eribinjori (Crocodilus porosus). 
 The two jaws are followed by the eyes, then the tongue, neck, 
 and chest. The backbone runs along the right side of the 
 body and tail, on which also the upper crest is represented- 
 There are no details of internal anatomy. 
 
PL^TE 32. 
 
 |'\Kk l^K\\U\> 
 
;J^. Till' Hgurr oil tlu- Irft njn-fsiiiis a ilivt-r with it.s long 
 net'k. The ttliiiu'Htury ranul is i-learly shown, and the ohject 
 in the middle is supposed to he a fish that it has eaten. The 
 hird is bein^ speared by a native, who has just discharged the 
 spear from a spear thrower. The smaller drawing npr..- 
 siits a I'ewi, or pigmy goose. 
 
 (AH thest> drawings were collected and presented by Tro- 
 fe.«iSor S|M'iieer. » 
 
 NATIVE DRAWINGS. (Case 85.) 
 Those were madt- by iiativrs i)t" iln- Kakadu and Kulunglutji 
 tribes living in the vicinity of tlu- Alligator Kiver in the 
 Xorthern lerritory. They repn'.sent animals on which the 
 aboriginals fee*l and mythical gnomes or sprites (see 84). 
 It will be noticed in all ca.s^s that whilst the drawings of 
 the heads of tin- animals are fairly good, those of the gnomes, 
 who are supposed to be in most ca.s«'s human in form, with 
 at times animal traits, are very inditferent. 
 
 1. Fresh-water crocodile (Crocodilus john-stuni), called 
 Yinganga. Tha snout is very elongate, and the internal 
 anatomy not well shown; the vertebral column is clearly 
 shown in the tail, and probably indicated by the line of 
 black blocks on the left side of the trunk; the spines on the 
 tail are al-^o shown. 
 
 2. A lily-eating gnome or sprite, called Mungkumboibait 
 in the Kakadu tribe. The head is very conventional, with 
 one large spot in the centre of the face, and a projection on 
 each side, possibly intended to represi-nt bushy hair. The 
 drawing on the right side of the trunk represents the back- 
 bon<>; the median line with lat.nil lines running the hmgth of 
 the trunk, though suggestive of backbone and ribs, is prob- 
 ablv merely decorative, the same scheme i)eing continued 
 down each leg. The f»'<'t have no toes. It carrii'S in each 
 luind a bag to hold the lilies. 
 
 .'J. A gnome or sprite, called Kugarung in the Kakadu tribe, 
 that is suppose*! to spend its tinx- searching for ** honey- 
 bags " (the comb of the wihl be«-). The hi'ad is animal in 
 form, suggestive of a kangaroo. There are no I'vvi^, but it is 
 evidently supposed to be looking up, with one hand in the 
 position of shading its eyes whih- .searching in the trees for 
 the bws' nests. The backbone is represeuteil, but no other 
 internal structure, and it has no fingers or toes. 
 
 4. .V gnome or sprite, called Warraguk in the Kulunglutji 
 tribe. This also eats honey-bags. The head is very con- 
 ventional, the two large yellow j»atches outlined with red 
 perhaps repres4'nting the eyes, and the white line betwoon 
 
134 
 
 tlicDi llic nose. Possibly the incdinii (lr;i\vin<i- in the trunk is 
 tile hackbouc; on t-acli side of it is a design with white 
 diamond-shaped patches on the right, and others with crossed 
 red lines on the left. A membrane suggestive of that of the 
 flying fox runs along each side of the bod}^ from the tips of 
 the fingers to those of the toes. The arms and legs are 
 fully extended. 
 
 ."t. An " old man " kangaroo, called Jeruober in the Ivakadu 
 tribe. It is (k'cidedly well drawn, with the proportionate 
 length of fore and hind feet clearly shown, as also the strong 
 tail. The backbone is indicated, the curved side lines 
 running awa.y from it ])ossibly representing ribs; but if so, 
 they are in the wrong place. Two eyes are shown, and the 
 heart and lungs above the diaphragm. 
 
 6. The palmated or pied goose (Anseraniis semipahnata). 
 called Kurnembo by the Kakadu tribe. The characteristic 
 hard, horny crest on the head is well shown, and internally 
 the gizzard. The outline of the hands and feet is firs^t 
 made by placing them flat on the bark and then squirting 
 powdered pipeclay over them from the mouth, so that they 
 are silhouetted. In addition to this, the drawings are 
 decorated with red lines and white dots, and on the feet the 
 balls of the toes are well indicated. 
 
 7. The salt-water turtle (Chelone midas), called Barnjil 
 by the Kakadu. The beak, seen sideways, is well marked, 
 and the whole drawing gives a fair idea of the appearance 
 of the animal in the water. The internal anatomy is 
 indicated. 
 
 8. The black kangaroo (Macropvs hei'nardus), called 
 Naburpungen^'i by the Kakadu. The colour of this is so 
 striking that the natives always employ black when repre- 
 senting it in their drawings. The heart and lungs are 
 drawn in front of the diaphragm; on the hind foot there is 
 a single large toe. 
 
 9. A gnome or sjDrite. called Mununlimbur by the Kulung- 
 lutji tribe. It is supposed to roam about in search of honey- 
 bags. The face is very conventional; there are two eyes, 
 no mouth, and very bushy hair. The backbone is shown, 
 and the leg-bones are indicated; there is no attempt to depict 
 the internal anatomy, but the trunk is decorated with a 
 design that differs on each side of the third line. There is 
 an extra finger on each hand, but no toes are drawn. A 
 bag to carry the honey is hung from each elboAv. 
 
 10. The white ibis (This molucca), called Gobolba by the 
 Kakadu tribe. The bills are distinctive; the head shows 
 
two fves ill side view; the backbone and traeheal tub* .. ...i 
 ing to the lung are <lrawn in tlie long neek, and the niu.sclej) 
 indicated on tlie breast, with the alimentary canal above them; 
 the tail is blocked in in white. In the hind foot tin- fourtii 
 toe, standing back at an angle to the others, is well shown. 
 The tw«) fore-arms, hands, and f«'et are silhouetted in wliiti-, 
 and the former are curiously decorated with a red and black 
 diamond pattern; the jnin!, ,,u ,,u,- .>r rb.- li.m.K .n- ind; 
 cated by yellow lines. 
 
 11. l)rawing of two iiaini^ ;iii<i ti»ri'-;iiiM» and iui» iiii. 
 The arujs and hanvls arr elaborately ilecorated with arrange- 
 ments of lines and dots; the nails are indicate<l in some cases. 
 The feet, seen from below, are decorated with longitudinal 
 rctl lines. 
 
 12. Two feet and two han»ls, decorated with liic - -nil 
 circles of dots. On one foot the heel is indicated. 
 
 13. An old and a young Echidna. The thick-set struituro 
 of the animal is W(dl in<licated. The backbone is shown, and 
 also a large mass of fat and flesh on its back. 
 
 14. A fish, calleil Xui)i»adaitba, wiiich only ol.l men are 
 allowed to eat. The overhanging under lip. vertebral 
 column, short straight alimentary canal, and both ey<-- af^' 
 represented. 
 
 ir». On the left side a large bat or " tlying fox " (/'/( roy>».' 
 IKtlinctpluihi.t) is rvi)resented. The right hand is dispro- 
 portionate in size; tlie hooked claw on the first finger is 
 indicated, and there is an extra toe on each foot. It has 
 the appearance of representing a bat that has luul the fur 
 8iiige<i ofT and the flying membrane destroyed j)reparatory 
 to cooking the animal. On the right side are thriH' small 
 fish«'s. calh'd Hurrametbur. 
 
 16. The dabiru or Hurtpenniweir (Xenorhi/tichus asiatr 
 cu.t). The black bills are shown, but the drawing of the 
 head is very conventional. The backbone runs all along 
 the neck and body; the alimentary canal is drawn; thi- Hesh 
 on the breast is indicated, and the tail blocked in with wbi'-- 
 
 17. Three small drawings of bandicoots or Miniorkf 
 
 IM. The larg- crocodile or Kribinjori {('rnrntliliis poiD.'ius). 
 The alimj-ntary caiuil is shown in tin- lower part of the draw- 
 ing, and the backbone running down the middle of the body. 
 The white blocks outlined with black above the backbone in 
 the trunk region probably indicate the prominent rows of 
 scales and scutes on thr« back of the animal. At the left 
 end are two hands and fon-arms of a chihl ( Xtidji). 
 
 (All these drawings were collected and presented by Mr. 
 r. Cahill.) 
 
i;:6 
 
 PICTURE ON SMOKED BARK, REPRESENTING 
 SCENES IN THE LIFE OF AN ABORIGINAL. (Case 86.) 
 
 Drawn \>y a native. Lake Tyrell, N'ieturia. 
 
 SCENE ILLUSTRATING AUSTRALIAN 
 ABORIGINAL LIFE. (Case 87.) 
 
 Tliis cxlilhit depicts some incidents in tlu' life of the Aus- 
 tralian native. Tlie scene represents a camping-groniul by 
 the side of u lagoon or Avatereoiirse, such a situation being 
 chosen by tlie natives Avliere possible. The two unclothed 
 figures are natives of Lake Alexandrina, South Australia ; 
 and the other two, wearing cloaks, are natives of Victoria. 
 The Australian native is a true nomad, being constantly on 
 the move from place to place where food supplies and fresh 
 water are to be obtained. He has not reached the agricul- 
 tural stage of civilization, and has no idea of cultivating 
 cereals, or of laying in a stock of food to maintain himself 
 during a time of scarcity. The camping-groun.d having 
 been decided upon, the erection of huts, or niia-mias, would be 
 at once begun and speedily completed. These huts are, as a 
 rule, of an extremely unsubstantial character, and would be 
 better described as shelters. They are commonly made of 
 sheets of bark cut from neighbouring gum trees resting on 
 the windward side of a rough framework, and forming a 
 sort of lean-to, as may be seen from the example in the 
 scene. Very often the shelters consist of nothing more 
 than a few boughs. The wordly possessions of the natives, 
 mostly weapons, are scattered about the mia-mia without fear 
 of their being appropriated, because, in his native state, the 
 native is honest. 
 
 The manner of producing fire varies in different parts of 
 the continent, but the principle is the same as with all 
 savage peoples, namely, the generation of heat by the friction 
 of two pieces of dry wood. The practice most commonly 
 employed is that illustrated by the squatting figure of the 
 native in the foreground of the scene. A narrow, flat piece 
 of soft wood about 10 inches long is placed on the ground, 
 and firmly held in a horizontal position by the toes of the 
 feet of the operator. Between the palms of his hands he 
 maintains, in an upright position, a slender stick about 2 
 feet in length, fixed in a slight depression previously made 
 in the flat piece of wood, which he twirls rapidly by a back- 
 ward and forward motion of his hands, exerting at the same 
 time a slight downward pressure. When fire arises from 
 the depression in the flat piece of wood, the glowing charcoal 
 
137 
 
 powJer t'itluT runs through a litiK* notrh into soiue tinder, 
 usutilly dried leaves or grass, or the lower piece of wood is 
 turned over to effect the sanu' object, and a fire soon results 
 by the operator gently blowing the smouldering material, 
 in some of the Central Australian tribes a shield takes tlu- 
 plai-e of the horizontal piece of wooil, the <'«lge of a spear- 
 thrower being tjuii'kly drawn ba<*kwards and forwards by two 
 operators across th face of the shield until ignition take-* 
 place. Various forms of fire-making implements may be 
 seen in another case. In order to avoid the labour involved 
 in the process de.«icribed every time a fire is required, the 
 women often carry lighted brands or other smouldering sub- 
 stances with them on their journeys from place to place. 
 Fire serv,.s the two purposes of supplying warmth to the 
 natives in cold weather, and for cooking their food, which 
 practically consists of anything i-atable. both animal and 
 vegetable. The operation of cooking is usually of a very 
 simple nature, the art of boiling not being known to, at 
 lea.st. the majority, if any, of the tribes. The animal, just 
 as killed, and if small enough, is simply roasted over the 
 fire without any preparation whatsoever until d- eme<l suf- 
 ficiently cooked. This condition is regulat(«l largely by the 
 appetite of the individuals concerned, who, if pressed by 
 hunger, will devour the animal before it has had time to be 
 even properly warmed through. Another method of cook- 
 ing, and a universal one, is to dig a hole in the ground into 
 which heated stones are placed, followed by gra.ss or leaves, 
 on which the animal is placed. It is then covered with 
 another layer of gra.ss or leaves and the hoK* completely 
 filled in with hot ashes and earth under which it is left until 
 sufficiently cooke<l. The circular moun<ls now commonly 
 known as kitchen middens mark the position of favourite 
 camping placis. The.se kitchen middens are composed of 
 refuse from the eamp. mixed with earth and charcoal, which 
 have accumulated over long periods. 
 
 The figures of the nuin and woman s*oen approaching the 
 mia-mia are supposed to b- returning home after a hunting 
 e.xpe<lition. In the woman's hand will be noticed the digging 
 stick. »n«l on her back a y<.uiig child, se.-un-l in its position 
 by the skin cloak, an arrangement which gives her the free 
 use of both haml.s. In .some parts of Atistralia the infants 
 are enrricd about in n wooden trough, called a Pitchi. which 
 is nl.so devoted to other uses. The clonks worn bv both the 
 man and woman are made of opo.«.sum skin<5 sewn together 
 with the sinew of .<«ome animal, most often taken from the 
 tail of a kangaroo, and in Victoria were tisually worn wh >n 
 travelling. The inner si«le wa.«, as a rule, decorated with 
 
 2862.— 13 
 
138 
 
 various designs, most frcciucntly of a geonicii-ical character. 
 Opossum-skin coats were confined to tlic Victorian tribes. 
 Witli most of tlie aborigines, liowevci', clothing is scarcely 
 worthy of the name, consisting merely of a girdle or small 
 apron. The men generally wear no clothing whatever. 
 At ordinary times little attention is given to personal orna- 
 mentation by men or women, but during dances or corrobbo- 
 rccs and certain sacred ceremonies tlie men are often elabo- 
 rately decoratid. The head of the clothed man in the scene 
 is decorated with a forehead-band Avoven out of a string, 
 in which are stuck, one on each side, feathers of the black 
 cockatoo — a favorite ornament. The woman is wearing a 
 common form of necklace made by stringing on a cord a 
 large number of sections cut out of the stems of reeds. 
 
 The Australian canoes are, for the most part, of a very 
 primitive character. Along the north coast and north-east 
 coast of Queensland dug-outs, out-rigger canoes, and bark 
 canoes of a superior type are now in use, but the art of con- 
 structing the first two kinds has been acquired by contact 
 with the Malays and Papuans. The canoes generally con- 
 sist simply of a sheet of bark cut from a gum tree. In 
 Tasmania and in parts of Western Australia, even this crude 
 vessel does not appear to have been known, and a rough sort 
 of raft was used when reaches of smooth water had to be 
 crossed. In making an ordinary canoe, a suitable tree 
 (usually a red gum, Encahjptus rostrata) was selected. The 
 workman ascended the tree by chopping holes with his stone 
 tomahawk for his toes as he proceeded, and notched the 
 bark along the lines required to give the desired shape to the 
 sheet of bark. He then descended from the tree, and by 
 means of his tomahawk separated the bark from the wood 
 for some distance along the cut edges, completing its removal 
 with the aid of a sapling, as a lever, inserted under the 
 bark. According to the kind of bark used, the sheet was 
 either placed over a fire and turned inside out or employed 
 as cut from the tree. In the corner of this case the trunk 
 of a large red gum tree (which was growing in the Eichmond 
 Park, Melbourne) shows the place where a sheet of bark has 
 been stripped off for the purpose of making a canoe. In 
 Victoria two varieties of canoes were in use. One kind 
 (see specimen on Museum wall), which is folded together 
 and tied at the ends to form the stem and stern, was appar- 
 ently restricted to the natives of Gippsland. The other 
 kind, employed by the natives of the Murray and its tribu- 
 taries, of which an examide is shown in this ca?e, was made 
 of the simple sheet of bark without any improvements, except 
 
1V> 
 
 mat in some iiistanci»s, \vii« n tinr»' was liaiigor of waicr 
 entering, lumps of mud werr plac-itl at <>ni« .»r hotli ends to 
 form barriers. iJotli tlies- kin<ls of e:i: • used only 
 
 in smooth or shallow water, and were j : by a lonj» 
 
 pole, the operator standing upright. 
 
 Besides nets, very similar in form and manufacture to 
 those of eivilized piople, and hooks nuide of both bone and 
 wood, the natives made extensive use of the .spear in catching 
 fish. A common form of fishing spear is .seen in the hand 
 of one of the maK' figures in this scene, posed in a position 
 ready to cast the spear at a fish. This spear is formed of a 
 jdain head made from a piece of hardwood hafted to a reed 
 shaft ; but pronged and barbed spears w.re also frequently 
 employed. Probably very few spears were devoted exclu- 
 sively to fishing, which was carried on by night as well as by 
 day. 
 
 Although mi-morials of deceased persons are not commonly 
 known, various forms, some only of a temporary nature, but 
 others more' permanent, were used in diflferent parts of Aus- 
 tralia. Among the latter, perhaps, were the carved tree> 
 found in Xew South Wales. One of these trees, obtaiutd 
 for and presented to the Museum by Mr. A. R. McCrae, is 
 standing in a corner of this case. It was found near the 
 Xt imur River, an I is said to have been carved as a memorial 
 to a tribal heailriian \\]\<> li;ii>iiiin(l tu die i-lose to it. 
 
 PLAYTHINGS. (Case 83.) 
 
 1. Small stone balls, naturally formed, used for .spinning. 
 This is a very favourite game amongst the natives of many 
 parts of Australia. The ball is held betweiii the fore and 
 middle fingers. an<l is then made to sj»in upon some smooth, 
 hard surface, tlie obj«»ct iwing to nuike it sjiin for as Iniijr n 
 tim^ as possible. Arunta tribe. Central .\ustralia. 
 
 2-7. Specimens of a plaything found in many paii- <>i 
 •Vustralia, and called, in Victoria, " Wit-Wit." The knob 
 and handle are nuide out of a single piece of wood, and, 
 when us'd, the thin end is held in the hand, and the imple- 
 ment is twirled round and round, and then suddenly let go. 
 It flies off at a tangent, strikes the ground, rebounds, strikes 
 the ground again, and rebounds time after time. Thf 
 object is to make it traverse as great a distaiu'e as possible. 
 An expert thrower will make it travel for, p. rhaps, 200 yards. 
 The weight of the Wit-Wit is usiuilly ' '. tnore than 
 1 ounce. 
 
 8. Child's play boomerang. Maearthur Kiver. Xorthcrn 
 Territory. 
 
140 
 
 SMOKING PIPES. (Case 89.) 
 
 1-.'). Aiiioiiti- the iiorthcni constiil trib s a fonii of pipf 
 18 often met with, wliich has pi'ohahly hccii (h'rivcil t'l'oni tiic 
 Malays. Al all events, as the native Anstralian, in liis 
 natural condition, docs not smoke, it can hai'dly be regard; (i 
 as strictly indigenous. Tt is evidently based in form upon 
 that of an opium pipe, with a small bowl ami a long stem. 
 When in use, a small quantity of tobacco is placed in the 
 bowl, which is usually made out of a ]tiece of tin. oi' the 
 metal top of an old cartridge. One end of the stem, gene- 
 rally made out of bamboo, is closed with paper-bark, which 
 also fills up any chinks left round the bowl. After a little 
 vigorous pulling, the whole stem becomes filled with smoke, 
 and as it is often of considerable size, perhaps 3 feet or more 
 in length and about 2 inches in diameter, it holds a large 
 amount. The pipe is then passed round from one man to 
 another, each taking a mouthful and inhaling it. These 
 natives prefer this method of smoking to the European 
 style, though they also adopt the latter method. 
 
 MISCELLANEOUS. (Case 90.) 
 
 I, 2. Fly whisks made out of shredded Pandanus leaves. 
 Binbinga tribe, Macarthur River, jSTorthern Territory. 
 
 3. Xorkun, wing of palmated goose, used as a fan. Kakadu 
 tribe. Alligator River, Northern Territory. 
 
 4, 5. Yaiilla, corroboree wand, used for keeping time to 
 the singing by beating it on the ground. It is also used for 
 magic. A man who has a pain in his back will fasten one 
 of these into his waist-girdle. The pain passes into the 
 Yaiilla, and can be throwni away. Ivakadn tribe, Alligator 
 River, Northern Territory. 
 
 6. A rasp, called Munumburahnra. made of a flat jnece of 
 wood, with shark skin stretched over it. ■ Kakadu tribe. 
 Alligator River, Northen Territory. 
 
 7, 8. Scratching sticks. Kakadu tribe. Alligator River. 
 Northern Territory. 
 
 9, 10. Challenge sticks, called jMedjingeli, siMit out to 
 invite natives of other camps to a fight. The longer one is 
 sent out for a general and the shorter for a single fight. 
 Kakadu tribe, Alligator River, Northern Territory. 
 
 II. Stick, called Tjubulin-juhoulu, made by a man, and 
 given to his wife when it is evident that she is going to have 
 a child. The woman must always carry it about until the 
 child is born. (1-11 presented by Professor Spencer.) 
 
1 I 
 
 SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE CUTTING OF 
 TREES BY ABORIGINALS. (Case 91.) 
 
 1. Section of gum trci> from which a shield ha^ been cut. 
 
 2. Roujrii shield cut from tin* jjum tree. (1 and 2 pro- 
 sonti'd by Mr. A. .*^. Kciiyon.) 
 
 3. Finished .•shi«dd. 
 
 4. Si'ftion of a nw trunk, showing; a hob- t-nt out bv an 
 aboriginal with a stone a.x- to -t'cure an opossmn. ( Pro- 
 sented by Mr. II. Baker.) 
 
 5. Section of a trin^ trunk, showing: a hole cut out ny an 
 aboriginal with an iron axe to .sei-ure an opo.ssum. (Pre- 
 sented by Mr. II. Baker. > 
 
 WOMAN'S DILLY BAG AND CONTENTS. (Case 92.) 
 
 The bag was in the poss ssion of a wonum of the Kakadu 
 tribe. East Alligator River, Xorthern Territory. It con- 
 tained all hor po.ssessions, except her yam-stick and mat. 
 The bones are those of her young cliild, who had recently 
 died. The contents of the bag are as follow: — 1. Dilly-bag. 
 made of grass stalks. 2. .\ number of locks of human hair, 
 probably her own. .]. Ihiman hair made up in string. 4. 
 Hair cut from the head of the 1 ad child, carried about in 
 a small parccd. 5. Fire sticks. 6. Fresh-water nms.-^el shell 
 used for scraping. 7. Stone which has been u.sed for pound- 
 ing or opening mu.ssel shells. The stone is slightly abrade«l 
 by u.se at the pointed end. S. Red ochre u.sed for painting 
 the body. !>. White pipeclay u.-^ed for painting the body. 
 10. Part of a lily root use<l for food. 11. Kangaroo teth 
 used as ornaments. 12. Part of a kangaroo fibula, u."*ed as 
 an awl or no.-^e-bone. 1:1. Fragment of plaited split cane, 
 with .small lump of beeswax. 14. Small nni.«<s of wocd from 
 the Cotton tree. 1.'). Portion of the skull of the child. 16. 
 Lower jaw. 17. Bones of hind limbs. IS. Bones of arm. 
 10. Portions of tlie pelvi.s. 20. Shoulder blade. 21. Three 
 pirMons of backbom-. 22. Ribs. (Presented by Profe.<».sor 
 r.) 
 
 CASTS OF HEADS OF VICTORIAN ABORIGINALS. 
 
 (Case 93.) 
 
 Ca.«" ! <1<\ II Victorian aborigimils made 
 
 by Mr. Charles Snnimt-rs at the .\borigiiu»l Station, Coran- 
 derk in 1H06 for the Melbourne Intercolonial Exhibition 
 1866-7. (Presented by the Commissioners of the Exhibi- 
 tion.) 
 
U2 
 
 I. Fcninli'. Ml. l'"r;iiikliii tribe. Ag-o 23. 2. Male, Yarra 
 Yarra trihc Age 38. 3. Female, Yarra Yarra tribe. 
 Ago 30. 4. Male. Age 13. T). Female, Goulburn River 
 tribe. Age 20. 6. Female, (ionlbnrn liiver tribe. Age 
 10. 7. :\rale, Goulbnni Kiver tribe. Age 22. 8. Male, 
 Loddon Iviver tribe. Age 65. 9. Female, Loddon River 
 tril)e. Age 26. 10. Male. Age 18. 11. Female, Eae- 
 clius Mai'sli tribe. .\ge 6. 
 
 TASMANIAN ABORIGINALS. (Case 94.) 
 
 Masks of the faces of two male and one female Tasmaniau 
 aboriginals and cast of the skeleton of Truganini, the last of 
 the Tasmanians. The latter is moulded from the original 
 skeleton in the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart, 
 
 By Authority : Albert J. Mullett, Government Printer, Melbourne 
 
7 DAY USE 
 
 RETURN TO 
 
 ANTHROPOLOGY LIBRARY 
 
 This publication is due on the LAST DA 1 1 
 and HOUR stamped below. 
 
 AUG 2 2 1988 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 RBl7-30m-7,'75 
 (S752lL)4188 
 
 General Library 
 
 University' of California 
 
 Berkeley 
 
if > ^ 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
tV